ROCKWELL ALENBRADLEY ANSI 2100-Ca004 - En-P
ROCKWELL ALENBRADLEY ANSI 2100-Ca004 - En-P
ROCKWELL ALENBRADLEY ANSI 2100-Ca004 - En-P
Control Centers
Bulletin Number 2100
Additional Resources
These documents contain additional information concerning related products from Rockwell Automation.
Resource Description
CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers Selection Guide, Provides general information about CENTELINE 2100
publication 2100-SG003 Motor Control Centers.
Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines, Provides general guidelines for installing a Rockwell
publication 1770-4.1 Automation industrial system.
Chapter 1
General Information What is New in this Publication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Publication Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Footnotes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Other Resource Publications for CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers. . . . . . . . . . . 8
CENTERLINE 2100 MCC Applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Service and Storage Conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
UL/C-UL/CSA Marking. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
ISO 9001 Certification. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
American Bureau of Shipping (ABS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
NEMA Defined . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
NEMA Class . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
NEMA Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
NEMA/IEC Enclosure Comparison . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
NEMA Enclosure Type Descriptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Delivery Programs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Discount Schedule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Seismic Applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Intelligent Motor Control Products . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Type 2 Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Standard Efficiency, High Efficiency, and Special Motor Applications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Documentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
CENTERLINE 2100 MCCs Support. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
CENTERLINE 2100 MCCs with IntelliCENTER Technology Support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
General Terms and Conditions of Sale . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Serial Number and Series Letter Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Series Identification for Sections. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Section Nameplate Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Unit Label Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Series Identification for Units. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Series Lettering—Units and Sections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Circuit Breaker Suffix Letter Designation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Chapter 2
Vertical Sections and Basic Sections and Structure Features/Modifications (SC-II and PE-II) . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
IntelliCENTER Technology Basic Sections and Structure Features/Modifications (SC-II and PE-II) . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Basic Sections and Structure Features/Modifications (SC-II and PE-II) . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Center with IntelliCENTER Technology . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
IntelliCENTER Software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Chapter 3
Safety Technology ArcShield Technology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
SecureConnect Technology. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Chapter 4
Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Chapter 5
Contactor and Starter Units Bulletin 2102L and 2103L Combination Full-Voltage Lighting Contactor Units (FVLC) . 43
Bulletin 2106 and 2107 Combination Full Voltage Reversing Starter Units (FVR). . . . . . 46
Bulletin 2106 and 2107 Space Saving NEMA
Combination Full Voltage Reversing Starter Units (FVR) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
Bulletin 2112, 2112 Vacuum, and 2113, 2113 Vacuum Combination Full Voltage
Non-reversing Starter Units (FVNR) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Bulletin 2112 and 2113 Space Saving NEMA Combination Full Voltage
Non-Reversing Starter Units (FVNR) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
Bulletin 2122E, 2123E, 2122F and 2123F
Combination 2-speed Starter Units (TS2W and TS1W) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Chapter 6
Metering Units Bulletin 2190 - Metering Compartments (METER) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
Chapter 7
Main and Feeder Units Bulletin 2191F and 2191M Outgoing Feeder Lug Compartment (FLUG) and
Incoming Main Lug Compartment (MLUG) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Bulletin 2192F and 2192M Feeder and Main Fusible Disconnect Switch
Units (FDS, MFDS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
Bulletin 2193F and 2193M Feeder and Main Circuit Breaker Units (FCB, MCB) . . . . . . . 80
Chapter 8
Lighting and Power Panel Units Bulletin 2193LE Lighting Panel (LPAN) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
Bulletin 2193PP Panel Board with Main Circuit Breaker (PPAN). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
Chapter 9
Transformer Units Bulletin 2195, 2196, 2197 Control and Lighting Transformers (XFMR) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
Chapter 10
Miscellaneous Units Catalog Number Explanation - Full Section Mounting Plates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
Full Section Blank Mounting Plates. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
Tables for Configuring Bulletin 2100D and 2100M Unit Catalog Numbers . . . . . . . . . . 121
Chapter 11
Factory-Installed Options, . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
Modifications, Accessories for
Contactors and Starters,
Metering, Mains and Feeders,
Lighting and Power Panels,
Transformer, and Miscellaneous
Units
Chapter 12
Factory-Installed Options, . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
Modifications, Accessories for
Space Saving NEMA Starter Units
Chapter 13
Combination Soft Starter (SMC) Bulletin 2154H and 2155H Soft Starter (SMC) Units - SMC-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153
Units Bulletin 2154J and 2155J Soft Starter (SMC) Units - SMC Flex . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157
Chapter 14
Factory-Installed Options, . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163
Modifications, Accessories for
Combination Soft Starter (SMC)
Units
Chapter 15
Variable Frequency AC Motor Bulletin 2162Q and 2163Q with PowerFlex 70 Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
Drive Units Bulletin 2162R and 2163R with PowerFlex 700 Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183
Bulletin 2162U and 2163U PowerFlex 753 Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195
Bulletin 2162V and 2163V PowerFlex 755 Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209
Bulletin 2162W and 2163W PowerFlex 525 Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223
Bulletin 2162X and 2163X PowerFlex 523 Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229
Chapter 16
Factory-Installed Options, Space Factor Adders for Line or Load Reactors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240
Modifications, Accessories for
Combination Variable Frequency
AC Motor Drive Units
Chapter 17
Programmable Controller Units Bulletin 2180L, 2182L, 2183L with Bulletin 1756 ControlLogix Chassis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255
Chapter 18
Factory-Installed Options, . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259
Modifications, Accessories for
Programmable Controllers
Chapter 19
Configuration Tables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261
Chapter 20
Hardware and Kits Section Hardware and Kits for Field Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269
Bus Kits, Splices, and Bus Isolation Hardware for Field Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271
Lugs for Field Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273
Unit Hardware and Kits for Field Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274
Unit Hardware and Kits for Field Installation, continued. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276
Network Hardware and Kits for Field Installation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280
Appendix A
Appendix
Approximate Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281
Motor Control Center Construction. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 288
Approximate Weights of CENTERLINE Motor Control Center Sections . . . . . . . . . . . . . 288
MCC Finish . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 288
Cross Reference Chart - NEMA/UL to IEC. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289
Full-load Currents - Horsepower Rated Motors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 290
Full-load Currents - kW Rated Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291
Inverse Time Thermal Magnetic Trip or Electronic Trip Circuit Breaker Short
Circuit Current Ratings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 292
3-Pole Inverse Time Circuit Breaker Characteristics for Bulletin 2193F
and 2193M Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 293
UL/C-UL/CSA Short Circuit Ratings for Combination Fusible Disconnect Units . . . . . 293
UL/C-UL/CSA Short Circuit Ratings for Combination Soft Starter Units (SMCs) . . . . . 294
UL/C-UL/CSA Short Circuit Ratings for Combination Variable Frequency
AC Motor Drive Units. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294
UL/C-UL/CSA Short Circuit Ratings for Programmable Controllers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295
kW to Catalog HP Code Conversion for
Bulletins 2106, 2107, 2112, 2113, 2122, and 2123 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 296
Recommended Capacitor Sizes 480V and 600V . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 297
Horsepower Ratings for Bulletin 2192F,
Fusible Disconnect Feeder Switch (FDS) Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 297
Conductor Size Conversion Chart—
Metric Conductor Size to American Wire Gauge Conductor Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 298
Metric Conversion Table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 298
Fans and Ventilation in Bulletins 2154H, 2154J, 2155H, and 2155J. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 299
Fans and Ventilation in Bulletins 2162Q, 2162R, 2163Q, 2163R, 2162U, 2163U,
2162V, and 2163V . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 299
Fans and Ventilation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301
Notes:
CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Center CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Center with
IntelliCENTER Technology
Publication Overview
This publication is a commercial program guide for the configuration of CENTERLINE® 2100 Low Voltage Motor Control Centers (MCC).
Footnotes
IMPORTANT While using this publication, please read all footnotes throughout the publication. Footnotes contain necessary
information about the configuration and limitations of sections, units, and options being offered.
IMPORTANT MCCs that contain variable-frequency drives units have an altitude class of 1 km (3300 ft). For installation above
1000 meters (3300 ft), contact your local Allen-Bradley distributor or Rockwell Automation sales representative
for derating requirements.
UL/C-UL/CSA Marking
CENTERLINE 2100 MCCs are listed by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. (file number E49289) as complying with Standard Safety UL 845 (UL) and
either listed by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. or certified by Canadian Standards Association (CSA) as complying with standard C22-2, No.
254-05 (c-UL or CSA). CENTERLINE 2100 MCCs also meet the requirements in Mexican standard for MCCs, NMX-J-353-ANCE. The MCC product,
sections, and units, therefore, carry the respective marking unless otherwise indicated in the footnotes on the various pages in this
publication.
NEMA Defined
NEMA—National Electrical Manufacturers Association.
NEMA Class
The following is a description of Class I, as paraphrased from NEMA standard ICS 18-2001: Class I motor control centers shall consist of
mechanical groupings of combination motor control units, feeder tap units, other units, and electrical devices arranged in a convenient
assembly. They include connections from the common horizontal power bus to the units. They do not include interwiring or interlocking
between units or to remotely mounted devices, nor do they include control system engineering. Only diagrams of the individual units are
supplied.
NEMA Class II interwiring offers the addition of interlocking and wiring between units as specifically described in overall control system
diagrams supplied by the purchaser. Contact your Allen-Bradley distributor or Rockwell Automation sales representative for pricing and
availability.
NEMA Type
Class I motor control centers can be provided in NEMA Type A or B construction:
• Type A—User’s power and control connections are made directly to the device within the unit.
• Type B—Terminal blocks are supplied for user’s control termination within unit insert. On NEMA size 1…3 starter units and 30…100 A
contactors units, terminal blocks are also supplied for user’s load terminations (NEMA Type BT). NEMA Space Saving units do not
include power terminal blocks (NEMA Type BD).
Delivery Programs
CENTERLINE 2100 MCC products are available on several quick delivery programs and limited to equipment described in this publication.
• SC and PE:
Products indicating SC or PE delivery provide SC-I and PE-I delivery. When options are added or specified for a section, the
longest lead time determines the time of delivery.
– SC-I:
This program offers stock-supported, individual plug-in units. This program applies to all plug-in units unless they are labeled SC-
II. The SC-I program provides the quickest delivery.
– SC-II:
This program offers stock-supported vertical sections, with factory-installed units for a completely assembled MCC. Units that are
specifically labeled SC-II must be factory-installed and are not for plug-in installation in the field.
– PE-I and PE-II:
These programs offer a broad range of pre-engineered units and sections and a slightly longer lead time than our SC programs.
While PE-I units are available for plug-in installation in the field, units specifically labeled PE-II must be factory-installed.
• Engineered:
Equipment or modifications not available on these delivery programs can be available on the Engineered program. This program
offers the complete line of assembled motor control equipment, custom wired for the customer’s needs. Additionally, a wide
range of special control and bus options are offered, which makes this program our most versatile delivery program. Contact your
Allen-Bradley distributor or Rockwell Automation sales representative for more information.
Delivery Time is based on the equipment with the longest lead time. Quicker delivery is possible when equipment is separated and ordered
according to the delivery category. For example, if an order has one engineered plug-in unit and the remaining units and sections are SC-II -
order the engineered unit as a separate item. The SC-II units and sections ship on the SC-II delivery program and only the engineered unit
has a longer delivery time.
Delivery programs are indicated in the right column of the tables. Shaded cells indicate the ENG delivery program.
Discount Schedule
The CENTERLINE 2100 MCCs are on Discount Schedule A6.
Seismic Applications
Actual CENTERLINE 2100 MCC units have been seismically qualified by dynamic (triaxial multi-frequency testing) seismic tests using ICC–ES
AC156 acceptance criterion that covers general equipment and supports the seismic certification of electrical systems such as MCCs. The
testing was conducted in accordance with ICC–ES AC156 criteria and supports data for the following qualification requirements:
Throughout the seismic testing, the MCC units were under power and operated before, during, and after the seismic tests.
See publications MCC-CT011 and MCC-CT012 for published Seismic certificates.
To obtain an IBC or UBC seismic withstandability, each individual CENTERLINE 2100 MCC line-up (including those line-ups in double front
applications) must be mounted on an adequate seismic foundation. Installation must be conducted per the anchoring requirements as
indicated in this instruction manual. All columns in the MCC line-up must also be bolted together per instructions in CENTERLINE 2100 Motor
Control Centers Joining and Splicing Vertical Sections, publication 2100-IN010.
In the CENTERLINE 2100 MCC line-up, mounting channels are incorporated in the standard design. As an alternative to bolt down anchoring,
these mounting channels can be welded to an adequate seismic foundation. For seismic weld down applications, see Seismic Requirements
in publication 2100-IN012.
IntelliCENTER technology includes items such as, a power supply unit, built-in network cabling system, and unit cables. IntelliCENTER
technology is UL and c-UL listed and meets the requirements of a Class 1 power limited circuit (in Canada, Class 1 extra-low-voltage power
circuit). Per NEC, this circuit is supplied from a source that has a rated output of not more than 30V and 1000VA. The power supply unit has
an 8 A, 24V output. The network cabling is rated 8 A, 600V.
Type 2 Protection
Short circuit coordination is defined in IEC 60947-4-1.
Type 2 protection (also referred to as Type 2 coordination) is obtainable when the fuses are specified and sized accordingly. Only Type 1
coordination is available, other than on specified fuses and circuit breaker units.
To address these cases, consult publication 2100-TD032 (for circuit breaker applications), publication 2100-TD003 (for power fuse
applications), and the NEC for selection guidance. For further assistance or information, contact your local Allen-Bradley distributor or
Rockwell Automation sales representative.
Documentation
Rockwell Automation offers various low voltage motor control center documentation packages to meet diverse requirements. This
documentation is available in different formats: electronic (through email), CD, and paper. The documentation serves different needs:
product approval, drawings for information, final drawings, and service manuals.
The electrical schematics, equipment list, and other supporting documentation are also included in hard copy with the MCC for installation.
The equipment list includes the motor control center layouts, nameplate data, floor plans, and splicing data. Major components, such as
drives and SMCs, installed in the MCC have hard copy publications that are shipped in the motor control center.
Manuals and quick start guides for products such as SMC™ units, AC drive units, and PLC units can be found online at rok.auto/literature.
Documentation Packages
The following table describes the optional documentation packages available for low voltage motor control centers. Additional custom
documentation packages can be created to meet most requirements.
Documentation delivered electronically (email or CD) comes as one PDF document that is organized and bookmarked for ease-of-use. This
format is provided regardless of the documentation type.
This chart indicates typical documentation available upon request. The different documents serve various purposes and are available at
different points in the order cycle. The order cycle follows these steps:
No-Charge Email Any (2) (2) (2) (2) (2) Email (3)
IMPORTANT As Builts/Final Drawings are included in Standard Service Manuals/Operation and Maintenance Manuals.
Select Option 3, then enter code 901 for CENTERLINE 2100 MCC support.
Phone: 1-440-646-3434
G (1) 42K 42K bracing—incorporates new bus support and cover January 1985
(1) 65K 65K bracing—incorporates new bus support and cover July 1985
G
H(1) All New hinge design January 1986
Changed handle, operating mechanism, and circuit breaker to Cutler-Hammer Series C,
J(1) All 150 A, 250 A and 400 A frame October 1986
Complete new series units with comparable features and options can be retrofitted into any series of structures as shown in the table on
page 23.
Each vertical section has a nameplate that is on the vertical wireway door. On special width sections, the nameplate is on the section door.
Information on the section nameplate includes:)
• Catalog number (serial number)
• Series letter of the section
• Maximum busbar voltage and current rating
• Section location number
Each unit has a unit label that is inside the unit on the bottom plate. Information on the unit nameplate includes:
• Serial number
• Series letter
• Factory order number
• Catalog string number
• Unit location
• System voltage
Unit Label Data for units that are shipped on the SC or PE Delivery Programs
CAT number for units that are supplied on the Engineered Delivery Program have a unique catalog number that is based on the
factory order number. For example, YULDBCN99/1AF (assembled MCCs) or 2100U-LDBCN99/1 (individually ordered units).
M(1) All sizes Changed to new unit grounding system and 600 A, 800 A, and 1200 A bolted pressure switch May 1990
Changed to PCP 200 A and 400 A disconnect, rerated vacuum Bulletin 2112 and 2113 and new
N(1) All sizes pilot device offerings January 1993
0.5 SF CB units 2103L, 2113, External auxiliary on circuit breakers
P(1) 2193 April 1994
New disconnect external auxiliary contacts and new 600…1200 A circuit breaker operating
Q All sizes and ratings May 1996
mechanism
Redesign and upgrade of ratings for 24…500 A SMC™-2 and SMC™-PLUS units. Original
SMC units August 1997
design of SMC™ Dialog Plus units.
R 1200 A 2193 Redesign of 1200 A, 2193F and 2193M units November 1997
800 A 2193 Changed circuit breakers to MDL Frame November 1998
225 A 2193F Changed circuit breakers from J Frame to F Frame October 1999
2000 A 2193 Changed to Flange Mounted Operating Handle
T All sizes Changed the Bulletin 800MR and Bulletin 800T-PS pilot devices to Bulletin 800Es November 2000
All 1.5 space factor units Changed unit bottom plate
All except 2100-SD1 Changed to new Bulletin 1497 control circuit transformer July 2001
U
2100-SD1 Changed smoke detector head and base components November 2001
2162Q, 2163Q, 2164Q, 2165Q Redesign of 240…480V PowerFlex 70 and release of 600V PowerFlex 70 April 2002
2162R, 2163R, 2164R, 2165R Original release of PowerFlex 700 Beginning July 2002
2154H, 2155H Original release of SMC™-3 Beginning November 2002
V 2154J, 2155J Original release of SMC™ Flex Beginning April 2004
2112, sizes 3, 4 and 5 Redesign to reduced space factor with Class J fuse clip April 2004
2162T, 2163T Original release of PowerFlex 40 September 2004
2107, 2113, size 3 Reduced space factor April 2005
2162Q, 2163Q Reduced space factor, changed CCT with integral fuses April 2005
X
All sizes 800F Pilot Devices August 2005
Complete new series units with comparable features and options can be retrofitted for any series of structures as shown in the table on
page 23.
In 1982, modifications were made to improve the integrity of the gasketing between the unit door and structure of NEMA Type 1 with gasket
and Type 12 sections. This improvement has been accomplished by gasketing the structure instead of the unit door. The change applies to all
CENTERLINE 2100 units with series letter F and later and all sections series letter E and later. Also, when series H and later units are installed
in a series A through E section in the topmost unit location, a new top horizontal wireway pan is required.
M or later — — — — — — —
(5) — — — — — — —
NEMA Type 1 w/ A-E
gasket or
Type 12 1.0 or larger F-L (5) — — — (6) — —
Series A…D M or later — — — (6) —
0.5 (2) N or later — — — — —
NEMA Type 1 w/
gasket or A-E (5) — — — — — — (4)
Type 12 1.0 or larger F-L (5) — — — — — — —
Series E…J (8)
M or later — — — — — — —
NEMA Type 1 w/ 0.5 (2) N or later — — — — — —
gasket or
Type 12 A-L (5) — — — — — — (4)
1.0 or larger
Series K or later M or later — — — — — — —
(1) When installing the unit in the topmost location in a vertical section, care must be taken to comply with the National Electrical Code 6 ft 7 in. (2.0 m) unit handle-to-floor height limitation. A
unit operating handle extender (2100H-NE1)available, which provides 3 in. (76.2 mm), available which provides 3 in. (76.2 mm) added height flexibility. See page 260 for catalog number.
(2) When CENTERLINE 2100, 0.5 space factor or Space Saving NEMA Starter plug-in units are ordered unassembled or ordered for existing sections, order a centralized wiring diagram holder kit
(2100H-WDH). See page 261.
(3) Permits installation of 0.5 space factor or Space Saving NEMA Starter plug-in units in existing series E through J CENTERLINE 2100 vertical sections. See page 266 for information.
(4) A ground strap can be used to ground units rather than installing a ground bus. See publication 2100-IN014.
(5) Replacement and renewal parts are no longer supported. Consult MCC Technical Support.
(6) Required only if series F or later 1.0 space factor or larger CENTERLINE 2100 unit is installed in topmost location of series A through E vertical sections.
(7) Consult MCC Technical Support for assistance with possible door hinge requirements.
(8) Series E-J sections cannot accommodate 0.5 space factor or Space Saving NEMA Starter plug-in units in bottom-most unit location.
Section nameplate
For two-section shipping split, one space heater is supplied in each 200 watt, 120 volt strip heater.
section with a single thermostat control located in right-hand section Thermostat set at 25 °C (77 °F).
For two-section shipping split, one space heater is supplied in each 200 watt, 240 volt strip heater.
section with a single thermostat control located in right-hand section Thermostat set at 25 °C (77 °F).
Embedded Systems
CENTERLINE® 2100 Motor Control Center with IntelliCENTER® Technology provides CENTERLINE 2100 MCCs with sections having an Embedded
System. The Embedded System can either be EtherNet/IP™ network or DeviceNet® network.
• EtherNet/IP - The EtherNet/IP network consists of Ethernet cabling, Stratix® switches, and a 24V DC Network. Cabling is routed through the
sections and into individual units as described below.
- For IntelliCENTER MCCs with EtherNet/IP network, the industrial Ethernet switches are mounted in either the top or bottom horizontal
wireway or in a top or bottom unit. Depending on the number of intelligent devices, a switch group (the number of vertical sections
connected to a single switch unit or wireway switch) can contain up to nine sections.
- For wireway mounted industrial Ethernet switches, industrial Ethernet cables are routed from each unit to Ethernet adapters in the
vertical wireway, or optionally, directly to the switch (homerun(1)). For top or bottom unit mounted Ethernet switches, Ethernet
cables are routed from each unit directly to the Ethernet switch (homerun), or optionally, to adapters(2) in the vertical wireway of
each section containing intelligent devices.
- Ethernet cables that connect between Ethernet switches are included when an MCC has multiple Ethernet switches.
- In either switch mounting configuration, 24V DC cables are routed from each unit to the 24V DC ports in the vertical wireway of each
vertical section.
- The Ethernet cable is both 600V AWM and Power Limited Tray Cable (PLTC) rated, along with being UL/cUL listed. The 24V DC Network
consists of multiple 4-ampere networks designed to supply power to the switches and other EtherNet/IP components in the MCC. When
specified, up to eight Ethernet adapters are built into the back of the vertical wireway of each standard section to provide a convenient
method for the MCC units to connect to the EtherNet/IP network. Two pairs of 24V DC adapters, providing up to 8 device connections (4
device connections per pair) are always built into the back of the vertical wireway of each standard section to provide a convenient
method for the MCC units to connect to the 24V DC power supply.
• DeviceNet - The DeviceNet cabling, consisting of trunk line and drop lines, is routed through the sections and into the individual units,
allowing the devices to communicate via DeviceNet. A complete DeviceNet system includes cabling, power supply, scanner module and the
necessary DeviceNet components in the MCC units.
- The DeviceNet trunk line is built in to the sections and routed behind barriers. The drop lines are routed from each unit to the DeviceNet
connectors in the vertical wireway of each vertical section. The DeviceNet cable is rated 8 A, 600V for use with a Class 1 power limited
circuit. Six DeviceNet connectors built into the back of the vertical wireway of each standard section provide a convenient method for the
MCC units to connect to the trunk line.
(1) Contact your local Allen-Bradley distributor or Rockwell Automation sales representative for wireway mounted switch designs.
(2) Contact your local Allen-Bradley distributor or Rockwell Automation sales representative for unit mounted switch designs.
Software
• CENTERLINE 2100 MCCs with IntelliCENTER Technology offer remote visibility to the information from the IMC components via the Embedded
System in the IntelliCENTER software.
• IntelliCENTER software provides real-time information as to the status of the IMC components as well as valuable documentation related to
the MCC.
For more information on Ethernet, refer to Converged Plantwide Ethernet (CPwE) Design and Implementation Guide, publication ENET-TD001,
CENTERLINE Motor Control Centers with IntelliCENTER using an EtherNet/IP Network Information, publication MCC-RM001, and CENTERLINE 2100
Motor Control Centers with EtherNet/IP Network, publication 2100-TD031.
For more information on DeviceNet, refer to DeviceNet Media Design and Installation Manual, publication
DNET-UM072, and DeviceNet Motor Control Centers, publication 2100-TD019.
The CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Center with IntelliCENTER technology can consist of integrated hardware, software, and communication in one
centralized package. IntelliCENTER technology on EtherNet/IP allows for the flexibility to pre-configure smart devices in the MCC with parameters
and normalized firmware revisions across like devices. The available IntelliCENTER software provides pre-configured screens which provide real-
time data, trending, component history, wiring diagrams, user manuals, and spare parts. See page 35 for selection.
IntelliCENTER Software
IMPORTANT All IntelliCENTER software is copyright protected and for installation on one personal computer only.
The IntelliCENTER software also contains ActiveX controls. These controls allow key views of the software to be displayed inside
Human Machine Interfaces (HMIs) such as RSView® software.
The Pre-Integration Dataset is the second component of the IntelliCENTER software. The information arrives as SC
Pre-Integration a digital download and contains data files specific to a particular MCC. This information is sent upon order 2101A-PREINTLDOC
Dataset(1) (2) submission and specifically aids in Logix integration via Integration Assistant. This information includes unit A
nameplates and other unit details (no documentation or drawings, manuals, or spare parts).
Per MCC lineup SC
Catalog Number:
2101A-INTLDOC-EN
Per unit SC
The Standard Dataset is the second component of the IntelliCENTER software. The information arrives as a Catalog Number:
Standard Dataset (1) (3) digital download and contains data files specific to a particular MCC. This information includes unit nameplates, 2101A-INTLDOC-UN
unit details, wiring diagrams, user manuals, spare parts, and other details. Digital component SC
only (2)
Catalog Number:
2101A - PSTINTLDOC
A
1 SC
10
25
50
Energy Dataset (1)(3)(4) The Energy Dataset includes all of the components of the Standard Dataset. Additionally, it includes the ability to 75
Catalog Number: use the features of IntelliCENTER Energy (version 4.0 and later) as well as the additional installation software 100
2101A-INTLNRGDOC-__ needed. 150
200
250
350
500
(1) Must be ordered separately from MCC.
(2) Applies to IntelliCENTER MCCs with EtherNet/IP network only.
(3) Applies to either IntelliCENTER MCCs with DeviceNet or EtherNet/IP network.
(4) Catalog number is incomplete. Complete the catalog string with the number of metering devices in the MCC. (for example, if 8 metering devices are in the MCC, then use 10 and the
catalog string is 2101A-INTLNRGDOC-10.
IntelliCENTER software is compatible with these operating systems: Windows 7 64-bit, Windows 8.1 64-bit,
Windows 10 64-bit.
These minimum system requirements provide optimal operation of the IntelliCENTER software.
Ethernet
• Laptop or desktop computer: consult local computer support personnel for Ethernet interface requirements
DeviceNet
• Laptop computer: 1784-U2DN USB to DeviceNet cable or 1784-PCD DeviceNet personal computer interface card and 1784-PCD1 cable
• Desktop computer: 1784-U2DN USB to DeviceNet cable or 1784-PCID DeviceNet personal computer interface card
• RS-232 interface (reduced performance): 1770-KFD DeviceNet interface module
2100H-ICPC120 patch cable is necessary for connecting interface (laptop, desktop, RS-232) to IntelliCENTER MCC wireway.
ControlNet
• Laptop computer: 1784-PCC ControlNet PC interface card and 1784-C1 cable
• Desktop computer: 1784-PCIC ControlNet PC interface card and 1786-TPR ControlNet tap
Consult the ControlNet Coax Media Planning and Installation Guide, publication CNET-IN002, for configuration and installation of
ControlNet cable.
ArcShield Technology
ArcShield™ is an optional Safety Technology feature that helps to provide a safer working environment by controlling and diverting the incident
energy during an arc flash event. The CENTERLINE 2100 MCC with ArcShield has been tested in accordance with the IEEE C37.20.7 standard for Type
2 accessibility. Type 2 accessibility allows personnel to be protected while in front, at the side, or in the rear of the enclosure in the event of an
arcing fault.
Enclosure
NEMA 1 Yes Yes(5) Yes(5)
NEMA 1G Yes Yes(5) Yes (5)
NEMA 3R Yes No No
NEMA 12 Yes Yes(5) Yes (5)
Section Depth 15 in. or 20 in. 20 in. 20 in.
Section Width 20…35 in. 20…35 in. 20…35 in.
Section Height 71 in. or 90 in. 90 in. 90 in.
Back-to-Back Yes Yes Yes
Door Mounted Devices Yes Yes Yes
Table continued on the next page.
SecureConnect Technology
SecureConnect™ is an optional Safety Technology feature for plug-in units which allows the unit to be electrically isolated from the vertical power
bus before the enclosure door is opened.
Application features:
• Not available on 0.5 space factor units.
• Auto shutters are required.
Table 24 - SecureConnect Technology Availability
Bulletin Size 1 Size 2 Size 3 Size 4 Size 5
2106/2107 --
2112/2113 (1) --
2122/2123 --
2154/2155 --
2162/2163 --(2) --
Notes:
Units having network options, ordered separately from vertical sections, are supplied with a 48” patch cable for connecting the device to a
port in the vertical wireway of the existing CENTERLINE® 2100 MCC with IntelliCENTER technology.
• Wiring Type
Units are available with either Type A or Type B wiring. Catalog numbers are for Type B wiring. To order Type A wired units, substitute the
letter B in the catalog number with the letter A.
• Unit configurations include door, unit support pan, hinges, and hinge pins
• Overload Relays
Starter units include E100 electronic overload relays, that are RoHS compliant, as standard. See Options section for electronic overload
relays.
• Power Fuses
Factory installed power fuses are available for most fusible units. See pages 253…254 for selection.
• Delivery Programs
Delivery programs are listed in tables under the column marked ‘Delivery Program’. See page 13 for more delivery program
information.
• 71” High Sections
71” high sections accommodate 4.5 space factor (maximum) units. For 71” high section restrictions, see page 26.
Captive Latch
Starter or Contactor Diagram Pocket
Auxiliary
Contacts
Overload Disconnect Handle
Control Circuit Transformer
(not shown)
Control Transformer Fusing Defeater Mechanism
and Fuse Block
Power and Control Short Circuit Rating Label
Terminal Blocks
Unit Identification Nameplate Captive Latch UL Label
Control Station
Unit Nameplate
Handle Cutout
Unit Door
Reset Button
Pilot Devices
Status Port
Lockout Lever
Indicator
Shaft Port
Shaft-port Cover
Open Closed
Notes:
Bulletin 2102L and 2103L Combination Full-Voltage Lighting Contactor Units (FVLC)
These combination lighting contactor units are supplied with an Allen-Bradley® Bulletin 500L AC contactor and either a fusible disconnect or circuit
breaker. They are rated 30…300 A. Each unit is provided as a NEMA Class I, Type B-T unit with terminals mounted in the unit for connection to
remote devices.
Catalog Number Explanation - Bulletin 2102L and 2103L Full Voltage Lighting Contactors (FVLC)
• Allen-Bradley Bulletin 500L AC contactor with a fusible disconnect or circuit breaker
• Rated 30…300 A
• NEMA Class I, Type B with terminals mounted on the unit
Table 25 - Catalog Number Explanation- Bulletin 2102L and 2103L
2102L B - B K B - 24J - 6P
2103L B - B K B - 30THM - 6P
NEMA Enclosure Control Voltage Fuse Clip Ratings and Class or Trip
Bulletin Number Wiring Type Rating Amperes Option
Type Type Current and Circuit Breaker Type
Bulletin 2102L Full Voltage Lighting Contactor Unit with Fusible Disconnect Switch (FVLC)
• See page 45 for product description.
• For unit sizing, select unit rating based on 125% of actual load amperes.
• Basic configuration includes three power poles and one hold-in contact.
IMPORTANT To address the heating effects from loads containing a high degree of harmonic content, it may be necessary to
oversize the field conductors (especially neutrals), use k-factor lighting transformers and oversize the lighting
contactor units (increase by 50%); for high harmonic load applications, contact your local Allen-Bradley distributor or
Rockwell Automation sales representative.
Table 26 - Bulletin 2102L Full Voltage Lighting Contactor Unit with Fusible Disconnect Switch (FVLC)
Fuse Clip (See Catalog Number (3)
Transformer Primary Switching kVA(2) Appendix for short
Contactor Unit Rating Wiring Type B-Class I
circuit withstand Space Delivery
Rating (Amperes) 208V 240V 380V…415V 480V 600V ratings.) NEMA Type 1 NEMA
Factor Program
(Amperes)(1) (1) and Type 1 w/ Type 12
Rating
1Ø 3Ø 1Ø 3Ø 1Ø 3Ø 1Ø 3Ø 1Ø 3Ø (Amperes) Class gasket
30(4) 30(4) 1.2 3.6 2.4 4.3 2.8 7.1 4.9 8.5 6.2 11 30 CC, J 0.5 2102LB-ZK_- 2102LB-ZJ_-
CC, J, 1.0
30 30 1.2 3.6 2.4 4.3 2.8 7.1 4.9 8.5 6.2 11 30 R, H 2102LB-BK_- 2102LB-BJ_-
(1) Ampere ratings apply to non-motor loads such as fluorescent ballasts, mercury vapor lamps and resistive heating. Tungsten lamp current ratings are limited to applications 480V line-to-
line (277V line-to-neutral) maximum.
(2) Ratings are based on the contactor being used to switch transformers having an inrush of not more than 20 times their rated full load current, regardless of the nature of the secondary
load. Ratings do not apply to transformers used in resistance welder service.
(3) The catalog numbers listed are not complete:
• Select control voltage type from table on page 251 (for example, 2102LB-BKBD).
• Select fuse clip rating, class, and designator from the table on page 254 for configuration.
• To select optional power fuse, select from table on page 254 (for example, 2102LB-BKBD-24J-607G).
• For fuse rating, based on disconnect rating see publication 2100-TD003.
(4) Separate or transformer control only, except 208V (where separate control only). These units have horizontal handles, Bulletin 194R fused disconnect switch, up to four Bulletin 800F pilot
devices and one 10-pt. pull-apart control terminal block with #16 AWG control wire only. One 3-pole power terminal block is supplied as standard.
(5) Unit rating is based on fuse clip rating.
Bulletin 2103L Full Voltage Lighting Contactor Unit with Circuit Breaker (FVLC)
• See page 45 for product description.
• For unit sizing, select unit rating based on 125% of actual load amperes.
• Basic configuration includes three power poles and one hold-in contact.
• Includes line terminal guards for circuit breakers on all units.
IMPORTANT To address the heating effects from loads containing a high degree of harmonic content, you can oversize the field
conductors (especially neutrals), use k-factor lighting transformers, and oversize the lighting contactor units (increase by
50%).
Table 27 - Bulletin 2103L Full Voltage Lighting Contactor Unit with Circuit Breaker (FVLC)
Transformer Primary Switching kVA (2) Catalog Number (3)
Rating 208V 240V 380V–415V 480V 600V Space Wiring Type B—Class I Delivery
(Amperes) (1) Factor
NEMA Type 1 and
Program
1 3 1 3 1 3 1 3 1 3 NEMA Type 12
Type 1 w/ gasket
30 (4) 1.2 3.6 2.4 4.3 2.8 7.1 4.9 8.5 6.2 11 0.5 2103LB-ZK_-__ 2103LB-ZJ_-__
30 1.2 3.6 2.4 4.3 2.8 7.1 4.9 8.5 6.2 11 1.0 2103LB-BK_-__ 2103LB-BJ_-__
DUAL
1.2 3.6 2.4 4.3 2.8 7.1 4.9 8.5 6.2 11 1.5 2103LB-BK_-__(6) 2103LB-BJ_-__ (6) SC
30 (5)
60 2.1 6.3 4.1 7.2 6.8 11.8 8.3 14 10 18 1.0 2103LB-CK_-__ 2103LB-CJ_-__
(7) 4.1 12 8.1 14 13.3 23.3 16 28 20 35 1.5 2103LB-DK_-__ 2103LB-DJ_-__
100
200 6.8 20 14 23 22.5 39 27 47 34 59 2.5 2103LB-EK_-__ 2103LB-EJ_-__
PE
300 14 41 27 47 45 78.3 54 94 68 117 3.5 2103LB-FK_-__ 2103LB-FJ_-__
(1) Ampere ratings apply to non-motor loads such as fluorescent ballasts, mercury vapor lamps and resistive heating. Tungsten lamp current ratings are limited to applications 480 volts line-
to-line (277 volts line-to-neutral) maximum.
(2) Ratings are based on the contactor being used to switch transformers having an inrush of not more than 20 times their rated full load current, regardless of the nature of the secondary
load. Ratings do not apply to transformers used in resistance welder service.
(3) The catalog numbers listed are not complete:
• Select control voltage type from table on page 251 (for example, 2103LB-BKBD).
• Select trip current from table on page 256 (for example, 2103LB-BKBD-30).
• Select circuit breaker from Circuit Breaker Type table on page 256 (for example, 2103LB-BKBD-30THM).
(4) Separate or transformer control only, except 208V (where separate control only). These units have horizontal handles, up to four Bulletin 800F pilot devices and one 10-pt. pull-apart control
terminal block with #16 AWG control wire only. One 3-pole power terminal block is supplied as standard.
(5) Dual mounted unit supplied without power terminal blocks.
(6) To dual mount combination lighting contactors in one unit:
• Select two trip current numbers from table on page 256 (for example, 2103LB-BKBD-3032).
• Then select circuit breaker from Circuit Breaker Type table on page 256 (for example, 2103LB-BKBD-3032THM).
(7) 100 A unit with transformer control (option -6P or -6XP) increases space factor from 1.5 to 2.0.
Bulletin 2106 and 2107 Combination Full Voltage Reversing Starter Units (FVR)
These combination full voltage reversing starter units are supplied with an Allen-Bradley Bulletin 505 reversing starter and either a fusible
disconnect or a circuit breaker. The Bulletin 2106 and 2107 starters are rated for NEMA sizes 1 through 5 and are mechanically and electrically
interlocked to avoid both contactors being closed simultaneously. Each unit is provided as a NEMA Class I, Type B-T unit with terminals mounted in
the unit for connection to remote devices. Full voltage reversing starter units are available with an electronic overload relay.
Catalog Number Explanation - Bulletin 2106 and 2107 Full Voltage Reversing Starters (FVR)
• Allen-Bradley Bulletin 505 reversing starter with a fusible disconnect or circuit breaker
• NEMA Sizes 1…5
• NEMA Class I, Type B wiring with terminals mounted in the unit
• Available with E100 or E300™ Electronic Overload Relays
Table 28 - Catalog Number Explanation - Bulletin 2106 and 2107 Full Voltage Reversing Starters (FVR)
2106 B - B A B - 41-24J - 6P
2107 B - B A B - 41TGA - 6P
NEMA Enclosure Horsepower and Disconnecting
Bulletin Number Wiring Type NEMA Size Control Voltage Type Options
Type Means
Code Type Code NEMA Size Code Control Voltage Type Code Options
Full Voltage Reversing B 1 See Table on Page 251 See Options section
2106 (FVR) with Fusible C 2 beginning on Page 129.
Disconnect D 3
Full Voltage Reversing E 4
2107 (FVR)) with Circuit Fuse Clip Ratings and Class or Trip Current
F 5 Code
Breaker Circuit Breaker Type
’41’ Horsepower Code. See Horsepower Table on
Page 252.
2106 - ’41-24J’ ’24J’ Fuse Clip Rating and Class
Code Wiring Type See Fuse Clip Designator table on page 253
A Type A ’41_’ Horsepower Code. See Horsepower Table on
B Type B page 252
2107 - ’41TGA’ ’_TGA’ Circuit Breaker Type. See Table on Circuit
Breaker Type Table on page 256.
Bulletin 2106 Full Voltage Reversing Starter Unit with Fusible Disconnect Switch (FVR)
Table 29 - Bulletin 2106 Full Voltage Reversing Starter Unit with Fusible Disconnect Switch (FVR)
Fuse Clip
Horsepower (See Appendix for short Catalog Number (1)
NEMA circuit current ratings.) Space Wiring Type B—Class I Delivery
Size Factor Program
380V… 480V/600V Rating NEMA Type 1 and NEMA Type 12
208V 240V 415V (Amperes) Class Type 1 w/ gasket
30 CC, J, R, H
1 0.125…7.5 0.12…7.5 0.125…10 0.125…10 1.5 2106B-BA_-__ 2106B-BD_-__
60 J, R, H
30 (2) J, R, H
60 J, R, H 1.5
2 10 10…15 15…25 15…25 100 J 2106B-CA_-__ 2106B-CD_-__
100 R, H 2.0 (3)
SC
60 (2) J, R, H 3.0
3 15…25 20…30 30…50 30…50 100 J, R, H 2106B-DA_-__ 2106B-DD_-__
200 J, R, H 3.5
100 (2) J, R, H
4 30…40 40…50 60…75 60…100 200 J, R, H 4.5 2106B-EA_-__ 2106B-ED_-__
400 J
200 (2) J, R, H
5 50…75 60…100 100…150 125…200 J, R, H 6.0 (4), 2106B-FA_-__ 2106B-FD_-__ PE-II
400
J 20”W
600
(1) The catalog numbers listed are not complete:
• Select control voltage type from table on page 251 (for example, 2106B-BABD).
• Select horsepower from table on page 252 (for example, 2106B-BABD-31).
• If power fuse is NOT selected, select fuse clip from Table 29. Then select clip designator from table on page 253 (for example, 2106B-BABD-31-24J).
• If power fuse is selected, first select clip designator from table on page 253 (for example, 2106B-BABD-31__-20J).
Then, select power fuse from table on page 253 (for example, 2106B-BABD-31GT-20J).
• For fuse rating based on load horsepower, see publication 2100-TD003.
(2) Available on 480V and 600V applications only.
(3) For 208V and 240V applications with Class R or H fuses, unit only requires 1.5 space factors.
(4) Frame mounted unit, section does not have vertical wireway.
IMPORTANT The catalog numbers listed include an external reset button for the overload relay. To order catalog numbers without
the external reset button, replace the letter ’A’ with the letter ’K’ (for example, 2106B-BK_-__) or replace the letter ’D’
with the letter ’J’ (for example, 2106B-BJ_-___).
Bulletin 2107 Full Voltage Reversing Starter Unit with Circuit Breaker (FVR)
Table 30 - Bulletin 2107 Full Voltage Reversing Starter Unit with Circuit Breaker (FVR)
IMPORTANT The catalog numbers listed include an external reset button for the overload relay. To order catalog numbers without
the external reset button, substitute the letter ’A’ with the letter ’K’ (for example, 2107B-BK_-__) or replace the letter ’D’
with the letter ’J’ (for example, 2107B-BJ_-___).
Catalog Number Explanation - Space Saving NEMA Bulletin 2106 and 2107
Full Voltage Reversing Starters (FVR)
• Allen-Bradley Bulletin 300 starter with fused disconnect or circuit breaker
• NEMA Class 1, Type B-D unit with terminals mounted in unit
• Available with electronic overload relays
• Space saving alternative to traditional NEMA starter units
Table 31 - Catalog Number Explanation - Space Saving NEMA Bulletin 2106 and 2107 Full Voltage Reversing Starters (FVR)
2106 B - 3B A B - 38-24J - **
2107 B - 3B A B - 38TGA - **
NEMA Enclosure Horsepower and Disconnecting
Bulletin Number Wiring Type NEMA Size Control Voltage Type Option
Type Means
Bulletin 2106 Space Saving NEMA Full Voltage Reversing Starter Unit with Fused Disconnect Switch (FVR)
• See page 48 for product description.
• Units are cULus listed, unless otherwise indicated.
Table 32 - Bulletin 2106 Space Saving NEMA Full Voltage Reversing Starter Unit with Fused Disconnect Switch (FVR)
Fuse Clip
Horsepower (See Appendix for short circuit Catalog Number (1)
current ratings.) Space Wiring Type B—Class I Delivery
NEMA Size Factor Program
Rating NEMA Type 1 and Type 1 w/ NEMA Type 12
480V 600V Class
(Amperes) gasket
1 0.5…10 0.75…10 30 CC, J 0.5(2) 2106B-3BA_-__ 2106B-3BD_-__ ENG
(1) The catalog numbers listed are not complete:
• Select control voltage type from table on page 251 (for example, 2106B-3BABD).
• Select horsepower from table on page 252 (for example, 2106B-3BABD-38).
• Select fuse class. Then select clip designator from table on page 253 (for example, 2106B-3BABD-38-24J).
(2) These units have horizontal operating handles, Bulletin 194R fused disconnect, up to four Bulletin 800F pilot devices, #16 AWG control wire and one 10-point control terminal
block (Type B-D only in Type B units). See page 23 or information on installation into series E-J sections.
IMPORTANT The catalog numbers listed include an external reset button for the overload relay. To order catalog numbers without
the external reset button, substitute the letter ‘A’ with the letter ‘K’ (for example, 2106B-3BK_-__) or replace the letter
’D’ with the letter ‘J’ (for example, 2106B-3BJ_-__)
Bulletin 2107 Space Saving NEMA Full Voltage Reversing Starter Unit with Circuit Breaker (FVR)
• See page 48 for product description.
• Units are cULus listed, unless otherwise indicated.
• Includes line terminal guards for circuit breakers on all units.
Table 33 - Bulletin 2107 Space Saving NEMA Full Voltage Reversing Starter Unit with Circuit Breaker (FVR)
IMPORTANT The catalog numbers listed include an external reset button for the overload relay. To order catalog numbers without
the external reset button, substitute the letter ‘A’ with the letter ‘K’ (for example, 2107B-3BK_-__) or replace the letter
’D’ with the letter ‘J’ (for example, 2107B-3BJ_-__).
Bulletin 2112, 2112 Vacuum, and 2113, 2113 Vacuum Combination Full Voltage Non-reversing
Starter Units (FVNR)
These combination full voltage non-reversing starter units are supplied with an Allen-Bradley Bulletin 509 starter (starter units with vacuum
contactors use Allen-Bradley Bulletin 1102C contactors) and either a fusible disconnect or a circuit breaker. The full voltage non-reversing starters
are rated for NEMA sizes 1…6 (starter units with vacuum contactors are rated 200 A, 400 A, or 600 A). Each unit is provided as a NEMA Class I, Type
B-T unit, with terminals mounted in the unit for connection to remote devices. Full voltage non-reversing starter units are available with an
electronic overload relay.
Catalog Number Explanation - Bulletin 2112, 2112 Vacuum, and 2113, 2113 Vacuum Combination Full Voltage
Non-reversing Starter Units (FVNR)
• Allen-Bradley Bulletin 509 starter with a fusible disconnect or circuit breaker for NEMA Size 1…5
(Bulletin 2112 and 2113 Vacuum use Allen-Bradley Bulletin 1102C vacuum contactors)
• Allen-Bradley Bulletin 300 starter with a fusible disconnect or circuit breaker for NEMA Size 6
• NEMA Class I, Type B unit with terminals mounted in the unit
• Available with electronic overload relays.
Table 34 - Catalog Number Explanation - Bulletin 2112, 2112 Vacuum, and 2113, 2113 Vacuum Combination Full Voltage Non-reversing
Starter Units (FVNR)
2112 B - B A B - 41-24J - 6P
2113 B - B A B - 41TGA - 6P
NEMA Enclosure Horsepower and Disconnecting
Bulletin Number Wiring Type NEMA Size Control Voltage Type Options
Type Means
Code Type Code NEMA Size Code Control Voltage Type Code Options
Full Voltage Non-reversing Z 1 (0.5 Space Factor) See table on Page 251 See Options section
2112 (FVNR) with Fusible beginning on Page 129.
B 1
Disconnect C 2
Full Voltage Non-reversing D 3
2113 (FVNR)) with Circuit Fuse Clip Ratings and Class or Trip
E 4 Code
Breaker Current Circuit Breaker Type
F 5 ’41’ Horsepower Code. See table on Page
6G 6 252
2112 - ’41-24J’ ’24J’ Fuse Clip Rating and Class. See Fuse
Clip Designator table on page 253
Horsepower Code. See table on page 252
2113 - ’41TGA’ ’_TGA’ Circuit Breaker Type. See Circuit
Breaker Type table on page 257.
Code Wiring Type
A Type A
B Type B
Bulletin 2112 Full Voltage Non-Reversing Starter Units with Fusible Disconnect Switch (FVNR)
Table 35 - Bulletin 2112 Full Voltage Non-Reversing Starter Units with Fusible Disconnect Switch
Fuse Clip
Horsepower (See Appendix for short Catalog Number (1)
NEMA circuit current ratings.) Space Wiring Type B—Class Delivery
Size Factor Program
380… 480V/600V Rating NEMA Type 1 and NEMA Type 12
208V 240V 415V (Amperes) Class Type 1 w/ gasket
1 (2) 0.125…5 0.125…5 0.125…10 0.125…10 30 CC, J 0.5 2112B-ZA_-__ 2112B-ZD_-__
30 CC, J, R, H
1 0.125…7.5 0.125…7.5 0.125…10 0.125…10 1.0 2112B-BA_-__ 2112B-BD_-__
60 J, R, H
30 (3) J, R, H
60 J, R, H 1.0
2 10 10…15 15…25 15…25 100 J 2112B-CA_-__ 2112B-CD_-__
100 R, H 1.5
60 (3) J 2.0
100 J
200 J 2.5
3 15…25 20…30 30…50 30…50 2112B-DA_-__ 2112B-DD_-__
60 (3) R, H 2.5
100 R, H SC
200 R, H 3.0
100 (3) J 3.0
200 J
4 30…40 40…50 60…75 60…100 400 J 3.5 2112B-EA_-__ 2112B-ED_-__
100 (3) R, H 3.0
200 R, H
200 (3) J
400 J 3.5
5 50…75 60…100 100…150 125…200 600 J 2112B-FA_-__ 2112B-FD_-__
200 (3) R, H 4.0
400 R, H
400 (3) R, H
600 J, R 2112BB-6GA_-__ 2112BB-6GD_-__
800 L 6.0 (5)
(4) 100…150 125…200 200…300 250…400 PE-II
6 25” W
400 (3) R, H
600 J, R 2112BT-6GA_-__ 2112BT-6GD_-__
800 L
(1) The catalog numbers listed are not complete:
• Select control voltage type from the table on page 251 (for example, 2112B-BABD).
• Select horsepower from the table on page 252 (for example, 2112B-BABD-31).
• If power fuse is NOT selected, select fuse clip from table above. Then select clip designator from the table on page 253 (for example, 2112B-BABD-31-24J).
• If power fuse is selected, first select clip designator from the table on page 253 (for example, 2112B-BABD-31__-20J). Then select power fuse from the table on page 253 (for
example, 2112B-BABD-31GT-20J).
• For fuse rating based on load horsepower, see publication 2100-TD003.
(2) Separate or transformer control only, except 208V (where separate control only). These units have horizontal operating handles, Bulletin 194R fused disconnect switch, up to
four Bulletin 800F pilot devices and one 10-pt. pull-apart control terminal block (Type B-D only in Type B units), with #16 AWG control wire only. See page 23 for information on
installation into series E-J sections.
(3) Available on 480V and 600V applications only.
(4) For NEMA size 6, select either top cable entry (2112BT-) or bottom cable entry (2112BB-).
(5) Frame mounted unit, section does not have vertical wireway.
IMPORTANT The catalog numbers listed include an external reset button for the overload relay. To order catalog numbers without
the external reset button, replace the letter ‘A’ with the letter ‘K’ (for example, 2112B-BK_-__) or replace the letter ’D’
with the letter ‘J’ (for example, 2112B-BJ_-___).
Bulletin 2112 Vacuum Full Voltage Non-Reversing Starter Unit with Vacuum Contactor and Fusible
Disconnect Switch (FVNR)
• See page 53 for product description.
Starters are supplied with one normally open and one normally closed auxiliary contacts as standard.
IMPORTANT Option code 91 is required to indicate the normally closed contact is being supplied.
Additional auxiliary contacts (two normally open and two normally closed) can be added (option code 90011)
With optional auxiliary contacts, the complete option code (including the standard normally closed contact) is 900111.
Refer to Options section on page 129.
Table 36 - Bulletin 2112 Vacuum Full Voltage Non-Reversing Starter Unit with Vacuum Contactor and Fusible Disconnect Switch (FVNR)
Fuse Clip
Horsepower Disconnect (See for short circuit Catalog Number (1)
Rating Space Switch current ratings.) Wiring Type B—Class Delivery
(Amperes) Factor Rating Program
380… (Amperes) Rating NEMA Type 1 and NEMA Type 12
208V 240V 480V 600V
415V (Amperes) Fuse Class Type 1 w/ gasket
100(2) J, R, H
40… 40… 60 60… 60…125 60…150 3.5 200 200 J, R, H
50 100
200 400 J 2112B-VBA_-__ 2112B-VBD_-__
200(2) J, R, H
60 75 - 150 200 4 400 ENG
400 J
200(2) J, R, H
125…15
75 100 200 250 4.5 400 400 J, R, H
0
400 600 J 2112B-VCA_-__ 2112B-VCD_-__
100… 125… 200…2 250 … 300… 6.0 400 J, R, H
600
125 150 50 300 400 20”W(3) 600 J
ENG
6.0 400 J, R, H
600 150 - 300 350 - 600 2112B-VDA_-__ 2112B-VDD_-__
20”W(3) 600 J
(1) The catalog numbers listed are not complete:
• Select the control voltage type from table on page 251 (for example, 2112B-VBABD).
• Select the horsepower from table on page 252 (for example, 2112B-VBABD-51).
• If power fuse is NOT selected, select fuse clip from table above. Then select clip designator from table on page 253 (for example, 2112B-VBABD-51-26J).
• If power fuse is selected, first select clip designator from table on page 253 (for example, 2112B-VBABD-51__-20J).
Then select power fuse from table on page 253 (for example, 2112B-VBABD-51GT-20J).
• For fuse rating based on load horsepower, see publication 2100-TD003.
(2) Available on 480 and 600 Volt applications only.
(3) Frame mounted unit, section does not have vertical wireway.
IMPORTANT The catalog numbers listed include an external reset button for the overload relay. To order catalog numbers without
the external reset button, replace the letter ‘A’ with the letter ‘K’ (for example, 2112B-VBK_-__) or replace the letter ‘D’
with the letter ‘J’ (for example, 2112B-VBJ_-_).
Bulletin 2113 Full Voltage Non-Reversing Starter Unit with Circuit Breaker (FVNR)
• See page 53 for product description.
• Includes line terminal guards for circuit breakers on all units.
Table 37 - Bulletin 2113 Full Voltage Non-Reversing Starter Unit with Circuit Breaker
IMPORTANT The catalog numbers listed include an external reset button for the overload relay. To order catalog numbers without
the external reset button, replace the letter ‘A’ with the letter ‘K’ (for example, 2113B-BK_-__) or replace the letter ‘D’
with the letter ‘J’ (for example, 2113B-BJ_-___).
Bulletin 2113 Vacuum Full Voltage Non-Reversing Starter Unit with Vacuum Contactor and Circuit Breaker
(FVNR)
• See page 53 for product description.
• Starters are supplied with one normally open and one normally closed auxiliary contacts as standard.
IMPORTANT Option code 91 is required to indicate the normally closed contact is being supplied.
Additional auxiliary contacts (two normally open and two normally closed) can be added (option code 90011)
With optional auxiliary contacts, the complete option code (including the standard normally closed contact) is 900111.
Refer to Options section on page 129.
Table 38 - Bulletin 2113 Vacuum Full Voltage Non-Reversing Starter Unit with Vacuum Contactor and Circuit Breaker (FVNR)
IMPORTANT The catalog numbers listed include an external reset button for the overload relay. To order catalog numbers without
the external reset button, replace the letter ‘A’ with the letter ‘K’ (for example, 2113B-VBK_-__) or replace the letter ‘D’
with the letter ‘J’ (for example, 2113B-VBJ_-___).
Bulletin 2112 and 2113 Space Saving NEMA Combination Full Voltage Non-Reversing Starter
Units (FVNR)
These combination full voltage non-reversing starter units offer a space saving alternative while utilizing an Allen-Bradley Bulletin 300 starter and
either a fused disconnect or a circuit breaker. The Bulletin 2112 Space Saving NEMA non-reversing starter units are rated for NEMA Size 1
applications and the Bulletin 2113 Space Saving NEMA non-reversing starter units are rated for NEMA Size 1…4 applications. Each unit is provided as
a NEMA Class I, Type B-D unit with terminals mounted in the unit for connections to remote devices. These full voltage non-reversing units are
available with electronic overload relays.
Catalog Number Explanation - Space Saving NEMA Bulletin 2112 and 2113
Full Voltage Non-Reversing Starters (FVNR)
• Allen-Bradley Bulletin 300 starter with fused disconnect or circuit breaker
• NEMA Class 1, Type B unit with terminals mounted in unit
• Available with electronic overload relay
• Space saving alternative to traditional NEMA starter units
Table 39 - Catalog Number Explanation - Space Saving NEMA Bulletin 2112 and 2113 Full Voltage Non-Reversing Starters (FVNR)
2112 B - 3B A B - 38-24J - **
2113 B - 3B A B - 38TGA - **
NEMA Enclosure Horsepower and Disconnecting
Bulletin Number Wiring Type NEMA Size Control Voltage Type Option
Type Means
Bulletin 2112 Space Saving NEMA Full Voltage Non-Reversing Starter Unit with Fused Disconnect Switch
(FVNR)
• See page 58 for product description.
• Units are cULus listed unless otherwise indicated.
Table 40 - Bulletin 2112 Space Saving NEMA Full Voltage Non-Reversing Starter Unit with Fused Disconnect Switch (FVNR)
Fuse Clip
Horsepower (See Appendix for short Catalog Number (1)
circuit current ratings.) Space Wiring Type B—Class I Delivery
NEMA Size Factor Program
Rating NEMA Type 1 and Type 1 w/ NEMA Type 12
480V 600V Class
(Amperes) gasket
1 0.5…10 0.75…10 30 CC, J 0.5(2) 2112B-3BA_-__ 2112B-3BD_-__ ENG
(1) The catalog numbers listed are not complete:
• Select control voltage type from table on page 251 (for example, 2112B-3BABD).
• Select horsepower from table on page 252 (for example, 2112B-3BABD-38).
• Select fuse class from above. Then select clip designator from table on page 253 (for example, 2112B-3BABD-38-24J).
(2) These units have horizontal operating handles, Bulletin 194R fused disconnect, up to four Bulletin 800F pilot devices, #16 AWG control wire and one 10-point control
terminal block (Type B-D only in Type B units). See page 23 for information on installation into series E-J sections.
IMPORTANT The catalog numbers listed include an external reset button for the overload relay. To order catalog numbers without
the external reset button, substitute the letter ‘A’ with the letter ‘K’ (for example, 2112B-3BK_-_) or replace the letter ‘D’
with the letter ‘J’ (for example, 2112B-3BJ_-_).
Bulletin 2113 Space Saving NEMA Full Voltage Non-Reversing Starter Unit with Circuit Breaker (FVNR)
• See page 58 for product description.
• Units are cULus listed unless otherwise indicated.
Table 41 - Bulletin 2113 Space Saving NEMA Full Voltage Non-Reversing Starter Unit with Circuit Breaker (FVNR)
IMPORTANT The catalog numbers listed include an external reset button for the overload relay. To order catalog numbers without
the external reset button, substitute the letter ‘A’ with the letter ‘K’ (for example, 2113B-3BK_-_) or replace the letter ‘D’
with the letter ‘J’ (for example, 2113B-3BJ_-_).
2122E B - B A B - 41-24J - 6P
2123F B - B A B - 41TGA - 6P
Horsepower and Disconnecting
Bulletin Number Wiring Type NEMA Size NEMA Enclosure Type Control Voltage Type Option
Means
Bulletin 2122E 2-speed, 2-winding Starter Unit with Fusible Disconnect Switch (TS2W)
• See page 60 for product description.
• Basic configuration includes one set of 3-pole fuse clips.
IMPORTANT A 2-speed, 2-winding motor (TS2W) requires a mechanically and electrically interlocked assembly of two 3-pole
contactors. A 2-speed, 1-winding motor (TS1W) requires a mechanically and electrically interlocked assembly of 3-
pole and 5-pole contactors. Consult your local Allen-Bradley distributor or Rockwell Automation sales representative
for application assistance.
Table 43 - Bulletin 2122E 2-speed, 2-winding Starter Unit with Fusible Disconnect Switch (TS2W)
Fuse Clip
Constant or Variable Torque (See Appendix for short Catalog Number (1)
NEMA Horsepower Space Wiring Type B—Class I Delivery
circuit current ratings.)
Size Factor Program
480V/600V Rating NEMA Type 1 and
208V 240V 380…415V (Amperes) Class NEMA Type 12
Type 1 w/ gasket
30 CC, J, R, H
1 0.125…7.5 0.125… 7.5 0.125…10 0.125…10 2.0 2122EB-BA_-__ 2122EB-BD_-__
60 J, R, H
30 (2) J, R, H
2 10 10…15 15…25 15…25 60 J, R, H 2.0 2122EB-CA_-__ 2122EB-CD_-__ ENG
100 J, R, H
60 (2) J, R, H
3 15-25 20…30 30…50 30…50 100 J, R, H 3.0 2122EB-DA_-__ 2122EB-DD_-__
200 J, R, H
(1) The catalog numbers listed are not complete:
• Select the control voltage type from table on page 251 (for example, 2122EB-BABD).
• Select horsepower from table on page 252 (for example, 2122EB-BABD-31).
• If power fuse is NOT selected, select fuse clip from table above. Then select clip designator from table on page 253 (for example, 2122EB-BABD-31-24J).
• If power fuse is selected, first select clip designator from table on page 253 (for example, 2122EB-BABD-31__-20J). Then select power fuse from table on page 253 (for
example, 2122EB-BABD-31GT-20J).
• For fuse rating based on load horsepower, see publication 2100-TD003.
(2) Available on 480V and 600V applications only.
IMPORTANT The catalog numbers listed include an external reset button for the overload relay. To order catalog numbers without
the external reset button, replace the letter ‘A’ with the letter ‘K’ (for example, 2122EB-BK_-__) or replace the letter ‘D’
with the letter ‘J’ (for example, 2122EB-BJ_-___).
Bulletin 2122F 2-speed, 1-winding Starter Unit with Fusible Disconnect Switch (TS1W)
• See page 60 for product description.
• Basic configuration includes one set of 3-pole fuse clips.
IMPORTANT A 2-speed, 1-winding motor (TS1W) requires a mechanically and electrically interlocked assembly of 3-pole and 5-
pole contactors. A 2-speed, 2-winding motor (TS2W) requires a mechanically and electrically interlocked assembly of
two 3-pole contactors. Consult your local Allen-Bradley distributor or Rockwell Automation sales representative for
application assistance.
Table 44 - Bulletin 2122F 2-speed, 1-winding Starter Unit with Fusible Disconnect Switch (TS1W)
Fuse Clip
Constant or Variable Torque (See Appendix for short Catalog Number (1)
NEMA Horsepower circuit current ratings.) Space Wiring Type B—Class I Delivery
Size Factor Program
380… 480V/600V Rating NEMA Type 1 and NEMA Type 12
208V 240V 415V (Amperes) Class Type 1 w/ gasket
30 CC, J, R, H
1 0.125…7.5 0.125…7.5 0.125…10 0.125…10 2.0 2122FB-BA_-__ 2122FB-BD_-__
60 J, R, H
30 (2) J, R, H
2 10 10…15 15…25 15…25 60 J, R, H 2.0 2122FB-CA_-__ 2122FB-CD_-__ ENG
100 J, R, H
60 (2) J, R, H
3 15…25 20…30 30…50 30…50 100 J, R, H 4.0 2122FB-DA_-__ 2122FB-DD_-__
200 J, R, H
(1) The catalog numbers listed are not complete:
• Select the control voltage type from table on page 251 (for example, 2122FB-BABD).
• Select the horsepower from table on page 252 (for example, 2122FB-BABD-31).
• If power fuse is NOT selected, select fuse clip from table above. Then select clip designator from table on page 253 (for example, 2122FB-BABD-31-24J).
• If power fuse is selected, first select clip designator from table on page 253 (for example, 2122FB-BABD-31__-20J). Then select power fuse from table on page 253 (for
example, 2122FB-BABD-31GT-20J).
• For fuse rating based on load horsepower, see publication 2100-TD003.
(2) Available on 480V and 600V applications only.
IMPORTANT The catalog numbers listed include an external reset button for the overload relay. To order catalog numbers without
the external reset button, replace the letter ‘A’ with the letter ‘K’ (for example, 2122FB-BK_-__) or replace the letter ‘D’
with the letter ‘J’ (for example, 2122FB-BJ_-___).
Bulletin 2123E 2-speed, 2-Winding Starter Unit with Circuit Breaker (TS2W)
• See page 60 for product description.
• Includes line terminal guards on circuit breakers for all units.
IMPORTANT A 2-speed, 2-winding motor (TS2W) requires a mechanically and electrically interlocked assembly of two 3-pole
contactors. A 2-speed, 1-winding motor (TS1W) requires a mechanically and electrically interlocked assembly of 3-
pole and 5-pole contactors. Consult your local Allen-Bradley distributor or Rockwell Automation sales representative
for application assistance.
Table 45 - Bulletin 2123E 2-speed, 2-Winding Starter Unit with Circuit Breaker (TS2W)
Constant or Variable Torque Catalog Number (1)
Horsepower Space Wiring Type B—Class I Delivery
NEMA Size Factor NEMA Type 1 and Type Program
208V 240V 380…415V 480V/600V NEMA Type 12
1 w/ gasket
1 0.125…7.5 0.125…7.5 0.125…10 0.125…10 2.0 2123EB-BA_-__ 2123EB-BD_-__
2 10 10…15 15…25 15…25 2.0 2123EB-CA_-__ 2123EB-CD_-__ ENG
3 15…25 20…30 30…50 30…50 3.0 2123EB-DA_-__ 2123EB-DD_-__
(1) The catalog numbers listed are not complete:
• Select the control voltage type from table on page 251 (for example, 2123EB-BABD).
• Select the horsepower from table on page 252 (for example, 2123EB-BABD-30).
• Select the circuit breaker from Circuit Breaker Type table on page 256 (for example, 2123EB-BABD-30TGA).
• For circuit breaker size based on load horsepower, refer to publication 2100-TD032.
IMPORTANT The catalog numbers listed include an external reset button for the overload relay. To order catalog numbers without
the external reset button, replace the letter ‘A’ with the letter ‘K’ (for example, 2123EB-BK_-__) or replace the letter ‘D’
with the letter ‘J’ (for example, 2123EB-BJ_-___).
Bulletin 2123F 2-speed, 1-winding Starter Unit with Circuit Breaker (TS1W)
• See page 60 for product description.
• Includes line terminal guards on circuit breakers for all units.
IMPORTANT A 2-speed, 1-winding motor (TS1W) requires a mechanically and electrically interlocked assembly of 3-pole and 5-
pole contactors. A 2-speed 2-winding motor (TS2W) requires a mechanically and electrically interlocked assembly of
two 3-pole contactors. Consult your local Allen-Bradley distributor or Rockwell Automation sales representative for
application assistance.
Table 46 - Bulletin 2123F 2-speed, 1-winding Starter Unit with Circuit Breaker (TS1W)
Constant or Variable Torque Catalog Number (1)
NEMA Horsepower Space Wiring Type B—Class I Delivery
Size Factor NEMA Type 1 and Program
208V 240V 380…415V 480V/600V NEMA Type 12
Type 1 w/ gasket
1 0.125…7.5 0.125…7.5 0.125…10 0.125…10 2.0 2123FB-BA_-__ 2123FB-BD_-__
2 10 10…15 15…25 15…25 2.0 2123FB-CA_-__ 2123FB-CD_-__ ENG
3 15…25 20…30 30…50 30…50 3.5 2123FB-DA_-__ 2123FB-DD_-__
(1) The catalog numbers listed are not complete:
• Select the control voltage type from table on page 251 (for example, 2123FB-BABD).
• Select the horsepower from table on page 252 (for example, 2123FB-BABD-30).
• Select the circuit breaker from Circuit Breaker Type table on page 256 (for example, 2123FB-BABD-30TGA).
• For circuit breaker size based on load horsepower, refer to publication 2100-TD032.
IMPORTANT The catalog numbers listed include an external reset button for the overload relay. To order catalog numbers without
the external reset button, replace the letter ’A’ with the letter ’K’ (for example, 2123FB-BK_-__) or replace the letter ’D’
with the letter ’J’ (for example, 2123FB-BJ_-___).
Panel type (not switchboard type) with 5 A movement, 3.5” scale, 102 deflection, and 2% of full scale accuracy.
• Voltmeter:
Phase-to-phase voltage measurement only. Panel type (not switchboard type) with 120V movement, 3.5” scale, 102 deflection, and 2% of
full scale accuracy.
• PowerMonitor 5000, Bulletin 1426-M5:
1426-DM is a PanelView™ Component C400 terminal with factory-installed applications. The power monitor can display 64 real-time
parameters, including current (Ia, Ib, Ic, In, I3 avg, 0.2% full-scale accuracy), voltage (Van, Vbn, Vcn, Vab, Vbc, Vca 0.2% full-scale accuracy),
current, and voltage imbalance. There are four forms of power (real, reactive, apparent, and true, ±0.4% full-scale accuracy), kWh, KVARh,
kVAHnet, true RMS to the 63th harmonic, frequency (0.05%), and power factor (0.4%). The PowerMonitor 5000 unit includes min./max,
event logs, trend log (up to 45,867 data points), and distortion analysis with THD, crest factor (I, V), and distortion power factor. Every
PowerMonitor 5000 unit includes Ethernet network communication as standard and has options for DeviceNet and ControlNet network
communication. The 1426-M5 unit can be flash upgraded to M6, and M8 PowerMonitor 5000 units. Contact your local Allen-Bradley distributor
or Rockwell Automation sales representative for details.
• The PowerMonitor 5000 Display Module, Series A, catalog number 1426-DM, is a PanelView™ Component C400 terminal with factory-installed
applications.
The PowerMonitor 5000 Display Module, Series B, catalog number 1426-DM, is a PanelView 800 terminal with factory-installed applications.
This display module displays key information from one, two, or three PowerMonitor 5000 units.
Code Type Code Enclose Type Code Ammeter Scale Code Options
2190 Metering Unit (METER) NEMA Type 1 or Type 1 with 48M 300 A See Options section
K beginning on Page 129.
gasket 50M 400 A
J NEMA Type 12 52M 600 A
54M 800 A
56M 1200 A
58M 1600 A
Code Line Voltage 60M 2000 A
H 208V
Code Space Factor P 220…230V
A 0.5 Space Factor A 240V Code Meter Designation
B 1.0 Space Factor N 380V 85AAXX Analog ammeter
C 1.5 Space Factor KN 400V 85BBXX Analog ammeter with ammeter switch (2 CTs)
I 415V 85BCXX Analog ammeter with ammeter switch (3 CTs)
B 480V 85EBB_ Analog ammeter and voltmeter with switches (2 CTs)
C 600V 85ECB_ Analog ammeter and voltmeter with switches (3 CTs)
86W5__X_ Bulletin 1426-M5 PowerMonitor 5000
Bulletin 2191F and 2191M Outgoing Feeder Lug Compartment (FLUG) and Incoming Main Lug
Compartment (MLUG)
Bulletin 2191M and 2191F are line lug compartments that provide a lug connection for incoming lines (2191M) to distribute power to the motor control
center or for outgoing cables (2191F) to feed power from the MCC to an external load. These line lug compartments are available with ratings from
300…2000 A. Optional mechanical or crimp lugs can be supplied with the lug compartments.
Bulletin 2191M and 2191F Lug Compartments—Provisions for Basic Sections/Incoming Lines (MLUG) and
Outgoing Feeders (FLUG)
• See page 69 for product description.
• All lugs compartments are frame mounted and must be located at top or bottom of section.
• Basic configuration includes door, unit support pan, lug pads, and hardware.
• Configure section and lugs separately.
• For 4-wire applications. Incoming neutral bus (see page 138) or neutral connection plates (see pages 28, 128, 139, and 262) are
available for Bulletins 2191MT and 2191MB.
• For 71” high sections, see restrictions on page 26.
2191FT—Top mounted feeder
2191FB—Bottom mounted feeder
2191MT—Top mounted main
2191MB—Bottom mounted main
• Top- and bottom-mounted mains are designed with adequate space to route cables to lugs. Give special consideration to the mounting of
the CTs for a metering device. Consider the addition of a pull box.
• Refer to Table 297 for wire size conversion table.
Table 55 - Bulletin 2191M and 2191F Lug Compartments—Provisions for Basic Sections/Incoming Lines (MLUG) and Outgoing Feeders
(FLUG)
Cable Provisions
Maximum Number Per Phase Catalog Number (2)
Wiring Type A Only—Class I
Rating and Maximum Cable Size (1) Space Delivery
(Amperes) Factor Program
Mechanical Type Lugs NEMA Type 1 and
Crimp Type Lugs NEMA Type 12
Single Cable Lug Multiple Cable Lug Type 1 w/ gasket
PROVISIONS FOR BASIC SECTIONS
1.0 (7),(4) 2191F_-BKC-48 2191F_-BJC-48
300(3) (2) 400 kcmil — (2) 350 kcmil
(7),(9)
1.0 2191M_-BKC-48 2191M_-BJC-48
1.0 (6),(7) 2191F_-BKC-52 2191F_-BJC-52
(2) 400 kcmil (4) 250 kcmil (2) 350 kcmil
(7) 2191M_-BKC-52 2191M_-BJC-52
1.0
In top, horizontal
(1) 500 kcmil (2) 300 kcmil (2) 350 kcmil 2191MT-AKC-52 2191MT-AJC-52
600(5) wireway (8),(9)
(1) 750 kcmil
(2) 750 kcmil (4) 500 kcmil (2) 500 kcmil 1.5 (7) 2191M_-CKC-52 2191M_-CJC-52
(4) 800 kcmil — (4) 750 kcmil 6.0 (10),(11), 2191_ _-MKC-52 2191_ _-MJC-52 SC-II
20” W
(2) 800 kcmil (2) 750 kcmil
(4) 600 kcmil — (4) 500 kcmil 1.0 (7),(8) 2191_ T-BKC-54 2191_ T-BJC-54
(1) 750 kcmil (3) 500 kcmil
(2) 600 kcmil — 1.5 (7) 2191_ _-CKC-54 2191_ _-CJC-54
800 (12) (13) (4) 500 kcmil (4) 350 kcmil
(1) 800 kcmil (2) 750 kcmil
(2) 750 kcmil — (4) 500 kcmil 2.0 (7) 2191_ _-DKC-54 2191_ _-DJC-54
(4) 600 kcmil
800 (4) 800 kcmil — (4) 750 kcmil 6.0 (10),(11), 2191_ _-MKC-54 2191_ _-MJC-54
20” W
Table is continued on the next page.
Table 55 - Bulletin 2191M and 2191F Lug Compartments—Provisions for Basic Sections/Incoming Lines (MLUG) and Outgoing Feeders
(FLUG) (Continued)
Cable Provisions
Maximum Number Per Phase Catalog Number (2)
Wiring Type A Only—Class I
Rating and Maximum Cable Size (1) Space Delivery
(Amperes) Factor Program
Mechanical Type Lugs NEMA Type 1 and
Crimp Type Lugs NEMA Type 12
Single Cable Lug Multiple Cable Lug Type 1 w/ gasket
PROVISIONS FOR BASIC SECTIONS
(2) 800 kcmil (2) 750 kcmil
(4) 600 kcmil — (4) 500 kcmil 1.0 (7),(8) 2191_ T-BKC-56 2191_ T-BJC-56
1200 (12) (13) (1) 800 kcmil
(2) 750 kcmil
(2) 750 kcmil — (4) 500 kcmil 2.0 (7) 2191_ _-DKC-56 2191_ _-DJC-56
(4) 600 kcmil SC-II
1200 — 2191_ _-MKC-56 2191_ _-MJC-56
(4) 800 kcmil (4) 750 kcmil 6.0 (10),(11),
1600 — 2191_ _-MKC-58 2191_ _-MJC-58
20” W
2000 (6) 800 kcmil — (6) 750 kcmil 2191_ _-MKC-60 2191_ _-MJC-60
(1) By using a larger wire/lug size than is listed violates bend radius guidelines as listed in NEC/UL/C-UL wire bending tables and voids UL/C-UL listing and CSA certification.
(2) The catalog numbers listed are not complete:
• If required, insert M for main or F for feeder (for example, 2191M or 2191F).
• If required, insert T for top mounted or B for bottom mounted (for example, 2191MT or 2191MB).
• If using optional lugs, select from table on page 73. Then add catalog string number to base catalog number (for example, 2191MT-CKC-52-82B500).
(3) 300 A 2191F can only be used with 600 A and 800 A horizontal bus ratings.
(4) The maximum possible rating of this unit is 300 A. The rating of this unit can be determined by subtracting the current requirements of the units in the 3.0 space factors above or
below this unit. Review NEC/CEC for further information.
(5) 600 A 2191F can only be used with 600 A, 800 A, 1200 A, and 1600 A horizontal bus ratings.
(6) The maximum possible rating of this unit is 600 A. The rating of this unit can be determined by subtracting the current requirements of the units in the 3.0 space factors above or
below this unit. Review NEC/CEC for further information.
(7) Cannot be mounted in section containing other frame mounted units (transformer units excluded). Unit compartments 1.0 through 2.0 space factors must be located at top or
bottom of section.
(8) Pullbox required. Must be mounted at top of vertical section. Cannot be mounted in section containing other frame mounted units (transformer units excluded).
(9) Not available with incoming neutral bus.
(10) Shipped in single shipping split only. Frame mounted unit, section does not have vertical wireway.
(11) Unit is 4.5 space factors in a 71” high section. The catalog number must be changed from 2191_ _ - M to 2191_ _-J (for example, 2191MT-JKC-52).
(12) Main and feeder rating must match horizontal bus rating. Full-rated neutral bus for 1200 A, 2191M units requires a 6.0 space factor lug compartment.
(13) Feeder rating must match horizontal bus rating when 2191F is less than 6.0 space factor.
Lug Compartments Provisions for Inside Corner, 10” Wide Sections, and Neutrals/Incoming Line and
Outgoing Feeders
• See page 26 for section descriptions.
• Basic configuration includes cover plates, lug pads, and hardware.
• Configure section and lugs separately.
• Metering options not available.
• For 71” high sections, see restrictions on page 26.
• Refer to Table 297 for wire size conversion table.
2191FT—Top mounted feeder
2191FB—Bottom mounted feeder
2191MT—Top mounted main
2191MB—Bottom mounted main
Table 56 - Lug Compartments Provisions for Inside Corner, 10” Wide Sections, and Neutrals/Incoming Line and Outgoing Feeders
Cable Provisions (1) Catalog Number (2)
Maximum Number Per Phase
Rating Space Wiring Type A—Class I Delivery
and Maximum Cable Size
(Amperes) Factor Program
Mechanical Type Lugs NEMA Type 1 and Type NEMA Type 12
Crimp Type Lugs
Single Cable Lug 1 w/ gasket
PROVISIONS FOR INSIDE CORNER SECTION
600(3) 2191_ _-NKC-52 2191_ _-NJC-52
800 2191_ _-NKC-54 2191_ _-NJC-54
1200 (4) 800 kcmil (4) 750 kcmil 6.0 (4) 2191_ _-NKC-56 2191_ _-NJC-56 PE-II
1600 2191_ _-NKC-58 2191_ _-NJC-58
2000 2191_ _-NKC-60 2191_ _-NJC-60
PROVISIONS FOR 10” WIDE SECTION (5)
600(3) 2191_ _-PKC-52 2191_ _-PJC-52
(2) 750 kcmil
800 Not Applicable (4) 500 kcmil 6.0 (4) 2191_ _-PKC-54 2191_ _-PJC-54 PE-II
1200 2191_ _-PKC-56 2191_ _-PJC-56
(1) By using a larger wire/lug size than is listed, violates bend radius guidelines as listed in NEC/UL/C-UL wire bending tables and voids UL/C-UL listing and CSA
certification.
(2) The catalog numbers listed are not complete:
• Insert M for main or F for feeder (for example, 2191M or 2191F).
• Insert T for top mounted or B for bottom mounted (for example, 2191MT or 2191MB).
• If optional lugs will be selected, select from table on page 73. Then add catalog string number to base catalog number (for example, 2191MT-CKC-52-82B500).
(3) 600 A 2191F can only be used with 600 A, 800 A, 1200 A, and 1600 A horizontal bus ratings.
(4) Not available in 71” high sections, NEMA Type 3R, or Type 4.
(5) This section must be selected as part of a 2-section shipping split and shipped attached to a 20” wide section with standard depth horizontal power bus. It cannot be
selected as free standing or attached to a 25" wide section with a 9” vertical wireway or any 6 space factor, frame-mounted unit. It is not available in NEMA Type 3R,
Type 4, or back-to-back construction.
"B"
"B" "B"
"A"
20.00
"A1"
"A"
"A" "A"
(L1)
(L1) (L1)
"A"
"A" "A" (L2)
(L2) (L2) "A"
"A" (L3)
"A"
(L3)
(L3)
All lug pads shown accept NEMA standard 2-hole lugs 1.75” on center using 0.5” hardware.
Bulletin 2192F and 2192M Feeder and Main Fusible Disconnect Switch Units (FDS, MFDS)
Bulletin 2192M and 2192F are fusible disconnect switches. These switches are available with ratings up to 2000 A. The 2192F is a plug-in unit for
ratings from 30…200 A and frame mounted for ratings 400 A and above. The 2192M is frame mounted (rigidly mounted and hardwired) in the
structure for all ratings (100…2000 A). The bolted pressure switch design is used for 2192 units rated 600…2000 A.
Catalog Number Explanation - Bulletin 2192F and 2192M Fusible Disconnect Feeders and Mains
• 30…200 A Feeders are available as Plug-in Units
• 400…1200 A Feeders and all Mains are Frame Mounted
• 600…2000 A units have Visual Blade Bolted Pressure Switches
Table 62 - Catalog Number Explanation - Bulletin 2192F and 2192M Fusible Disconnect Feeders and Mains
2192F T - B K C - 24J - **
Bulletin Number Mounting Maximum Trip Ratings NEMA Enclosure Type Line Voltage Fuse, Clip Rating and Class Options
Table 66 - Optional Crimp Lugs for Bulletins 2192FT, 2192FB, 2192MT and 2192MB(1)
Cables/ Cable/Wire Size or Wire Type Option 2192FT 2192MT
Switch Size Type of Lug Phase Range Number (2) 2192FB 2192MB
2 250 kcmil CU 82B250 (3),(4)
Panduit Type LCC
1 500 kcmil CU 82A500 (3),(4),(5)
400 A
2 250 kcmil CU/AL 83B250 (3),(4)
Burndy YA-A Series
1 500 kcmil CU/AL 83A500 (3),(4),(5)
Panduit Type LCC 2 CU 82B500 (4) (4)
600 A
Burndy YA-A Series 2 CU/AL 83B500 (4) (4)
Panduit Type LCC 3 CU 82C500 (4) (4)
800 A
Burndy YA-A Series 3 CU/AL 83C500 (4) (4)
Panduit Type LCC 4 CU 82D500 (4) (4)
1200 A 500 kcmil
Burndy YA-A Series 4 CU/AL 83D500 (4) (4)
Panduit Type LCC 5 CU 82E500 (4)
1600 A
Burndy YA-A Series 5 CU/AL 83E500 (4)
Panduit Type LCC 6 CU 82F500 (4)
2000 A
Burndy YA-A Series 6 CU/AL 83F500 (4)
(1) Basic configuration includes set of lugs for three phases (and lug pads for the 400 A switch size).
(2) If optional full-rated incoming neutral bus (see page 138) is specified, the quantity and size/type of the lugs on neutral lug pad will be the same as the 3-phase lugs.
When optional half-rated incoming neutral bus (see page 138) is specified and one or two lugs per phase are specified, one lug is provided on the half-rated neutral
riser. When three or four lugs are specified, two lugs are provided. When five or six lugs are specified, three lugs are provided on half-rated neutral riser.
(3) For top entry of incoming cables only.
(4) Disconnect supplied with lug pad assembly, reference page 263 for additional lugs.
(5) Requires pullbox. Select on page 31.
Bulletin 2193F and 2193M Feeder and Main Circuit Breaker Units (FCB, MCB)
Bulletin 2193F and 2193M are circuit breaker units with trip ratings available from 15…3000 A. These units are available with thermal magnetic trips
up to 250 A and electronic trips 300 A and above.
• All trip ratings above 300 A are electronic trip, which includes long, short, and instantaneous (LSI) protection as standard.
• Ground fault protection (LSIG) is available as an option on 600…800 A.
• Ground Fault Protection and Maintenance Mode (LSIG-MM) is provided as standard for 1200…3000 A circuit breakers.
• Electronic trip (LSI) is available as an option on H-frame and J-frame circuit breakers.
The 2193F is a plug-in unit for ratings up to 300 A and is a frame mounted unit for ratings 400 A and above. The 2193M is frame mounted for all
ratings.
Catalog Number Explanation - Bulletin 2193F and 2193M Circuit Breaker Feeders and Mains
• 125 A and 250 A Frame Feeders through 225 A Trip are Plug-in Units
• 400 A Frame with 300 A trip is a Plug-in Unit
• 400…3000 A Frame Feeders at 400 A Trip and above and all Mains are Frame Mounted
• Mains 600…800 A available with Built in Ground Fault Protection
• Mains 1200…3000 A has Ground Fault Protection and Maintenance Mode as standard.
Table 67 - Catalog Number Explanation - Bulletin 2193F and 2193M Circuit Breaker Feeders and Mains
2193F T - B K C - 30TGM - **
Bulletin Number Mounting Max Trip Rating NEMA Enclosure Type Line Voltage Circuit Breaker Trip Size and Type Options
Code Type Code Trip Rating Code Line Voltage Circuit Breaker Trip
Code
Circuit Breaker Feeder A 125 A B Up to 480V Size and Type
2193F See table on page 86.
(FCB) B 125 A C Up to 600V
Main Circuit Breaker C 250 A
2193M (MCB) D 400 A Code Options
E 600 A See Options section
Code NEMA Enclosure Type
F 800 A beginning on page 129.
NEMA Type 1 or Type 1 with
G 1200 A K gasket
J 2000 A J NEMA Type 12
Code Mounting K 2500 A
T (1) Top L 3000 A
B (1) Bottom
Z 0.5 Space Factor
(1) A ’T’ or ’B’ is required for all 2193M
units and all 400A frame and larger
Bulletin 2193F units.
Frame Short Circuit Current Rating Catalog Number(1) Wiring Type A only -
(RMS Symmetrical Amperes) Class 1
Range of Available 380V/ Space Delivery
Rating Trip Trips (Amperes) Factor Program
208V/240V 400V NEMA Type 1 and Type NEMA Type 12
Suffix 600V
(Ampere) Style(2) 415V/ 1 w/Gasket
480V
0.5
125 A Thermal 15…100 A 100k 65k ----- (4) (5) 2193FZ-AKB-_TGM 2193FZ-AJB-_TGM SC
TGM
A(3) Mag
15…125 A 100k 65k ----- 1.0(6) 2193F-AKB-_TGM 2193F-AJB-_TGM SC
Thermal THM 100k 65k ----- 2193F-BKC-_THM 2193F-BJC-_THM SC
15…125 A
Mag THX ----- 100k 35k 2193F-BKC-_THX 2193F-BJC-_THX SC
1.0(6)
THML 25 A, 60 A, 100 A, 100k 65k 25k 2193F-BKC-_THML 2193F-BJC-_THML PE
LSI
125 A THXL 125 A(12) ----- 100k 35k 2193F-BKC-_THXL 2193F-BJC-_THXL PE
B(7) Thermal THM 100k 65k 25k 2193FZ-BKC-_THM 2193FZ-BJC-_THM SC
15 A, 20 A, 30…100 A
Mag THX ----- 100k 35k 0.5 2193FZ-BKC-_THX 2193FZ-BJC-_THX SC
(4) (5)
THML 100k 65k 25k 2193FZ-BKC-_THML 2193FZ-BJC-_THML PE
LSI 25 A, 60 A, 100 A(12)
THXL ----- 100k 35k 2193FZ-BKC-_THXL 2193FZ-BJC-_THXL PE
Thermal TJU 30…150 A ----- ----- 100k 0.5(5) 2193FZ-CKC-_TJU 2193FZ-CJC-_TJU SC
Mag TJU 30…150A ----- ----- 100k 1.0(6) 2193F-CKC-_TJU 2193F-CJC-_TJU SC
160 A 15 A, 40 A, 60 A,
C TJUL 100 A, 150 A ----- ----- 100k 0.5(8) 2193FZ-CKC-_TJUL 2193FZ-CJC-_TJUL PE
LSI
15 A, 40 A, 60 A,
TJUL 100 A, 150 A ----- ----- 100k 1.0(9) 2193F-CKC-_TJUL 2193F-CJC-_TJUL PE
Table is continued on the next page.
Frame Short Circuit Current Rating Catalog Number(1) Wiring Type A only -
(RMS Symmetrical Amperes) Class 1
Range of Available 380V/ Space Delivery
Rating Trip Trips (Amperes) Factor Program
208V/240V 400V NEMA Type 1 and Type NEMA Type 12
Suffix 600V
(Ampere) Style(2) 415V/ 1 w/Gasket
480V
Thermal
TJM 100k 65k 25k 2193F-CKC-_TJM 2193F-CJC-_TJM SC
Mag
70, 90…225 A(10)
Thermal TJX ----- 100k 35k 1.5(11) 2193F-CKC-_TJX 2193F-CJC-_TJX SC
Mag
LSI TJML 100 A, 150 A, 225 A (12) 100k 65k 25k 2193F-CKC-_TJML 2193F-CJC-_TJML PE
LSI TJXL (13) ----- 100k 35k 2193F-CKC-_TJXL 2193F-CJC-_TJXL PE
250 A
C Thermal TJM 100k 65k 25k 2193FZ-CKC-_TJM 2193FZ-CJC-_TJM SC
Mag
70, 90…175 A
Thermal 0.5
TJX ----- 100k 35k 2193FZ-CKC-_TJX 2193FZ-CJC-_TJX SC
Mag (4) (5)
LSI TJML 100 A, 150 A, 200 A (12) 100k 65k 25k 2193FZ-CKC-_TJML 2193FZ-CJC-_TJML PE
LSI TJXL (14) ----- 100k 35k 2193FZ-CKC-_TJXL 2193FZ-CJC-_TJXL PE
LSI TKM 100k 65k 25k 2193F_-DKC-_TKM 2193F_-DJC-_TKM PE
400 A
LSI TKX 300 A, 400 A (16) ----- 100k 65k 2.0(17) 2193F_-DKC-_TKX 2193F_-DJC-_TKX PE
D(15) (5)
LSI TKU ----- ----- 100k 2193F_-DKC-_TKU 2193F_-DJC-_TKU PE
LSI TMM 100k 65k 25k 2193F_-EKC-_TMM 2193F_-EJC-_TMM SC
800 A LSI TMX ----- 100k 42k 2193F_-EKC-_TMX 2193F_-EJC-_TMX SC
600 A (12) 2.0
E(15) (5) LSIG(18) TMMG 100k 65k 25k 2193F_-EKC-_TMMG 2193F_-EJC-_TMMG PE
LSIG(18) TMXG ----- 100k 42k 2193F_-EKC-_TMXG 2193F_-EJC-_TMXG PE
LSI TMM 100k 65k 25k 2193F_-FKC-_TMM 2193F_-FJC-_TMM SC
800 A(12)
800 A LSI TMX ----- 100k 42k 2193F_-FKC-_TMX 2193F_-FJC-_TMX SC
2.5
F(15) (5) LSIG(18) TMMG 100k 65k 25k 2193F_-FKC-_TMMG 2193F_-FJC-_TMMG PE
(12)
800 A
LSIG(18) TMXG ----- 100k 42k 2193F_-FKC-_TMXG 2193F_-FJC-_TMXG PE
TNMG
1200 A LSIG-MM(18) (20) 400 A, 600 A, 800 A, 100k 65k ----- 2193F_-GKC-_TNMG 2193F_-GJC-_TNMG PE
3.5
G(15) (19) (5) 1000 A, 1200 A(21)
LSIG-MM(18) TNXG(20) ----- 100k 65k 2193F_-GKC-_TNXG 2193F_-GJC-_TNXG PE
Table is continued on the next page.
Frame Short Circuit Current Rating Catalog Number(1) Wiring Type A only -
(RMS Symmetrical Amperes) Class 1
Range of Available 380V/ Space Delivery
Rating Trip Trips (Amperes) Factor Program
208V/240V 400V NEMA Type 1 and Type NEMA Type 12
Suffix 600V
(Ampere) Style(2) 415V/ 1 w/Gasket
480V
3000 A 1000 A, 1200 A, 1500 A, 100k 100k 100k 6.0 PE
LSIG-MM(18) 30" W 15" 2193F_-JKC-_TRUG 2193F_-JJC-_TRUG
J(15) (5) 2000 A(22) 100k 100k 100k D PE
TRUG
3000 A 6.0
LSIG-MM(18) 2500 A(22) 100k 100k 100k 30" W 15" 2193F_-KKC-_TRUG 2193F_-KJC-_TRUG PE
K(15) (5) D
(1) The catalog numbers listed are not complete:
Select the trip current from Table 69 (for example, 2193F-AKC-40TGM).
If optional load lugs will be selected, select from Table 70 (for example, 2193F-AKC-40TGM-80A350).
(2) LSI = Long - Short - Instantaneous Electronic Trip
LSIG = Long - Short - Instantaneous - Ground Electronic Trip
LSIG-MM = Long - Short - Instantaneous - Ground - Maintenance Mode
Thermal Mag = Thermal Magnetic
HI-MAG = NOT UL listed. Internal auxiliary contacts (-790_) are not available on this breaker. Unit supplied with molded case switch with fixed high magnetic trip. Requires upstream current
limiting branch protection. See molded case switch markings for proper selection of this protection. Ratings listed are the maximum fault currents that can be applied to the devices.
(3) Non-interchangeable trip breakers.
(4) These units have horizontal operating handles.
(5) Not available with E300 electronic overloads (-7FE3___).
(6) For 125 A trip with E300 electronic overload (-7FE3___), add 0.5 space factor.
(7) Non-interchangeable trip breakers at 40 A or below.
(8) Adjustable from 40...100% of breaker rating in 2% increments.
(9) Adjustable from 40...100% of breaker rating in 2% increments.
(10) Breaker codes -45TJM, -45TJX, -46TJM, and -46TJX are not available with E300 Electronic Overloads (-7FE3___). Use a circuit breaker with an electronic trip (__TJ_L) instead.
(11) For 150 A or greater trip with E300 electronic overload (-7FE3___), add 0.5 space factor.
(12) Value shown is max setting of trip unit. Trip unit is electronic, adjustable by 2% increments to 40…100% of maximum value selected. 225 A maximum value due to rating of plug-
in stab.
(13) 225A unit is supplied with a 250A trip unit. Unit ships set to 225A which is also the maximum setting allowed.
(14) 200 A unit is supplied with a 250 A trip unit. Unit ships set to 200 A which is also the maximum setting allowed.
(15) Frame mounted unit must be mounted at top or bottom of section. Not compatible with E300 Electronic Overloads (-7FE3___).
(16) Value shown is max setting of trip unit. Trip unit is electronic, adjustable by 4% to 40…100% of maximum value selected.
(17) A 300 A trip is a plug-in unit, a 400 A trip is a frame mounted unit.
(18) The ground fault protection system is suited for solidly grounded system. Ground fault trip range is adjustable from 0.2 to 1 times the trip current rating of the circuit breaker rating
plug. The time delay setting can be adjusted from 0.1…0.8 seconds.
(19) Standard design supports 500MCM max. wire size. For larger cables contact your local Allen-Bradley distributor or Rockwell Automation sales representative for alternate design
considerations.
(20) Only available as top mounted at 600V unless MCC is rated as Device Limited with ArcShield™ technology.
(21) Value shown is max setting of trip unit. Trip unit is electronic, adjustable by 4% or 2.5% increments to 40…100% of maximum value selected
(22) Value shown is max setting of trip unit. Trip unit is electronic, adjustable by 2.5% increments to 40…100% of maximum value selected
Notes:
Bulletin 2193LE Frame Mounted Lighting Panel for Bolt-on Branch Circuit Breakers (LPAN)
• See page 93 for product description.
• Basic configuration includes door with T-handles (-111) and support pan.
• Units are NOT wired. Units have NO plug-in stabs.
• Load terminal blocks are NOT furnished.
• Ground Bus is not included
• Lighting panel bus is aluminum with tin plating. Directory card is supplied.
Table 75 - Bulletin 2193LE Frame Mounted Lighting Panel for Bolt-on Branch Circuit Breakers (LPAN)
Catalog Number
Panel Bus and Main Max. Number of Wiring Type A—Class I(1)
Space Delivery
Type Lug Ampere 1-pole Factor NEMA Type 1 and Type 1 Program
Rating Circuit Breakers NEMA Type 12
w/ gasket
WITH MAIN LUG ONLY (MLO)
Single Phase 100 18 2.0 2193LE-AKL118-00WT 2193LE-AJL118-00WT
3-wire 120/240V AC 10 kA 30 2.5 2193LE-CKL130-00WT 2193LE-CJL130-00WT
IC rms Sym. 225
42 3.0 2193LE-CKL142-00WT 2193LE-CJL142-00WT
SC
Three Phase 18 2.0 2193LE-AKL318-00WT 2193LE-AJL318-00WT
100
4-wire 120/208V AC 10kA 30 2.5 2193LE-AKL330-00WT 2193LE-AJL330-00WT
IC rms Sym. 225 42 3.0 2193LE-CKL342-00WT 2193LE-CJL342-00WT
WITH MAIN CIRCUIT BREAKER (MCB) (2)
100 A Main Circuit Breaker is Cutler-Hammer BAB type series rating 10 kA.
225 A Main Circuit Breaker is Cutler-Hammer ED type series rating 65 kA.
100 (2) 16 2.0 2193LE-AKB116-40WT 2193LE-AJB116-40WT
Single Phase
3-wire 120/240V AC. 30 3.5 2193LE-CKB130-45WT 2193LE-CJB130-45WT
225
42 4.0 2193LE-CKB142-45WT 2193LE-CJB142-45WT
SC
15 2.0 2193LE-AKB315-40WT 2193LE-AJB315-40WT
Three Phase 4-wre 100 (2)
120/208V AC. 27 2.5 2193LE-AKB327-40WT 2193LE-AJB327-40WT
225 42 4.0 2193LE-CKB342-45WT 2193LE-CJB342-45WT
(1) Catalog numbers do not include branch breakers. Refer to Factory-installed Bolt-on Branch Circuit Breakers table below for catalog string numbers.
(2) The 100 A main circuit breaker in a 100A lighting panel is a reverse-fed branch lighting panel circuit breaker.
Catalog Number Explanation - Bulletin 2193PP Panel Board with Main Circuit Breaker (PPAN)
• Plug-in unit panel board
• Rated for 100 A, 150 A, or 225 A with up to 42 branch circuits
• 1, 2 or 3 pole bolt-on branch circuit breakers available with ratings from 15…100 A
• Reference page 268 for additional bolt-on breakers
Table 77 - Catalog Number Explanation - Bulletin 2193PP Panel Board with Main Circuit Breaker (PPAN)
2193PP - C K B 5 18 - 40 CB - 30A18
1-Pole Branch
Maximum Rating NEMA Enclosure Main Breaker Circuit Branch
Bulletin Number Type of Main System Phases Breakers
of Main Bus Type Trip Rating Breaker Type Breakers
Positions
Bulletin 2193PP Plug-in Panel Board with Main Circuit Breaker (PPAN)
• See page 95 for product description.
• Basic configuration includes door with T-handles, unit support pan, panel board neutral and panel board ground bus.
• Unit plugs into the MCC vertical bus.
• The panel board bus is aluminum with tin plating.
• The panel board is series rated. The interrupting capacity rating shown can be applied to all branch circuit breakers.
• Bulletin 2193PP panel board is suitable for use with 3-phase, 4-wire, solidly grounded, Wye systems rated 480Y/277V or less. Can also be
used on solidly grounded 3-wire power systems, however, only 2-pole and 3-pole branch circuit breakers can be used.
Neutral and ground bar in Bulletin 2193PP is not factory connected to any neutral
bus, neutral plate, or ground bus.
Table 78 - Bulletin 2193PP Plug-in Panel Board with Main Circuit Breaker (PPAN)
Max. IC Rating at 480Y/277V Catalog Number (1)
Main Breaker Number of 1- Main (rms Sym.) Wiring Type A—Class I
Circuit Space Delivery
Trip Rating pole (This rating can be applied to
Breaker Factor NEMA Type 1 and Type 1 Program
(Amperes) Circuit all branch NEMA Type 12
Type w/ gasket
Breakers circuit breakers.)
WITH MAIN CIRCUIT BREAKER (MCB)
I3C 25 kA 2193PP-CKB518-40CB-__ 2193PP-CJB518-40CB-__
100 18 I6C 2.5 65 kA 2193PP-CKB518-40CM-__ 2193PP-CJB518-40CM-__
I0C 100 kA 2193PP-CKB518-40CX-__ 2193PP-CJB518-40CX-__
I3C 25 kA 2193PP-CKB530-42CB-__ 2193PP-CJB530-42CB-__
30 I6C 3.0 65 kA 2193PP-CKB530-42CM-__ 2193PP-CJB530-42CM-__
I0C 100 kA 2193PP-CKB530-42CX-__ 2193PP-CJB530-42CX-__
150 ENG
I3C 25 kA 2193PP-CKB542-42CB-__ 2193PP-CJB542-42CB-__
42 I6C 3.5 65 kA 2193PP-CKB542-42CM-__ 2193PP-CJB542-42CM-__
I0C 100 kA 2193PP-CKB542-42CX-__ 2193PP-CJB542-42CX-__
18 3.5 35 kA(3) 2193PP-CKB518-45CT-__ 2193PP-CJB518-45CT-__
225 30 JD3D(2) 3.5 35 kA(3) 2193PP-CKB530-45CT-__ 2193PP-CJB530-45CT-__
42 4.0 35 kA(3) 2193PP-CKB542-45CT-__ 2193PP-CJB542-45CT-__
(1) The catalog numbers listed are not complete:
• Select the appropriate catalog string number from Factory-Installed Bolt-on Branch Breaker table below to identify the branch breaker trip rating (for example, 32A_).
• Add two digits to specify the number of branch breakers desired. Two digits are also required for quantities less than ten (for example, 03 for quantity three—2193PP-CKB530-42CX-32A03).
• When selecting multiple branch breakers with different trip ratings, add additional string numbers to the end of the catalog number (for example, 2193PP-CKB518-40CB-30A08-31B02-30C02).
• Locations of the branch breakers are determined by the factory.
(2) Non-interchangeable trip breakers.
(3) 35kA series combination rating only when used with 50 A or lower rated branch circuit breakers. Series combination rating is 22kA when used with branch circuit breakers rated 60 A or
higher.
Notes:
Catalog Number Explanation - Bulletin 2195, 2196 and 2197 Transformer Units
• Control and lighting transformers
• Rated from 0.5…50 kVA, single-phase and 10…45 kVA, three-phase
• Secondary protection provided
Table 80 - Catalog Number Explanation - Bulletin 2195, 2196 and 2197 Transformer Units
2195 - A K BD - - **
2196 - A K BD - 24J - **
2197 - A K BD - 30TGM - **
NEMA Enclosure Fuse, Clip Rating and Class or
Bulletin Number Transformer Size Line Voltage Options
Type Circuit Breaker Trip and Type
Code Fuse,
Code Type Code NEMA Enclosure Type Clip Rating and Class or
Circuit Breaker Trip and Type
Control and Lighting Transformer NEMA Type 1 or Type 1
2195 K 2195 Not Applicable
without Disconnecting Means (XFMR) with gasket
2196 ’24J’ Fuse Clip Rating and Class. See
2196(Z) Control and Lighting Transformer J NEMA Type 12
with Fusible Disconnect (XFMR) table on page 256
’30TGM’ Circuit Breaker Trip and
2197(Z) Control and Lighting Transformer
with Circuit Breaker (XFMR) Code Transformer Size 2197 Type. See table on page 256 and
Single Phase 257
Note: The (Z) denotes that the disconnect
portion of the unit is 0.5 space factor. A 0.5 kVA Line Voltage
B 0.75 kVA Single Phase
C 1.0 kVA Code Primary Secondary
Z 1.6 kVA AD 240 V 120 V, (1) Fuse Code Options
E 2.0 kVA BD 480 V0 V 120 V, (1) Fuse See Options Section
F 3.0 kVA CD 600 V 120 V, (1) Fuse beginning on page 129
G 5.0 kVA AA 240 V 240/120 V, (2) Fuses
H 7.5 kVA BA 480 V 240/120 V, (2) Fuses
J 10 kVA CA 600 V 240/120 V, (2) Fuses
K 15 kVA NS 380 V 110/115 V, (1) 1-pole CB
M 25 kVA KNS 400 V 110/115 V, (1) 1-pole CB
X 37.5 kVA IS 415 V 110/115 V, (1) 1-pole CB
Y 50 kVA NP 380 V 110 V, (2) 1-pole CB
Three Phase KNP 400 V 115 V, (2) 1-pole CB
P 10 kVA IP 415 V 220 V, (2) 1-pole CB
Q 15 kVA IT 415 V 240 V, (2) 1-pole CB
S 25 kVA Three Phase
T 30 kVA Code Primary Secondary
V 37.5 kVA AH 240 V 208/120 V, (3) Fuses
W 45 kVA BH 480 V 208/120 V, (3) Fuses
CH 600 V 208/120 V, (3) Fuses
Bulletin 2195 Control and Lighting Transformer Unit without Disconnecting Means (XFMR)
• Do not mount transformer units below drive units. Heat from transformer units can cause drive to trip.
• To address the heating effects from loads containing a high degree of harmonic content, it can be necessary to oversize the field
conductors (especially neutrals), use k-factor lighting transformers, and oversize the lighting contactor units (increase by 50%).
Contact your local Allen-Bradley distributor or Rockwell Automation sales representative.
• Tap arrangement for 15…50 kVA single phase transformers is two 2-1/2% Taps FCAN, four 2-1/2% Taps FCBN.
Tap arrangements for 10…45 kVA three phase transformers is two 2-1/ 2% Taps FCBN.
• Transformers with 7.5 kVA rating and larger have Class 180 °C, 80 °C rise.
Table 81 - Bulletin 2195 Control and Lighting Transformer Unit without Disconnecting Means (XFMR)
Recommended Primary Catalog Number (2)
Protection (Amperes) Wiring Type A—Class I
Rating Space Delivery
NEMA Type 1 and Type NEMA
kVA (1) Factor Type 1 with Program
240 V 480 V 600 V (3) filters and Type 1 w/ NEMA Type 12 (1)
1 w/ gasket gasket and filters (4)
SINGLE PHASE—120 Volt secondary with one secondary fuse
0.5 2195-AK_D — 2195-AJ_D
1.0
0.75 2195-BK_D — 2195-BJ_D
1 1.5 2195-CK_D — 2195-CJ_D (5)
15 15
1.6 15 2195-ZK_D — 2195-ZJ_D
2.0
2 2195-EK_D — 2195-EJ_D
3 (1.5) 1.5 (6) 2195-FK_D 2195-FK_D-16A 2195-FJ_D
(7)
5 (2.5) — — 1.5 (6) 2195-GK_D 2195-GK_D-16A 2195-GJ_D
SINGLE PHASE—120/240 Volt secondary with two secondary fuses
Transformer secondary wired and protected for 240 V phase to phase/120 V phase to center tap neutral.
5 (2.5) 30 15 — 2195-GK_A 2195-GK_A-16A 2195-GJ_A
7.5 (3.7) 40 20 20 (6) 2195-HK_A 2195-HK_A-16A 2195-HJ_A
1.5
10 (5) 50 30 20 2195-JK_A 2195-JK_A-16A 2195-JJ_A
15 (7.5) 70 40 30 2195-KK_A 2195-KK_A-16A 2195-KJ_A (7)
2.0 (8)
25 (12.5) 125 70 60 2195-MK_A 2195-MK_A-16A 2195-MJ_A
37.5 (18.5) 200 100 70 2.0 2195-XK_A 2195-XK_A-16A 2195-XJ_A
50 (25) 300 150 100 20” D (8) 2195-YK_A 2195-YK_A-16A 2195-YJ_A
Table is continued on the next page.
Table 81 - Bulletin 2195 Control and Lighting Transformer Unit without Disconnecting Means (XFMR) (Continued)
Recommended Primary Catalog Number (2)
Protection (Amperes) Wiring Type A—Class I
Rating Space Delivery
NEMA Type 1 and Type NEMA
kVA (1) Factor Type 1 with Program
240 V 480 V 600 V (3) filters and Type 1 w/ NEMA Type 12 (1)
1 w/ gasket gasket and filters (4)
THREE PHASE—120/208 Volt secondary with three secondary fuses
Transformer secondary wired and protected for 208 V phase to phase/120 V phase to WYE neutral.
10 (5) — 20 15 2195-PK_H 2195-PK_H-16A 2195-PJ_H
15 (7.5) — 20 15 2195-QK_H 2195-QK_H-16A 2195-QJ_H
2.0 (8)
25 (12.5) — 40 30 2195-SK_H 2195-SK_H-16A 2195-SJ_H (7)
30 (15) — 50 40 2195-TK_H 2195-TK_H-16A 2195-TJ_H
37.5 (18.5) — 60 50 2.0 2195-VK_H 2195-VK_H-16A 2195-VJ_H
45 (22.5) — 70 60 20” D (8) 2195-WK_H 2195-WK_H-16A 2195-WJ_H
(1) In NEMA Type 12 applications (non-ventilated 3 kVA and larger transformers), to maximize the transformer’s life, we recommend that the transformer not be loaded to
greater than 50% of its nameplate rating. Number in parentheses indicates approximate derated rating. However, in many applications, NEMA Type 1 with gasket design
(vented and filtered doors) can be sufficient.
(2) The catalog numbers listed are not complete. Select the primary voltage code from table on page 251 to identify the transformer primary voltage desired (for example,
2195-FKBD).
(3) For ratings 3 kVA and larger, vented door is provided.
(4) For ratings 3 kVA and larger, vented and filtered door is provided. 3 kVA and larger are available on NEMA Type 12 structures but unit still is NEMA Type 1/1G with gasket
and filters.
See page 136 for option -16A.
(5) 240V and 480V are SC in U.S. and Canada. 600V is PE in U.S. and SC in Canada.
(6) Frame mounted unit. Must be located at bottom of section.
(7) 240V and 480V are SC-II in U.S. and Canada. 600V is PE-II in U.S. and SC-II in Canada.
(8) Frame mounted unit, section does not have vertical wireway next to this unit. Must be located at bottom of section.
Bulletin 2195 Control and Lighting Transformer Unit without Disconnecting Means (XFMR), continued
• Do not mount transformer units below drive units. Heat from transformer units can cause drive to trip.
• To address the heating effects from loads containing a high degree of harmonic content, it can be necessary to oversize the field
conductors (especially neutrals), use k-factor lighting transformers, and oversize the lighting contactor units (increase by 50%).
Contact your local Allen-Bradley distributor or Rockwell Automation sales representative.
• Transformers with 7.5 kVA rating and larger have Class 180 °C, 80 °C rise.
For 71” high sections, see restrictions on page 26.
Table 82 - Bulletin 2195 Control and Lighting Transformer Unit without Disconnecting Means (XFMR)
Recommended Primary Catalog Number
Protection Wiring Type A—Class I
Rating (Amperes) Space Delivery
kVA (1) Factor
NEMA Type 1 and Type 1 NEMA Type 1 with filters Program
380 V 400 V 415 V and Type 1 w/ gasket NEMA Type 12 (1)
w/ gasket (2) and filters (3)
SINGLE PHASE—110/115 Volt secondary with one 1-pole circuit breaker (4)
0.5 (4) 2195-AK_S (5) — 2195-AJ_S (5)
1.0
0.75 (4) 2195-BK_S (5) — 2195-BJ_S (5)
1 (4) 1.5 2195-CK_S (5) — 2195-CJ_S (5) PE
15 15 15
1.6 (4) 2195-ZK_S (5) — 2195-ZJ_S (5)
2.0
2 (4) 2195-EK_S (5) — 2195-EJ_S (5)
3 (4) (1.5) 1.5 (6) 2195-FK_S (5) 2195-FK_S-16A (5) 2195-FJ_S (5) PE-II
SINGLE PHASE—110/220, Volt secondary with two 1-pole circuit breakers
Transformer secondary wired and protected for 220V phase-to-phase, 110V phase-to-center tap neutral.
5 (2.5) (4) 20 — — 2195-GKNP 2195-GKNP-16A 2195-GJNP
7.5 (3.7) (4) 20 — — 1.5 (6) 2195-HKNP 2195-HKNP-16A 2195-HJNP
PE-II
10 (5) (4) 30 — — 2195-JKNP 2195-JKNP-16A 2195-JJNP
15 (7.5) 50 — — 2.0 (7) 2195-KKNP 2195-KKNP-16A 2195-KJNP
SINGLE PHASE—115/230 Volt secondary with two 1-pole circuit breakers
Transformer secondary wired and protected for 230V phase-to-phase, 115V phase-to-center tap neutral.
5 (2.5) — 20 — 2195-GKKNP 2195-GKKNP-16A 2195-GJKNP
7.5 (3.7) — 20 — (6) 2195-HKKNP 2195-HKKNP-16A 2195-HJKNP PE-II
1.5
10 (5) — 30 — 2195-JKKNP 2195-JKKNP-16A 2195-JJKNP
Table is continued on the next page.
Table 82 - Bulletin 2195 Control and Lighting Transformer Unit without Disconnecting Means (XFMR) (Continued)
Recommended Primary Catalog Number
Protection Wiring Type A—Class I
Rating (Amperes) Space Delivery
kVA (1) Factor
NEMA Type 1 and Type 1 NEMA Type 1 with filters Program
380 V 400 V 415 V (2) and Type 1 w/ gasket NEMA Type 12 (1)
w/ gasket and filters (3)
SINGLE PHASE— 120/240 Volt secondary with two 1-pole circuit breakers (8)
Transformer secondary wired and protected for 240V phase-to-phase, 120V phase-to-center tap neutral.
5 (2.5) (4) — — 20 2195-GKIT 2195-GKIT-16A 2195-GJIT
(4) — — 20 (6) 2195-HKIT 2195-HKIT-16A 2195-HJIT
7.5 (3.7) 1.5
PE-II
(4) — — 30 2195-JKIT 2195-JKIT-16A 2195-JJIT
10 (5)
15 (7.5) (9) — — 50 2.0 (7) 2195-KKIP 2195-KKIP-16A 2195-KJIP
(1) In NEMA Type 12 applications (non-ventilated 3 kVA and larger transformers), to maximize the transformer’s life, it is recommended that the transformer not be loaded
to greater than 50% of its nameplate rating. Number in parentheses indicates approximate derated rating. However, in many applications, NEMA Type 1 with gasket
design (vented and filtered doors) can be sufficient.
(2) For ratings 3 kVA and larger, vented door is provided.
(3) For ratings 3 kVA and larger, vented and filtered door is provided. 3 kVA and larger are available on NEMA Type 12 structures but unit still will be NEMA Type 1/1G with
gasket and filters. See page 136 for option -16A.
(4) Incorporates primary taps for future conversion to new global IEC voltage standards (for example, 400V/115V/230V). Allows conversion without the need to replace
transformers.
(5) The catalog numbers listed are not complete. Select the primary voltage code from table on page 251 to identify the transformer primary voltage desired (for example,
2195-FKNS).
(6) Frame mounted unit. Must be located at bottom of section.
(7) Frame mounted unit, section does not have vertical wireway next to this unit. Must be located at bottom of section.
(8) The 15k VA transformer has 110/220V secondary with two 1-pole circuit breakers.
(9) Tap arrangement is two 2-1/2% Taps FCAN, four 2-1/2% Taps FCBN.
Bulletin 2196 Control and Lighting Transformer Unit with Fusible Disconnect Switch (XFMR)
• Do not mount transformer units below drive units. Heat from transformer units can cause drive to trip.
• To address the heating effects from loads containing a high degree of harmonic content, it can be necessary to oversize the field
conductors (especially neutrals), use k-factor lighting transformers, and oversize the lighting contactor units (increase by 50%).
Contact your local Allen-Bradley distributor or Rockwell Automation sales representative.
• Transformers with 7.5 kVA rating and larger have Class 180 °C, 80 °C rise.
• Tap arrangement for 15…50 kVA single phase transformers is two 2-1/2% Taps FCAN, four 2-1/2% Taps FCBN.
Tap arrangements for 10…45 kVA three phase transformers is two 2-1/ 2% Taps FCBN.
• 3…50 kVA consists of two compartments—a fusible disconnect compartment and a transformer compartment wired and interlocked
together.
Table 83 - Bulletin 2196 Control and Lighting Transformer Unit with Fusible Disconnect Switch (XFMR)
Fuse Clip Rating Catalog Number (2)
(Amperes) Wiring Type A—Class I
Rating Delivery
Space Factor
NEMA Type 1 and Type 1 NEMA
kVA (1) Type 1 with filters Program
240 V 480 V 600 V (3) and Type 1 w/ gasket NEMA Type 12 (1)
w/ gasket and filters (4)
SINGLE PHASE—120 Volt secondary with one secondary fuse
0.5 2196-AK_D-__ — 2196-AJ_D-__
1.0
0.75 2196-BK_D-__ — 2196-BJ_D-__
1 1.5 2196-CK_D-__ — 2196-CJ_D-__ (5)
30 30 30
1.6 2196-ZK_D-__ — 2196-ZJ_D-__
2.0
2 2196-EK_D-__ — 2196-EJ_D-__
3 (1.5) 2.5 (6) 2196-FK_D-__ 2196-FK_D-__-16A 2196-FJ_D-__
(7)
5 (2.5) — — 30 2.5 (6) 2196-GK_D-__ 2196-GK_D-__-16A 2196-GJ_D-__
SINGLE PHASE—120/240 Volt secondary with two secondary fuses
Transformer secondary wired and protected for 240V phase to phase/120V phase to center tap neutral.
5 (2.5) 30 30 — 2196-GK_A-__ 2196-GK_A-__-16A 2196-GJ_A-__
7.5 (3.7) 60 30 30 2.5 (6) 2196-HK_A-__ 2196-HK_A-__-16A 2196-HJ_A-__
10 (5) 60 30 30 2196-JK_A-__ 2196-JK_A-__-16A 2196-JJ_A-__
15 (7.5) 100 60 60 3.0 (8),(9) 2196-KK_A-__ 2196-KK_A-__-16A 2196-KJ_A-__ (7)
25 (12.5) 200 60 60 3.0 (8),(9) 2196-MK_A-__ 2196-MK_A-__-16A 2196-MJ_A-__
37.5 (18.5) 200 100 100 3.5 20” D (8),(9) 2196-XK_A-__ 2196-XK_A-__-16A 2196-XJ_A-__
50 (25) — 200 100 3.5, 20” D (9),(10) 2196-YK_A-__ 2196-YK_A-__-16A 2196-YJ_A-__
Table is continued on the next page.
Table 83 - Bulletin 2196 Control and Lighting Transformer Unit with Fusible Disconnect Switch (XFMR) (Continued)
Fuse Clip Rating Catalog Number (2)
(Amperes) Wiring Type A—Class I
Rating Delivery
Space Factor
NEMA Type 1 and Type 1 NEMA
kVA (1) Type 1 with filters Program
240 V 480 V 600 V (3) and Type 1 w/ gasket NEMA Type 12 (1)
w/ gasket and filters (4)
THREE PHASE—120/208 Volt secondary with three secondary fuses
Transformer secondary wired and protected for 280V phase to phase/120V phase to WYE neutral.
10 (5) — 30 30 2196-PK_H-__ 2196-PK_H-__-16A 2196-PJ_H-__
15 (7.5) — 30 30 2196-QK_H-__ 2196-QK_H-__-16A 2196-QJ_H-__
3.0 (9)
25 (12.5) — 60 60 2196-SK_H-__ 2196-SK_H-__-16A 2196-SJ_H-__
(7)
30 (15) — 60 60 2196-TK_H-__ 2196-TK_H-__-16A 2196-TJ_H-__
37.5 (18.5) — 60 60 3.0 20” D (9) 2196-VK_H-__ 2196-VK_H-__-16A 2196-VJ_H-__
45 (22.5) — 100 60 3.0 20” D (9),(10) 2196-WK_H-__ 2196-WK_H-__-16A 2196-WJ_H-__
(1) In NEMA Type 12 applications (non-ventilated 3 kVA and larger transformers), to maximize the transformer’s life, it is recommended that the transformer not be loaded to greater
than 50% of its nameplate rating. Number in parentheses indicates approximate derated rating. However, in many applications, NEMA Type 1 with gasket design (vented and
filtered doors) can be sufficient.
(2) The catalog numbers listed are not complete.
• Select the voltage code from table on page 251 (for example, 2196-FKBD).
• If power fuse is NOT selected, select fuse clip designator from table on page 255 (for example, 2196-FKBD-24J).
• If power fuse IS selected, select the fuse clip designator AND the manufacturer from table on page 255 (for example, 2196-FKBD-24JG).
• For fuse rating, based on transformer rating, see publication 2100-TD003.
(3) For ratings 3 kVA and larger, vented door is provided.
(4) For ratings 3 kVA and larger, vented and filtered door is provided. 3kVA and larger are available on NEMA Type 12 structures but unit still will be NEMA Type 1/1G with gasket and
filters.
See page 136 for option -16A.
(5) 240V and 480V are SC in U.S. and Canada. 600 V is PE in U.S. and SC in Canada.
(6) Frame mounted unit. Must be located at bottom of section.
(7) 240 V and 480V are SC-II in U.S. and PE-II in Canada. 600V is PE-II in U.S. and SC-II in Canada.
(8) For transformers with 240V primary, add 0.5 space factor.
(9) Frame mounted unit, section does not have vertical wireway next to this unit. Must be located at bottom of section.
(10) For transformers with 480V primary, add 0.5 space factor.
Bulletin 2196Z Control and Lighting Transformer Unit with Fusible Disconnect Switch (XFMR)
The (Z) denotes that the disconnect portion of the unit is 0.5 space factor.
• Do not mount transformer units below drive units. Heat from transformer units can cause drive to trip.
• To address the heating effects from loads containing a high degree of harmonic content, it can be necessary to oversize the field
conductors (especially neutrals), use k-factor lighting transformers, and oversize the lighting contactor units (increase by 50%).
Contact your local Allen-Bradley distributor or Rockwell Automation sales representative.
• Tap arrangement for 15…50 kVA single phase transformers is two 2-1/2% Taps FCAN, four2-1/2% Taps FCBN.
Tap arrangements for 10…45 kVA three phase transformers is two 2 1/ 2% Taps FCBN.
• Transformers with 7.5 kVA rating and larger have Class 180 °C, 80 °C rise.
• Unit consists of two compartments—a fusible disconnect compartment and a transformer compartment wired and interlocked
together. The fusible disconnect compartment has a horizontal operating handle.
For 71” high sections, see restrictions on page 26.
Table 84 - Bulletin 2196Z Control and Lighting Transformer Unit with Fusible Disconnect Switch (XFMR)
Fuse Clip Rating Catalog Number (2)
(Amperes) Wiring Type A—Class I
Rating Delivery
Space Factor
NEMA Type 1 and Type 1 NEMA
kVA (1) Type 1 with filters Program
240 V 480 V 600 V (3) and Type 1 w/ gasket NEMA Type 12 (1)
w/ gasket and filters (4)
SINGLE PHASE—120 Volt secondary with one secondary fuse
3 (1.5) 30 30 30 2.0 (5) 2196Z-FK_D-__ 2196Z-FK_D-__-16A 2196Z-FJ_D-__
(6)
5 (2.5) — — 2.0 (5)
30 2196Z-GK_D-__ 2196Z-GK_D-__-16A 2196Z-GJ_D-__
SINGLE PHASE—120/240 Volt secondary with two secondary fuses
Transformer secondary wired and protected for 240 V phase to phase/120 V phase to center tap neutral.
5 (2.5) 30 30 — 2196Z-GK_A-__ 2196Z-GK_A-__-16A 2196Z-GJ_A-__
7.5 (3.7) — 30 30 (5) 2196Z-HK_A-__ 2196Z-HK_A-__-16A 2196Z-HJ_A-__ (6)
2.0
10 (5) — 30 30 2196Z-JK_A-__ 2196Z-JK_A-__-16A 2196Z-JJ_A-__
THREE PHASE—120/208 Volt secondary with three secondary fuses
Transformer secondary wired and protected for 280 V phase to phase/120 V phase to WYE neutral.
10 (5) — 30 30 2196Z-PK_H-__ 2196Z-PK_H-__-16A 2196Z-PJ_H-__
2.5 (7) (6)
15 (7.5) — 30 30 2196Z-QK_H-__ 2196Z-QK_H-__-16A 2196Z-QJ_H-__
(1) In NEMA Type 12 applications (non-ventilated 3 kVA and larger transformers), to maximize the transformer’s life, it is recommended that the transformer not be loaded to greater
than 50% of its nameplate rating. Number in parentheses indicates approximate derated rating. However, in many applications, NEMA Type 1 with gasket design (vented and
filtered doors) is sufficient.
(2) The catalog numbers listed are not complete.
• Select the voltage code from table on page 251 (for example, 2196Z-FKBD).
• If power fuse is NOT selected, select fuse clip designator from table on page 255 (for example, 2196Z-FKBD-24J).
• If power fuse IS selected, select the fuse clip designator AND the manufacturer from table on page 255 (for example, 2196Z-FKBD-24JG).
• For fuse rating, based on transformer rating, see publication 2100-TD003.
(3) For ratings 3 kVA and larger, vented door is provided.
(4) For ratings 3 kVA and larger, vented and filtered door is provided. 3kVA and larger are available on NEMA Type 12 structures but unit is still NEMA Type 1/1G with gasket and filters.
See page 136 for option -16A.
(5) Frame mounted unit. Must be located at bottom of section.
(6) 240V and 480V are SC-II in U.S. and PE-II in Canada. 600V is PE-II in U.S. and SC-II in Canada.
(7) Frame mounted unit, section does not have vertical wireway next to this unit. Must be located at bottom of section.
Bulletin 2196 Control and Lighting Transformer Unit with Fusible Disconnect Switch (XFMR), continued
• Do not mount transformer units below drive units. Heat from transformer units can cause drive to trip.
• To address the heating effects from loads containing a high degree of harmonic content, it can be necessary to oversize the field
conductors (especially neutrals), use k-factor lighting transformers, and oversize the lighting contactor units (increase by 50%).
Contact your local Allen-Bradley distributor or Rockwell Automation sales representative.
• Transformers with 7.5 kVA rating and larger have Class 180 °C, 80 °C rise.
• 3…50 kVA consists of two compartments—a fusible disconnect compartment and a transformer compartment wired and interlocked
together.
Table 85 - Bulletin 2196 Control and Lighting Transformer Unit with Fusible Disconnect Switch (XFMR)
Fuse Clip Rating Catalog Number (2)
(Amperes) Wiring Type A—Class I
Rating Space Delivery
NEMA Type 1 and Type 1 NEMA
kVA (1) Factor Type 1 with filters Program
380 V 400 V 415 V (3) and Type 1 w/ gasket NEMA Type 12 (1)
w/ gasket and filters (4)
SINGLE PHASE—110/115 Volt secondary with one 1-pole circuit breaker (5)
0.5 (5) 2196-AK_S-__ — 2196-AJ_S-__
1.0
(5) 2196-BK_S-__ — 2196-BJ_S-__
0.75
(5) 1.5 2196-CK_S-__ — 2196-CJ_S-__ PE
1
30 30 30
(5) 2196-ZK_S-__ — 2196-ZJ_S-__
1.6
2.0
2 (5) 2196-EK_S-__ — 2196-EJ_S-__
3 (1.5) (5) 2.5 (6) 2196-FK_S-__ 2196-FK_S-__-16A 2196-FJ_S-__ PE-II
SINGLE PHASE—110/220 Volt secondary with two 1-pole circuit breakers
Transformer secondary wired and protected for 220V phase-to-phase, 110V phase-to-center tap neutral.
5 (2.5) (5) 30 — — 2196-GKNP-__ 2196-GKNP-__-16A 2196-GJNP-__
7.5 (3.7) (5) 30 — — 2.5 (6) 2196-HKNP-__ 2196-HKNP-__-16A 2196-HJNP-__
PE-II
10 (5) (5) 30 — — 2196-JKNP-__ 2196-JKNP-__-16A 2196-JJNP-__
15 (7.5) (7) 60 — — 3.0 (8) 2196-KKNP-__ 2196-KKNP-__-16A 2196-KJNP-__
SINGLE PHASE—115 /230 Volt secondary with two 1-pole circuit breakers
Transformer secondary wired and protected for 230V phase-to-phase, 115V phase-to-center tap neutral.
5 (2.5) — 30 — 2196-GKKNP-__ 2196-GKKNP-__-16A 2196-GJKNP-__
7.5 (3.7) — 30 — (6) 2196-HKKNP-__ 2196-HKKNP-__-16A 2196-HJKNP-__ PE-II
2.5
10 (5) — 30 — 2196-JKKNP-__ 2196-JKKNP-__-16A 2196-JJKNP-__
Table is continued on the next page.
Table 85 - Bulletin 2196 Control and Lighting Transformer Unit with Fusible Disconnect Switch (XFMR) (Continued)
Fuse Clip Rating Catalog Number (2)
(Amperes) Wiring Type A—Class I
Rating Space Delivery
NEMA Type 1 and Type 1 NEMA
kVA (1) Factor Type 1 with filters Program
380 V 400 V 415 V (3) and Type 1 w/ gasket NEMA Type 12 (1)
w/ gasket and filters (4)
SINGLE PHASE—120/240 Volt secondary with two 1-pole circuit breakers (9)
Transformer secondary wired and protected for 240V phase-to-phase, 120V phase-to-center tap neutral.
5 (2.5) (5) — — 30 2196-GKIT-__ 2196-GKIT-__-16A 2196-GJIT-__
(5) — — 30 (6) 2196-HKIT-__ 2196-HKIT-__-16A 2196-HJIT-__
7.5 (3.7) 2.5
PE-II
(5) — — 30 2196-JKIT-__ 2196-JKIT-__-16A 2196-JJIT-__
10 (5)
15 (7.5) (7) — — 60 3.0 (8) 2196-KKIP-__ 2196-KKIP-__-16A 2196-KJIP__
(1) In NEMA Type 12 applications (non-ventilated 3 kVA and larger transformers), to maximize the transformer’s life, we recommend that the transformer not be loaded to
greater than 50% of its nameplate rating. Number in parentheses indicates approximate derated rating. However, in many applications, NEMA Type 1 with gasket design
(vented and filtered doors) is sufficient.
(2) The catalog numbers listed are not complete:
• Select the voltage code from table on page 251 (for example, 2196-FKNS).
• Select the fuse clip designator from table on page 255 for example, 2196-FKNS-24J). No power fuses available.
(3) For ratings 3 kVA and larger, vented door is provided.
(4) For ratings 3 kVA and larger, vented door is provided. 3 kVA and larger are available on NEMA Type 12 structures but unit is still NEMA Type 1/1G with gasket and filters. See
page 136 for option -16A.
(5) Incorporates primary taps for future conversion to new global IEC voltage standards (for example, 400 V/115 V/230 V). Allows conversion without the need to replace
transformers.
(6) Frame mounted unit. Must be located at bottom of section.
(7) Tap arrangement is two 2-1/2% Taps FCAN, four 2-1/2% Taps FCBN.
(8) Frame mounted unit, section does not have vertical wireway next to this unit. Must be located at bottom of section.
(9) The 15 kVA transformer has 110/220V secondary with two 1-pole circuit breakers.
Bulletin 2196Z Control and Lighting Transformer Unit with Fusible Disconnect Switch (XFMR), continued
The (Z) denotes that the disconnect portion of the unit is 0.5 space factor.
• Do not mount transformer units below drive units. Heat from transformer units can cause drive to trip.
• To address the heating effects from loads containing a high degree of harmonic content, it can necessary to oversize the field
conductors (especially neutrals), use k-factor lighting transformers, and oversize the lighting contactor units (increase by 50%).
Contact your local Allen-Bradley distributor or Rockwell Automation sales representative.
• Transformers with 7.5 kVA rating and larger have Class 180 °C, 80 °C rise.
• Unit consists of two compartments—a fusible disconnect compartment and a transformer compartment wired and interlocked
together.The fusible disconnect compartment has a horizontal operating handle.
Table 86 - Bulletin 2196Z Control and Lighting Transformer Unit with Fusible Disconnect Switch (XFMR)
Fuse Clip Rating Catalog Number (2)
(Amperes) Wiring Type A—Class I
Rating Space Delivery
NEMA Type 1 and Type 1 NEMA
kVA (1) Factor Type 1 with filters Program
380 V 400 V 415 V (3) and Type 1 w/ gasket NEMA Type 12 (1)
w/ gasket and filters (4)
SINGLE PHASE—110/115 Volt secondary with one 1-pole circuit breaker (5)
3 (1.5) (5) 30 30 30 2.0 (6) 2196Z-FK_S-__ 2196Z-FK_S-__-16A 2196Z-FJ_S-__ PE-II
SINGLE PHASE—110/220 Volt secondary with two 1-pole circuit breakers
Transformer secondary wired and protected for 220 V phase-to-phase, 110 V phase-to-center tap neutral.
5 (2.5) (5) 30 — — 2196Z-GKNP-__ 2196Z-GKNP-__-16A 2196Z-GJNP-__
7.5 (3.7) (5) 30 — — 2.0 (6) 2196Z-HKNP-__ 2196Z-HKNP-__-16A 2196Z-HJNP-__ PE-II
(5) 30 — — 2196Z-JKNP-__ 2196Z-JKNP-__-16A 2196Z-JJNP-__
10 (5)
SINGLE PHASE—115/230 Volt secondary with two 1-pole circuit breakers
Transformer secondary wired and protected for 230 V phase-to-phase, 115 V phase-to-center tap neutral.
5 (2.5) — 30 — 2196Z-GKKNP-__ 2196Z-GKKNP-__-16A 2196Z-GJKNP-__
7.5 (3.7) — 30 — (6) 2196Z-HKKNP-__ 2196Z-HKKNP-__-16A 2196Z-HJKNP-__ PE-II
2.0
10 (5) — 30 — 2196Z-JKKNP-__ 2196Z-JKKNP-__-16A 2196Z-JJKNP-__
SINGLE PHASE—120/240 Volt secondary with two 1-pole circuit breakers
Transformer secondary wired and protected for 240 V phase-to-phase, 120 V phase-to-center tap neutral.
5 (2.5) (5) — — 30 2196Z-GKIT-__ 2196Z-GKIT-__-16A 2196Z-GJIT-__
7.5 (3.7) (5) — — 30 2.0 (6) 2196Z-HKIT-__ 2196Z-HKIT-__-16A 2196Z-HJIT-__ PE-II
(5) — — 30 2196Z-JKIT-__ 2196Z-JKIT-__-16A 2196Z-JJIT-__
10 (5)
(1) In NEMA Type 12 applications (non-ventilated 3 kVA and larger transformers), to maximize the transformer’s life, we recommend that the transformer not be loaded to
greater than 50% of its nameplate rating. Number in parentheses indicates approximate derated rating. However, in many applications, NEMA Type 1 with gasket design
(vented and filtered doors) is sufficient.
(2) The catalog numbers listed are not complete:
• Select the voltage code from table on page 251 (for example, 2196Z-FKNS).
• Select the fuse clip designator from table on page 255 (for example, 2196Z-FKNS-24J). No power fuses available.
(3) For ratings 3 kVA and larger, vented door is provided.
(4) For ratings 3 kVA and larger, vented door is provided. 3kVA and larger are available on NEMA Type 12 structures but unit is still NEMA Type 1/1G with gasket and filters. See
page 136 for option -16A.
(5) Incorporates primary taps for future conversion to new global IEC voltage standards (for example, 400V/115V/230V). Allows conversion without the need to replace
transformers.
(6) Frame mounted unit. Must be located at bottom of section.
Bulletin 2197 Control and Lighting Transformer Unit with Circuit Breaker (XFMR)
• Do not mount transformer units below drive units. Heat from transformer units can cause drive to trip.
• To address the heating effects from loads containing a high degree of harmonic content, it can be necessary to oversize the field
conductors (especially neutrals), use k-factor lighting transformers, and oversize the lighting contactor units (increase by 50%).
Contact your local Allen-Bradley distributor or Rockwell Automation sales representative.
• Tap arrangement for 15…50 kVA single phase transformers is two 2-1/2% Taps FCAN, four 2-1/2% Taps FCBN.
Tap arrangements for 10…45 kVA three phase transformers is two 2 1/ 2% Taps FCBN.
• Transformers with 7.5 kVA rating and larger have Class 180 °C, 80 °C rise.
• 3…50 kVA consists of a circuit breaker compartment and transformer compartment wired and interlocked together.
For 71” high sections, see restrictions on page 26.
Table 87 - Bulletin 2197 Control and Lighting Transformer Unit with Circuit Breaker (XFMR)
1.6
15 15 15 (5) 2197-ZK_D-__ — 2197-ZJ_D-__
2.0
2 2197-EK_D-__ — 2197-EJ_D-__
3 (1.5) 2.5 (7) 2197-FK_D-__ 2197-FK_D-__-16A 2197-FJ_D-__
(8)
5 (2.5) — — 15 2.5 (7) 2197-GK_D-__ 2197-GK_D__-16A 2197-GJ_D-__
SINGLE PHASE—120/240 Volt secondary with two secondary fuses
Transformer secondary wired and protected for 240V phase to phase/120V phase to center tap neutral.
5 (2.5) 30 15 — 2197-GK_A-__ 2197-GK_A-__-16A 2197-GJ_A-__
7.5 (3.7) 40 20 20 (7) 2197-HK_A-__ 2197-HK_A-__-16A 2197-HJ_A-__
2.5
10 (5) 50 30 20 2197-JK_A-__ 2197-JK_A-__-16A 2197-JJ_A-__
15 (7.5) 70 40 30 2197-KK_A-__ 2197-KK_A-__-16A 2197-KJ_A-__ (8)
3.0 (9)
25 (12.5) 125 70 60 2197-MK_A-__ 2197-MK_A-__-16A 2197-MJ_A-__
37.5 (18.5) 200 100 70 3.0 2197-XK_A-__ 2197-XK_A-__-16A 2197-XJ_A-__
50 (25) — 150 100 20” D (9),(10) 2197-YK_A-__ 2197-YK_A-__-16A 2197-YJ_A-__
Table is continued on the next page.
Table 87 - Bulletin 2197 Control and Lighting Transformer Unit with Circuit Breaker (XFMR) (Continued)
Bulletin 2197Z Control and Lighting Transformer Unit with Circuit Breaker (XFMR)
The (Z) denotes that the disconnect portion of the unit is 0.5 space factor.
• Do not mount transformer units below drive units. Heat from transformer units can cause drive to trip.
• To address the heating effects from loads containing a high degree of harmonic content, it can be necessary to oversize the field
conductors (especially neutrals), use k-factor lighting transformers, and oversize the lighting contactor units (increase by 50%).
Contact your local Allen-Bradley distributor or Rockwell Automation sales representative.
• Tap arrangement for 15…50 kVA single phase transformers is two 2-1/2% Taps FCAN, four 2-1/2% Taps FCBN.
Tap arrangements for 10…45 kVA three phase transformers is two 2 1/ 2% Taps FCBN.
• Transformers with 7.5 kVA rating and larger have Class 180 °C, 80 °C rise.
• Units consists of a circuit breaker compartment and transformer compartment wired and interlocked together. This circuit breaker
compartment has a horizontal operating handle.
For 71” high sections, see restrictions on page 26.
Table 88 - Bulletin 2197Z Control and Lighting Transformer Unit with Circuit Breaker (XFMR)
Table 88 - Bulletin 2197Z Control and Lighting Transformer Unit with Circuit Breaker (XFMR) (Continued)
Bulletin 2197 Control and Lighting Transformer Unit with Circuit Breaker (XFMR), continued
• Do not mount transformer units below drive units. Heat from transformer units can cause drive to trip.
• To address the heating effects from loads containing a high degree of harmonic content, it can be necessary to oversize the field
conductors (especially neutrals), use k-factor lighting transformers, and oversize the lighting contactor units (increase by 50%).
Contact your local Allen-Bradley distributor or Rockwell Automation sales representative.
• Transformers with 7.5 kVA rating and larger have Class 180 °C, 80 °C rise.
• 3…50 kVA consists of a circuit breaker compartment and transformer compartment wired and interlocked together.
Table 89 - Bulletin 2197 Control and Lighting Transformer Unit with Circuit Breaker (XFMR)
Table 89 - Bulletin 2197 Control and Lighting Transformer Unit with Circuit Breaker (XFMR) (Continued)
SINGLE PHASE—120/240 Volt secondary with two 1-pole circuit breakers (9)
Transformer secondary wired and protected for 240V phase-to-phase, 120V phase-to-center tap neutral.
5 (2.5) (5) — — 20 2197-GKIT-__ 2197-GKIT-__-16A 2197-GJIT-__
7.5 (3.7) (5) — — 20 2.5 (6) 2197-HKIT-__ 2197-HKIT-__-16A 2197-HJIT-__
PE-II
(5) — — 30 2197-JKIT-__ 2197-JKIT-__-16A 2197-JJIT-__
10 (5)
15 (7.5) (7) — — 50 3.0 (8) 2197-KKIP-__ 2197-KKIP-__-16A 2197-KJIP__
(1) In NEMA Type 12 applications (non-ventilated 3 kVA and larger transformers), to maximize the transformer’s life, we recommend that the transformer not be loaded to
greater than 50% of its nameplate rating. Number in parentheses indicates approximate derated rating. However, in many applications, NEMA Type 1 with gasket
design (vented and filtered doors) is sufficient.
(2) The catalog numbers listed are not complete.
• Select the primary voltage code from table on page 251 (for example, 2197-EKNS).
• Select the trip current from table on page 256 (for example, 2197-EKNS-30).
• Select the circuit breaker from table on page 257 (for example, 2197-EKNS-30TGM).
(3) For ratings 3 kVA and larger, vented door is provided.
(4) For ratings 3 kVA and larger, vented and filtered door is provided. 3 kVA and larger are available on NEMA Type 12 structures but unit is still NEMA Type 1/1G with
gasket and filters. See page 136 for option -16A.
(5) Incorporates primary taps for future conversion to new global IEC voltage standards (for example, 400 V/115 V/230 V). Allows conversion without the need to replace
transformers.
(6) Frame mounted unit. Must be located at bottom of section.
(7) Tap arrangement is two 2-1/2% Taps FCAN, four 2-1/2% Taps FCBN.
(8) Frame mounted unit, section does not have vertical wireway next to this unit. Must be located at bottom of section.
(9) The 15 kVA transformer has 110/220V secondary with two 1-pole circuit breakers.
Bulletin 2197Z Control and Lighting Transformer Unit with Circuit Breaker (XFMR), continued
The (Z) denotes that the disconnect portion of the unit is 0.5 space factor.
• Do not mount transformer units below drive units. Heat from transformer units can cause drive to trip.
• To address the heating effects from loads containing a high degree of harmonic content, it can be necessary to oversize the field
conductors (especially neutrals), use k-factor lighting transformers, and oversize the lighting contactor units (increase by 50%).
Contact your local Allen-Bradley distributor or Rockwell Automation sales representative.
• Transformers with 7.5 kVA rating and larger have Class 180 °C, 80 °C rise.
• Units consists of a circuit breaker compartment and transformer compartment wired and interlocked together. The circuit breaker
compartment has a horizontal operation handle.
Table 90 - Bulletin 2197Z Control and Lighting Transformer Unit with Circuit Breaker (XFMR)
Table 90 - Bulletin 2197Z Control and Lighting Transformer Unit with Circuit Breaker (XFMR) (Continued)
Notes:
Full Section Blank Mounting Plate with No Disconnecting Means, with or without Horizontal Power Bus
2100 - E K C 1 X 1 B - - 120 - **
Full Section Blank Mounting Plate with Fusible Disconnect Switch, with or without Horizontal Power Bus
2100 - F K C 1 X 1 B - 24J - 120 - **
Full Section Blank Mounting Plate with Circuit Breaker, with or without Horizontal Power Bus
2100 - G K C 1 X 1 B - 32TGM - 120 - **
Fuse Clip
Bulletin Disconnecting Mounting Horizontal
NEMA Type Voltage Unit Depth Placeholder Unit Width or Circuit Options
Number Means Plate Depth Power Bus
Breaker
Blank Unit Door Covers the unused unit space (includes unit support 2100H-BD10112(1) SC
pan) 1.5 2100-BK15 2100-BJ15
2.0 2100-BK20 2100-BJ20
2.5 2100-BK25 2100-BJ25
3.0 2100-BK30 2100-BJ30
3.5 2100-BK35 2100-BJ35
4.0 2100-BK40 2100-BJ40
(1) Includes ArcShield™ latches.
Tables for Configuring Bulletin 2100D and 2100M Unit Catalog Numbers
Table 102 - Voltage Code
Fuse Clip Voltage Voltage Code
250 A
600 C
Table 105 - Inverse Time (Thermal Magnetic) Circuit Breaker Option (1) (2)
High Interrupting Capacity Extra High Interrupting Capacity Ultra High Interrupting Capacity
(typical rating)
Rating 100 kA at 480V
100 kA at 240V 100 kA at 600V
(Amperes) 65 kA at 480V 35 kA at 600V
Suffix Frame Suffix Frame Suffix Frame
15…70 TGM G6C3 THX H0C3 TJU J15C3
80…125 TGM G6C3 THX H0F3 TJU J15F3
150 TJM J6F3 TJX J0F3 TJU J15F3
175…250 TJM J6F3 TJX J0F3 — —
(1) Refer to page 282 for circuit breaker short circuit current ratings.
(2) Refer to the CENTERLINE MCCs Thermal Magnetic Circuit Breakers, publication 2100-TD032.
(1) Only available with unit design (Space Factor Option 10).
Multiple option numbers are separated by a dash and added to the base catalog number in ascending order.
Multiple option numbers are separated by a dash and added to the base catalog number in ascending order.
Multiple option numbers are separated by a dash and added to the base catalog number in ascending order.
Multiple option numbers are separated by a dash and added to the base catalog number in ascending order.
Multiple option numbers are separated by a dash and added to the base catalog number in ascending order.
Multiple option numbers are separated by a dash and added to the base catalog number in ascending order.
Multiple option numbers are separated by a dash and added to the base catalog number in ascending order.
(1) Outputs are rated NEMA B300 (3 A at 120V AC and 1.5 A at 240V AC). Not available with common (line voltage) control. Not available with Type A wiring. Not available on dual units.
Not available in Space Saving.
(2) Mutually exclusive with all other overload options. Mutually exclusive with option 18, 84A1, 85XA and 85AA, 87_, 89_, and 700TC_.
(3) Catalog options are not complete. An option from each table in Table 127…Table 132 is required to add an E300 Electronic Overload Relay.
(4) Not compatible with dual mount units.
Multiple option numbers are separated by a dash and added to the base catalog number in ascending order.
External Control -18C (10) Includes external control relay contact. (2) (11)
Relay Contact (12)
Multiple option numbers are separated by a dash and added to the base catalog number in ascending order.
Table 135 - Ground Options
TS1W
FVC FVR FVNR
Option TS2W Delivery
Option Description
Number 2102L 2106 2112 2122 Program
2103L 2107 2113 2123
Grounded Unit -79GD Hinge mounted ground strap mounted on bottom hinge of unit door. Unit door hinge Available on all units
Door grounding strap for IEC requirements.
-79L Select on all plug-in units in sections with vertical unit load Unplated copper
Unit Load ground bus. Provides ground connection at unit location for Available on all plug-in units
Connector -79LT(1) Tin plated copper
cable size# 14-4 AWG
— Copper alloy SC
Copper unit ground stabs also may be used with steel vertical
Unit Ground -79U ground bus. Select on plug-in units in sections with vertical plug- Unplated copper Available on all plug-in units
Stab in ground bus.
-79UT(1) Tin plated copper
Elapsed Time
-85T Six digit non-resettable meter (with tenths), mounted in control station
Meter (2) (3) (4)
-88A 240 Volt
-88B 480 Volt
-88C 600 Volt Available on Bulletin 2191M, 2192M and
-88H Three Bulletin 800T pilot lights (clear), wired in grounded WYE, 208 Volt 2193M ONLY
complete with fusing Not for use with solidly grounded
-88I 415 Volt power systems
-88KN 400 Volt
Ground -88N 380 Volt
Detection SC
Lights (5) -88AT 240 Volt
-88BT 480 Volt
-88CT 600 Volt Available on Bulletin 2191M, 2192M and
Three Bulletin 800T push-to-test pilot lights (clear), wired in 2193M ONLY
-88HT grounded WYE, complete with fusing 208 Volt Not for use with solidly grounded
-88IT 415 Volt power systems
-88KNT 400 Volt
-88NT 380 Volt
Ground Fault Integral ground fault protection system with adjustable pick-up, adjustable time delay, Only available on Bulletin 2192M,
-88GF control power indicator light, trip indicator and built-in test feature. Shunt trip is 1600…2000 A. For use with solidly PE-II
Protection (6) included. See required voltage code on 79. grounded WYE systems only.
(1) Unit load ground connector and unit ground stab plating must match the horizontal and vertical ground bus plating.
(2) Elapsed time meter mounts in position normally used for a pilot device, limiting the maximum number of pilot devices selected. On 0.5 space factor units, elapsed time meter
uses two positions normally used for a pilot device. Not available on dual mounted units. Available on units with 120V separate or transformer control only. Not available on
380…415V, 50 Hz applications.
(3) Mutually exclusive with control relay options 89CB, 89CBL, 89CF_ and 89P in 1.0 space factor and current transformer options 700TC1 and 700TC4 in 1.0 space factor. 1.0 space
factor units are increased to 1.5 space factor.
(4) Requires option -90, Normal open auxiliary contact for Bulletin 2102L, 2103L, 2112 and 2113. Requires option -900011 for Bulletin 2112 and 2113 vacuum contactor starters.
(5) Not available on Bulletin 2191M units specified with metering options. Not available on Bulletin 2191MT, 600A in horizontal wireway, corner section or 10” wide incoming lug section.
Not available on non-fused 2192M units. Mutually exclusive with key interlock mounting provision (option 201).
(6) Horizontal neutral bus and incoming neutral bus is required when 3-phase, 4-wire power system is specified. Available only on 480…600V, 60 Hz applications.
Multiple option numbers are separated by a dash and added to the base catalog number in ascending order.
Multiple option numbers are separated by a dash and added to the base catalog number in ascending order.
2100M
2192M
2193M
2100D
2102L
2103L
2192F
2193F
2106
2122
2123
2196
2107
2197
2112
2113
A
NORMALLY OPEN
-90 One N.O. auxiliary contact mounted on 1…6
each contactor or starter
B (4)
A
Auxiliary NORMALLY CLOSED
Contacts(2) -91 One N.C. auxiliary contact mounted on 1…6 SC
(3) each contactor or starter
B (4)
NORMALLY OPEN 1…5 (6)
-98 (5) One N.O. auxiliary contact (operates with A or B
movement of external handle only) 6
NORMALLY CLOSED 1…5 (6)
-99 (5) One N.C. auxiliary contact (operates with A or B
movement of external handle only) 6
(1) For vacuum contactor starters only options codes -91 or -900-9111 are allowed.
(2) Multiple auxiliary contacts of the same type must be grouped by repeating the second digit for each required contact of that type. For example, to get four of option -98 and two of
option -99, the combined string would be -98888-999.
(3) All options use 120V AC rated accessories.
(4) Type B auxiliary contacts are wired to terminal blocks. If the number of auxiliary contact wiring points required exceeds the number of terminals available in the unit, remaining auxiliary
contacts are unwired. Refer to wiring diagram.
(5) The maximum number of auxiliary contacts that can be supplied is two, in any combination. Contacts actuate with movement of unit handle to ON or OFF position only. Contacts are not
designed to actuate as the result of a circuit breaker trip. For such applications, auxiliary contacts -790K (G, H, and J) and -790A (all other frames) mounted internally must be selected.
Auxiliary contacts are supplied unwired. Not available on dual 2192F units or 1600 A and 2000 A 2193M units.
(6) For 1600 A and 2000 A 2192M, the maximum number of auxiliary contacts is four. The following contact arrangements are allowed.
-98, -99, or -98-99 two contacts, (1) N.O/N.C. Form-C contacts
-988, -999 four contacts, two (1) N.O/N.C. Form-C contacts
The auxiliary contacts are mounted external to the switch and are actuated by the movement of the operating handle. Auxiliary contacts are supplied unwired.
2193M
2100D
2102L
2103L
2193F
2106
2122
2123
2196
2107
2197
2112
2113
Multiple option numbers are separated by a dash and added to the base catalog number in ascending order.
Locking Latch -114 Provision for accepting a lock on the door latch for the Ethernet Switch (7) PE
Unit. (1.0 SF Only) (8)
Key-interlock Mounting For circuit breaker or fusible disconnect main or feeder units. Permits
customer mounting of Superior or Kirk brand key interlocks on unit Available for Bulletins 2192 and
-201
Provision(9) (10) 2193 ONLY
operating handle.
Door mounted window on an Ethernet Switch Unit to provide visibility to SC
Window -203W(7) the status LEDs on the Ethernet Switch(es) in the unit.
Ohio Semitronics Model MCT5-005E
-700TC1 (11) 85…135V AC, 50/60 Hz power (includes current transformer).
Current Transducers
(4…20mA Output) Crompton Instruments Model 253-TALU-LSHG 120V AC +/-20%,
-700TC2 (11) 50/60 Hz power (includes current transformer). PE
N-K Technologies model AT 12…40V DC at sensor (current transformer not
-700TC4 (11) needed on sizes 1…3, included on sizes 4…6).
Katy Instruments, 5…40V DC at sensor (current transformer not needed)
model 420, sizes 1…3, all voltages.
Current Sensors SC
(4…20mA Output) Katy Instruments, 5…40V DC at sensor (current transformer not
-700TC5 (11)
needed).(12)
Katy Instruments, 5…40V DC at sensor (current transformer not
needed).(13)
(1) Available for NEMA Wiring Type B only. Not available on 0.5 space factor units.
(2) This option is not available on dual mounted 2192F.
(3) A maximum of two 5-pole control terminal blocks only for each side of dual unit.
(4) An additional block of five control terminals can be supplied for customer use, provided the total number of control terminals does not exceed 15 maximum on units with power
terminals, 20 maximum on units without power terminals. Check wiring diagram for limitations.
(5) Clarification for 2122/2123 units. NEMA size 1 or 2 requires the addition of -106 to accept -107. NEMA size 3 does not require -106 due to side mounted Power TB's.
(6) Provided as standard with Bulletin 2193LE and 2193PP.
(7) Only available with unit-mounted industrial Ethernet switches.
(8) Locking Latch (-114) and T-Handles (-111) are mutually exclusive.
(9) Mutually exclusive with ground detection lights (option 88_). Not available on 0.5 space factor units.
(10) For 150…1200 A 2192M and 150…1200 A 2193M units, use Superior key interlock #S105810Y, Type B-4003-1 (bolt flush when withdrawn) or Kirk key interlock #KFL000010. For 1600 A
and 2000 A 2192M units, use Superior key interlock #S105821Y, Type B-06003-1 (bolt extends 0.375” when withdrawn) or Kirk key interlock #KBL003710. IMPORTANT: Fusible units
should not be used on a tie (double ended) system, due to access to fuses and back feeding. For these applications, contact your local Allen-Bradley distributor or Rockwell
Automation sales representative. Not available on R-frame circuit breakers (option -TRUG).
(11) Transducer/sensor output is unwired. Not available on 0.5 space factor or dual starter units. Options 700TC1, 700TC4 and 700TC5 require minimum 1.5 space factors for size 1 and 2
if optional control relay, timer auxiliary relay is used. When control circuit transformer primary fusing is selected, the control transformer secondary fuse is mounted in one of the
three starter auxiliary contact pockets. Option 700TC2 always requires minimum 1.5 space factors for sizes 1 and 2. Option 700TC2 requires minimum 2.0 space factors for Bulletin
2113, size 3. Unit ammeter options, current transducer and thermistor protection relay options are mutually exclusive. Options 700TC1, 700TC2, 700TC4 and 700TC5 require extra 0.5
space factor for NEMA Size 4 Bulletin 2112 with Class J fuses. Requires 2.5 space factor for NEMA Size 4 Bulletin 2113 with HMCP circuit breaker (circuit breaker code CA). Option
700TC5 requires extra 0.5 space factor for NEMA Size 5 Bulletin 2112 with Class J fuses. Not available when -21 is selected. Not available with E100 Overload relay (-7FE1_).
(12) Model 420L, size 4 (all voltages) and size 5 at 380V, 415V, 480V, and 600V only.
(13) Model 420X, size 5 at 208V and 240V and size 6 (all voltages).
Multiple option numbers are separated by a dash and added to the base catalog number in ascending order.
Table 142 - Control Circuit Wiring and Lugs, Shunt Trips, Omission of Circuit Breaker
TS1W
FVC FVR FVNR Feeders
Option TS2W 2100-
Option Description Frame Delivery
Number 2102L 2106 2112 2122 2192 ESW Program
2103L 2107 2113 2123 2193
Type MTW(TEW) 90C copper
— wire, VW1 rated #16 AWG (2)
Control -600PAX(3) Align control wiring I/O to faceplates used in PlantPAx SC
Circuit
Wiring (1) Type MTW(TEW) 90C copper #14 AWG (tinned)
-750 (4) wire, VW1 rated (2)
-750S (4) Type SIS 90C copper wire #14 AWG (tinned) (2)
SC
Control Circuit -750RL Insulated ring lugs for control wires where possible (2) (+2 days)
Lugs (1) (4) (5) -750SL Insulated spade lugs for control wires where possible (2)
Adhesive Brady Datab type markers at each end of
-751D control wire. (2) SC
Control Wire SC
Markers (1) -751HS Heat shrink type wire marker (2) (+2 days)
-751S Sleeve type wire marker (2) SC
Device Markers -751M Mylar Device Markers SC
NEMA size 1 and 2
Omission of Circuit For combination starter units,
-752 MCP frame only. N/A in 0.5 space NEMA size 3
Breaker (6) factor units.
NEMA size 4 SC
Shunt Trip Relay. Applying potential to the relay trips the Available on all circuit breaker
Shunt Trip(7) -754 breaker. (120V) units(8)
Available on 2192M, 600…2000 A(10) PE-II
100% Rating of Provides 100% rating of main switch or circuit breaker. 1200 A
Main Disconnect NEMA Type 1 and Type 1 with gasket only, except non- 2000 A
-755
Switch or Circuit fused 2192M is available in NEMA Type 12. Not available Available on 2193M, 1200…3000 A 2500 A
Breaker(9) with NEMA Type 3R or Type 4. Only (11)
3000 A SC
(12)
Notes:
Multiple option numbers are separated by a dash and added to the base catalog number in ascending order.
Multiple option numbers are separated by a dash and added to the base catalog number in ascending order.
Multiple option numbers are separated by a dash and added to the base catalog number in ascending order.
Table 148 - Contact, T-Handle, Wire Marker, and Legend Options
FVR FVNR
Option Description Delivery
Option 2106, 2112,
Number Program
2107 2113
-90(2) NORMALLY OPEN One N.O. auxiliary contact on each contactor or starter
-91 (2) NORMALLY CLOSED One N.C. auxiliary contact on each contactor or starter
(3) NORMALLY OPEN One N.O. auxiliary contact (operates with movement of external handle only)
-98
Auxiliary Contacts (1) -99(3) NORMALLY CLOSED, One N.C. auxiliary contact (operates with movement of external handle only)
-790K(4) One Form C Aux mounted internally in Circuit Breaker
(4) Two Form C Aux mounted internally in Circuit Breaker
-790L
(4) One Form C Aux, One Form C Alarm mounted internally in Circuit Breaker
-790A
-790T(4) One Form C Alarm mounted internally in Circuit Breaker
SC
-790B(4) Two Form C Aux, One Form C Alarm mounted internally in Circuit Breaker
T-Handles -111 T-handle latch on unit door
-751D Adhesive Brady Datab type markers at each end of control wire.
Control Wire Markers -751HS Heat shrink type wire marker
-751S Sleeve type wire marker
Device Markers -751M Mylar Device Markers
Legend plates printed in French are available on all pilot devices. Specify 860F when pilot device
French Legend Plates -860F
option is selected.
Legend plates printed in Spanish are available on all pilot devices. Specify 860S when pilot device
Spanish Legend Plates -860S
option is selected.
Plated steel nameplate screws. Provided when
— Door Nameplate Screws
cardholder or nameplates are not selected.
Card Holder for Unit Doors 1.125'' x 3.625'' plastic card holders with blank cards
Unit Door
Nameplate(5) Acrylic plate (available in U.S. only), white with black
— SC-II
1.125” x 3.625” engraved 3-line or 4-line letters or black with white letters
nameplate Phenolic plate, white with black letters, black with
—
white letters or red with white letters
Stainless Steel — Stainless steel nameplate screws for unit nameplates (two per unit) SC
Nameplate Screws
Export Packing Below — Container is skid mounted and packaged in clear plastic. Packing is not watertight or waterproof. SC
Deck Considerations should be taken if extended storage is expected. (+2 days)
(1) Multiple auxiliary contacts must be group coded by adding the second and third digit of the special feature number to the base digit ’9’ (for example, 90-91-98-99, when group coded,
reads 9018X9)
(2) Auxiliary contacts are wired to terminal blocks. If the number of auxiliary contact wiring points exceeds the number of terminals available in the unit, remaining auxiliary contacts are
unwired. See Table 149 for allowable auxiliary contact configurations.
(3) The maximum number of auxiliary contacts that can be supplied is two in any combination. Contacts actuate with movement of unit handle to ON or OFF position only. Contacts are
not designed to actuate as the result of a circuit breaker trip. For such applications, auxiliary contacts -790K (G, H, and J) and -790A (all other frames) mounted internally must be
selected.
(4) Only available for Bulletin 2107 and 2113.
(5) Blank nameplates are supplied when no engraving is selected or provided. Letter height for 3-line nameplates is 0.22.” Letter height for 4-line nameplates is 0.18.” All text is centered
horizontally and vertically.
Features include:
• Three starting modes: soft start, kick start, and current limit
• Electronic overload protection with selectable overload trip class
• Motor and system diagnostics
• Configurable auxiliary contacts
• Soft stop
• Integrated bypass contactor
• High Interrupting Capacity Fuses (Option -13HIC) included on all units
Each unit is provided as a NEMA Class 1, Type B unit with terminal blocks mounted within the controller unit for connection of items such as, remote
pilot devices and input signals. Bulletins 2154H and 2155H are available in NEMA Type 1, NEMA Type 1 with gasket and NEMA Type 12 plug-in
construction. Class J time delay fuses provide branch circuit protection on Bulletin 2154H units. Instantaneous or a variety of inverse time (thermal
magnetic) circuit breakers provide branch circuit protection on 2155H units. A variety of options such as isolation contactors, auxiliary contacts,
pilot devices, protective modules, and DeviceNet Starter Auxiliary (DSA), can be added to Bulletin 2154H and 2155H units. Extra space can be
required to accommodate the optional equipment.
Catalog Number Explanation - Bulletin 2154H and 2155H Combination Soft Starter (SMC-3) Unit
• Bulletin 150 SMC-3 Solid State Controller
• Three starting modes: soft start, kick start, and current limit
• 3…135 A rating
• Built-in bypass contactor and overload relay
• NEMA Class I, Type B wiring with terminals mounted in the unit
Table 150 - Catalog Number Explanation - Bulletin 2154H and 2155H Combination Soft Starter (SMC-3) Unit
2154H B - A A B - 38 - **
2155H B - A A B - 38THM - **
Horsepower/kW Code and
Bulletin Number Wiring Type Current Rating NEMA Enclosure Type Line Voltage Disconnecting Means Options
Units—2154H Combination Soft Starter Motor Controller with Fusible Disconnect Switch (SMC-3)
• See page 151 for product description.
• Basic configuration includes power fuses.
• Isolation contactor (-13IC) is optional. Select on page 165. This addition or other options can require additional space, see Table 152,
and the footnotes in the Options section.
• Control circuit transformer included.
• Bulletin 150 SMC-3 controller includes one N.O. auxiliary contact set to NORMAL. The Bulletin 150-CF64 fan also is included for 3…37 A ratings.
Integrated fan is standard for 43…135 A ratings.
• Bulletin 150 SMC-3 controllers are cULus (UL and C-UL listed) as motor overload protective devices. An external overload relay is not
required for single motor applications.
• See page 284 for short circuit current ratings.
Table 151 - Bulletin 2154H Units
Nominal Horsepower (Nominal kW)
The horsepower and kW ratings shown are nominal. NEMA Type 1 and Type 1 NEMA Type 12
The limiting factor in the application and use of the SMC-3 is the w/gasket
Rating output ampere rating. Delivery
(Amps) Program
Space Catalog Number (4) Space Catalog Number (4)
220…230V (1) 240V 380…415V (1) 480V 600V (2) Wiring Type B— Wiring Type B—
Factor(3) Class I Factor(3) Class I
3 (0.25…0.55) 0.5 (0.37…1.1) 0.5…1.5 0.75…2 0.5 (5) 2154HB-AA_-_ 0.5 (5) 2154HB-AD_-_
9 (0.75…2.2) 0.75…2 (1.5…3.7) 2…5 3…7.5 0.5 (5) 2154HB-BA_-_ 0.5 (5) 2154HB-BD_-_
19 (3.7) 3…5 (5.5…7.5) 7.5…10 10…15 0.5 (5) 2154HB-DA_-_ 0.5 (5) 2154HB-DD_-_
25 (5.5) 7.5 (11) 15 20 1.0 2154HB-EA_-_ 1.0 2154HB-ED_-_
30 (7.5) 10 (15) 20 25 1.0 2154HB-FA_-_ 1.0 2154HB-FD_-_
37 — — (18.5) 25 30 1.0 2154HB-GA_-_ 1.0 2154HB-GD_-_
SC
43 (11) 15 (22) 30 40 1.5 2154HB-HA_-_ 2.0 2154HB-HD_-_
60 (15) 20 (30) 40 50 2154HB-JA_-_ 2154HB-JD_-_
25…
(18.5…22) (37) 50 — 1.5 2.5 2154HB-KD_-_
85 30 2154HB-KA_-_
— — (45) 60 60…75
108 (30) 40 (55) 75 100 3.5 2154HB-LA_-_ 4.0 2154HB-LD_-_
135 (37) 50 — 100 125 4.5 2154HB-MA_-_ 6.0, 20” W 2154HB-MD_-_
(1) Units at these voltages are not UL or C-UL listed.
(2) Delivery program is PE in U.S. and SC in Canada.
(3) See space factor tables below for NEMA Type 12 or for any NEMA Type when options are selected.
(4) The catalog numbers listed are not complete:
• Select the control voltage code from table on page 251 to identify the preferred control voltage (for example, 2154HB-AAB).
• If horsepower rated, select the number from table on page 252 that corresponds to the nominal horsepower desired (for example, 2154HB-AAB-35).
• If kW rated, select the number from table on page 252 that corresponds to the nominal kW desired (for example, 2154HB-AAN-35K).
• The catalog numbers listed include an external reset button for the SMC-3. To order catalog numbers without the external reset button, replace the letter ’A’, in the second position,
with the letter ’K’ (for example, 2154HB-AK __-__) or replace the letter ’D’ with the letter ’J’ (for example, 2154HB-AJ__-__).
(5) These units have horizontal operating handles, Bulletin 194R fused molded case switch, up to four Bulletin 800F pilot devices and one 10 pt. pull-apart control terminal block
(Type B-D only), with #16 AWG control wire only.
Table 152 - Bulletin 2154H Space Factors with NEMA Type 1 and NEMA Type 12 Unit Options (refer to page 164…166)
Ratings NEMA Type 1 and 1 with Gasket NEMA Type 12
(Amps) Standard Unit With Option 13IC Standard Unit With Option 13IC
3…19 0.5(1) 0.5(1) 0.5(1)
0.5(1)
25…37 1.0 1.0 1.0
43 2.0 2.0
1.5
60 1.5 2.5
2.5
85 2.0 3.0
108 3.5 3.5 4.0 4.0
135 4.5 4.5 6.0, 20" W x 15" D 6.0, 20" W x 15" D
(1) 1.0 space factor when -750, -750B, or -750S is selected.
Units—2155H Combination Soft Starter Motor Controller with Circuit Breaker (SMC-3)
• See page 151 for product description.
• Isolation contactor (-13IC) is optional. Select on page 165. This addition or other options can require additional space, see Table 153,
Table 154, and the footnotes in the Options section.
• Control circuit transformer included.
• Bulletin 150 SMC-3 controller includes one N.O. auxiliary contact set to NORMAL. The Bulletin 150-CF64 fan also is included for 3…37 A ratings.
Integrated fan is standard for 43…135 A ratings.
• Bulletin 150 SMC-3 controllers are cULus (UL and C-UL listed) as motor overload protective devices. An external overload relay is not
required for single motor applications.
• See page 284 for short circuit current ratings. Fusing is required.
Table 153 - Bulletin 2155H Units
Nominal Horsepower (Nominal kW)
The horsepower and kW ratings shown are nominal. NEMA Type 1 and Type 1 w/gasket NEMA Type 12
Rating The limiting factor in the application and use of the SMC-3 is Delivery
(Amps) the output ampere rating. Program
Space Catalog Number (4) Space Catalog Number(4)
220…230V (1) 240V 380…415V (1) 480V 600V (2) (3) Wiring Type B - Class I
Factor Factor(3) Wiring Type B - Class I
3 (0.25…0.55) 0.5 (0.37…1.1) 0.5…1.5 0.75…2 2155HB-AA_-__ 2155HB-AD_-__
9 (0.75…2.2) 0.75…2 (1.5…3.7) 2…5 3…7.5 2155HB-BA_-__ 2155HB-BD_-__
19 (3.7) 3…5 (5.5…7.5) 7.5…10 10…15 2155HB-DA_-__ 2155HB-DD_-__
1.5 1.5
25 (5.5) 7.5 (11) 15 20 2155HB-EA_-__ 2155HB-ED_-__
30 (7.5) 10 (15) 20 25 2155HB-FA_-__ 2155HB-FD_-__
37 — — (18.5) 25 30 2155HB-GA_-__ 2155HB-GD_-__
43 (11) 15 (22) 30 40 2155HB-HA_-__ 2.5 2155HB-HD_-__ SC
60 (15) 20 (30) 40 50 2155HB-JA_-__ 3.0 2155HB-JD_-__
1.5
(18.5…22) 25…30 (37) 50 —
85 2155HB-KA_-__ 3.5(5) 2155HB-KD_-__
— — (45) 60 60…75
108 (30) 40 (55) 75 100 3.5 (5) 2155HB-LA_-__ 2155HB-LD_-__
135 (37) 50 — 100 — 3.5 (5) 4.0 (5)
2155HB-MA_-__ 2155HB-MD_-__
135 — — — 125 3.5 (5)
(1) Units at these voltages are not UL listed or CSA certified.
(2) Delivery program is PE in the United States and SC in Canada.
(3) See space factor tables below for options.
(4) The catalog numbers listed are not complete:
• Select the control voltage code from the table on page 252 to identify the preferred control voltage (for example, 2155HB-AAB)
• If horsepower rated, select the number from the table on page 252 that corresponds to the nominal horsepower desired (for example, 2155HB-AAB-35)
• If kW rated, select the number from the table on page 252 that corresponds to the nominal kW desired (for example, 2155HB-AAN-35K)
• Select the appropriate suffix from the table on page 258 to identify the circuit breaker type (for example, 2155HB-AAB-35THM or 2155HB-AAN-35KTHM)
• The catalog numbers listed include an external reset button for the SMC-3. To order catalog numbers without the external reset button, replace the letter ’A’ with the letter ’K’
(for example, 2155HB-AK__-__) or replace the letter ’D’ with the letter ’J’ (for example, 2155HB-AJ__-__).
(5) Increase space factor by 0.5 when circuit breaker suffix THM is selected.
Table 154 - Bulletin 2155H Space Factors with NEMA Type 1 and NEMA Type 12 Unit Options (refer to page 164…166)
NEMA Type 1 and 1 with Gasket NEMA Type 12
Ratings
(Amps) Standard Unit With Option With Option 13HIC and 13IC Standard Unit With With Option 13HIC and 13IC
13HIC Option 13HIC
3…37 1.5 1.5
1.5
43 1.5 2.5 2.5
60 3.0 3.0
2.0
85 1.5 (1) 3.5(2) 4.0(2)
108… 135 3.5 3.5 4.0 4.0
108…
4.0 4.0 4.5 4.5
135(3)
(1) 2.0 space factor for 45 kW at 380…415V, 60 HP at 480V and 60…75 HP at 600V applications, when used with circuit breaker types THM.
(2) Reduce by 0.5 space factor for 45 kW at 380…415V, 60 HP at 480V and 60…75 HP at 600V applications when circuit breaker suffix THM is
selected.
(3) Space factor when circuit breaker suffix THM is selected.
Bulletin 2154J and 2155J Soft Starter (SMC) Units - SMC Flex
These combination soft starter units are designed especially for use in CENTERLINE motor control centers. Each unit contains a microprocessor-
controlled motor controller, control circuit transformer, and either a fusible disconnect switch or circuit breaker.
Features include:
• Seven standard modes of operation: soft start, current limit start, dual ramp, full voltage, linear speed acceleration, preset slow speed, and
soft stop
• Optional modes of operation: pump control, Smart Motor Braking, Accu-Stop™, and slow speed with braking
• Integral SCR bypass
• Electronic overload protection with selectable trip class
• Full metering and diagnostics
• Four programmable auxiliary contacts
• DPI communication
• LCD display
• Keyboard programming
• High Interrupting Capacity Fuses (Option -13HIC) included on all units
Each unit is provided as a NEMA Class 1, Type B unit with terminal blocks mounted within the controller unit for connection of items such as
remote pilot devices and input signals. Bulletins 2154J and 2155J are available in NEMA Type 1, NEMA Type 1 with gasket, and NEMA Type 12
construction. Each unit door includes a window for viewing the LCD display, except when door mounted human interface is provided. Class J
time delay fuses provide branch circuit protection on 5…361 A Bulletin 2154J units. Class L time delay fuses provide branch circuit protection
on 480 A Bulletin 2154J units. Instantaneous or varieties of inverse time (thermal magnetic) circuit breakers provide branch circuit
protection on 2155J units. A variety of options such as isolation contactors, auxiliary contacts, pilot devices, protective modules, human
interface modules, and network communication can be added to Bulletin 2154J and 2155J units. In some cases, extra space can be required
to accommodate the optional equipment.
Catalog Number Explanation - Bulletin 2154J and 2155J Combination Soft Starter (SMC Flex) Unit
• Seven standard modes of operation: soft start, current limit, dual ramp, full-voltage, linear speed acceleration, preset slow speed, and
soft stop
• Optional modes of operation: pump control, Smart Motor Braking, Accu-Stop, and slow speed with braking
• 5…480 A rating
• Built-in bypass contactor and overload relay
• NEMA Class I, Type B wiring with terminals mounted in unit
Table 155 - Catalog Number Explanation - Bulletin 2154J and 2155J Combination Soft Starter (SMC Flex) Unit
2154J B - F108 L K B - 49 - **
2155J B - F108 L K B - 49THM - **
Horsepower/kW Code and
Bulletin Number Wiring Type Current Rating NEMA Type Line Voltage Options
Disconnecting Means
Units—2154J Combination Soft Starter Motor Controller with Fusible Disconnect Switch (SMC Flex) - Line
Connected
• See page 152 for product description.
• SMC Flex units are configured as line connected, for Delta connected contact factory.
• Isolation contactor (-13IC) is optional. Select on page 165. The addition of this option can require additional space. See Table 157, for
space factor of units with option.
• Basic configuration includes power fuses.
• Control circuit transformer included.
• Bulletin 150 SMC Flex controllers are cULus (UL and C-UL listed) as motor overload protective devices. An external overload relay is not
required for single motor applications.
• See page 284 for short circuit current ratings.
Table 156 - Bulletin 2154J Units
Nominal Horsepower (Nominal kW)
The horsepower and kW ratings shown are nominal. NEMA Type 1 and Type 1 NEMA Type 12
The limiting factor in the application and use of the SMC Flex w/gasket
Rating is the output ampere rating. Delivery
(Amps) Program
Space Catalog Number (3) Catalog Number (3)
220…230V (1) 240V 380…415V (1) 480V 600V (2) Factor Wiring Type B—Class Space Factor Wiring Type B—Class
I I
5 (0.25…1.1) 0.5…1 (0.37…2.2 0.5…3 0.75…3 2154JB-F005LK_-__ 2154JB-F005LJ_-__
25 (1.5…5.5) 1.5…7.5 (3.7…11) 5…15 5…20 2154JB-F025LK_-__ 2154JB-F025LJ_-__
2.0
10… 20…
43 (7.5…11) 15 (15…22) 30 25…40 2154JB-F043LK_-__ 2154JB-F043LJ_-__
3.0
60 (15) 20 (30) 40 50 2154JB-F060LK_-__ 2154JB-F060LJ_-__
SC
25…
(18.5…22) (37) 50 — 2.5
85 30 2154JB-F085LK_-__ 2154JB-F085LJ_-__
— — (45) 60 60…75 3.5
108 (30) 40 (55) 75 100 3.5 2154JB-F108LK_-__ 4.0 2154JB-F108LJ_-__
135 (37) 50 — 100 125 4.5 2154JB-F135LK_-__ 6.0(4) 20” W 2154JB-F135LJ_-__
60…
201 (45…55) (75…90) 125…150 150… 6.0(4) 20” 2154JB-F201LK_-__ 2154JB-F201LJ_-__
75 200 6.0(4) 20” W
W
251 (75) 100 (110…132) 200 250 2154JB-F251LK_-__ 2154JB-F251LJ_-__
317 (90) 125 (150…160) 250 300 2154JB-F317LK_-__ 2154JB-F317LJ_-__ SC-II
361 (110) 150 (185) 300 350 6.0(5) 2154JB-F361LK_-__ (5) 2154JB-F361LJ_-__
20” W, 6.0
350…40 400… 20” W, 20” D
480 (132) 200 (200…250) 20” D 2154JB-F480LK_-__ 2154JB-F480LJ_-__
0 500
(1) Units at these voltages are not UL listed or CSA certified.
(2) Delivery program is PE-II in the United States and SC-II in Canada.
(3) The catalog numbers listed are not complete:
• Select the control voltage code from table on page 251 to identify the preferred control voltage (for example, 2154JB-F108LKB).
• If horsepower rated, select the number from table on page 252 that corresponds to the nominal horsepower desired, (for example, 2154JB-F108LKB-49).
• If kW rated, select the number from table on page 252 that corresponds to the nominal kW desired, (for example, 2154JB-F108LKN-49K).
(4) Frame mounted unit, section does not have vertical wireway. The design of these units is optimized for bottom entry of load cables. For top entry of load cables, consult the
factory.
(5) Frame mounted unit, section does not have vertical wireway. Horizontal bus is 5” deeper than standard. The design of these units is optimized for bottom entry of load cables. For
top entry of load cables, consult the factory.
Units—2155J Combination Soft Starter Motor Controller with Circuit Breaker (SMC Flex) - Line Connected
• See page 152 for product description.
• SMC Flex units are configured as line connected, for Delta connected contact factory.
• Isolation contactor (-13IC) is optional. Select on page 165. The addition of this option can require additional space. See page 160 for
space factor of units with options.
• Control circuit transformer included.
• Bulletin 150 SMC Flex controllers are cULus (UL and C-UL listed) as motor overload protective devices. An external overload relay is not
required for single motor applications.
• See page 284 for short circuit current ratings. Fusing is required.
Table 158 - Bulletin 2155J Units
Nominal Horsepower (Nominal kW)
The horsepower and kW ratings shown are nominal. NEMA Type 1 and Type 1 NEMA Type 12
The limiting factor in the application and use of the SMC Flex is the w/gasket
Rating output ampere rating. Delivery
(Amps) Program
Space Catalog Number (3) Space Catalog Number (3)
220…230V (1) 240V 380V…415V (1) 480V 600V (2) Factor Wiring Type B—Class Factor Wiring Type B—
I Class I
5 (0.25…1.1) 0.5…1 (0.37…2.2) 0.5…3 0.75…3 2155JB-F005LK_-__ 2155JB-F005LJ_-__
25 (1.5…5.5) 1.5…7.5 (3.7…11) 5…15 5…20 2155JB-F025LK_-__ 2155JB-F025LJ_-__
2.0
43 (7.5…11) 10…15 (15…22) 20…30 25…40 2155JB-F043LK_-__ 3.0 2155JB-F043LJ_-__
60 (15) 20 (30) 40 50 2155JB-F060LK_-__ 2155JB-F060LJ_-__
SC
(18.5…22) 25…30 (37) 50…60 60…75
85 2.5 2155JB-F085LK_-__ 2155JB-F085LJ_-__
— — (45) — — 3.5(4)
108 (30) 40 (55) 75 100 2155JB-F108LK_-__ 2155JB-F108LJ_-__
3.0(4) 4.0(4)
135 (37) 50 — 100 125 2155JB-F135LK_-__ 2155JB-F135LJ_-__
201 (45…55) 60…75 (75…90) 125…150 150…200 6.0(5) 2155JB-F201LK_-__ 6.0(5) 2155JB-F201LJ_-__
251 (75) 100 (110…132) 200 250 20” W 2155JB-F251LK_-__ 20” W 2155JB-F251LJ_-__
317 (90) 125 (150…160) 250 300 6.0 (6) 2155JB-F317LK_-__ 6.0 (6) 2155JB-F317LJ_-__
20” W, 20” W, 20” SC-II
361 (110) 150 (185) 300 350 20” D 2155JB-F361LK_-__ D 2155JB-F361LJ_-__
Table 160 - Bulletins 2154 and 2155 Push Button, Control Station Housing, and Pilot Light Options
SMC-3 (1) SMC Flex Option Delivery
Option Description
2154H 2155H 2154J 2155J Number Program
Multiple option numbers are separated by a dash and added to the base catalog number in ascending order.
To select pilot light lens color, add letters to the option number: A = amber, B = blue, C = clear, G = green, R = red,
W = white (for example, 4RG is a red ON and green OFF pilot light). Clear and white are not available for Bulletin 800T LED type pilot lights. Clear is
not available on Bulletin 800F LED pilot lights. White is not available on Bulletin 800F incandescent pilot lights.
2154J
2155H
2155J
2154
H
ON (3) (3) -4_
Incandescent type ON-OFF (4)
(4)
(3)
(3) -4_ _ ENG
FAULT -4T_
ON (3) (3) -4L_
LED type ON-OFF (4) (4) (3) (3) -4L_ _ SC
Pilot Lights (Transformer Type for 800T, FAULT -4TL_
Full-voltage for 800F)(2) ON (3) (3) -5_
Push-To-Test
(4) (4) (3) (3) ENG
Incandescent Type ON-OFF -5_ _
FAULT -5T_
ON (3) (3) -5L_
Push-To-Test LED SC
Type ON-OFF (4) (4) (3) (3) -5L_ _
FAULT -5TL_
(1) Pilot devices for 0.5 space factor units are Bulletin 800F. A minimum of 1.0 space factor is required for SMC-3 units when more than four pilot devices are required.
(2) When three or less pilot devices are selected, Bulletin 800T pilot devices are supplied, except selector switches are Bulletin 800H devices. Generally, when more than three
pilot devices are selected, Bulletin 800F pilot devices are supplied. For 0.5 space factor units, Bulletin 800F pilot devices are supplied. Maximum four pilot devices on 0.5
space factor units.
(3) Select one N.O. auxiliary contact (Option 90) when ON pilot light is selected for SMC Flex units.
Select one N.O. and one N.C. auxiliary contact (Option 90 and 91) when ON-OFF pilot lights are selected for SMC Flex units.
(4) Select one N.O. and one N.C. auxiliary contact (option 901) when isolation contactor (option 13IC) is not selected.
Select one N.C. auxiliary contact (option 91) when isolation contactor (option 13IC) is selected.
Multiple option numbers are separated by a dash and added to the base catalog number in ascending order.
Table 162 - Bulletins 2154 and 2155 Converter Modules, and Line and Load Protection Modules Options
Option SMC-3 SMC Flex Delivery
Option Description
Number 2154H 2155H 2154J 2155J Program
3…37 A
43…85 A
480V MAX 108…135 A SC
5…85 A
108…480 A
-13D Line Side
3…37 A
43…85 A
Protective module contains PE in U.S.,
capacitors and metal oxide 600V 108…135 A SC in
varistors (MOVs) which protect Canada
Protective 5…85 A
the internal power circuitry
Modules 108…480 A
from severe electrical
transients and high electrical 43…85 A
noise
108…135 A
480V MAX SC
5…85 A
108…480 A
-13E (1) Load Side
43…85 A
108…135 A PE in U.S.,
600V SC in
5…85 A Canada
108…480 A
(1) Load side protective module not allowed with pump control (-13XB) or braking control (-13XD) options; see Table 164 for details.
Multiple option numbers are separated by a dash and added to the base catalog number in ascending order.
Table 163 - Bulletins 2154 and 2155 Communication, HIM, and HIC Fusing Options
Option SMC-3 SMC Flex Delivery
Option Description
Number 2154H 2155H 2154J 2155J Program
ControlNet communication module.
-13GC Mounted internal to SMC Flex. SC
CommunicationModules Includes one 1786-TPYS tap, supplied loose for customer mounting.
(mutually exclusive)
-13GD(1) DeviceNet communication module. Mounted internal to SMC Flex.
Ethernet communication module.
-13GE(2) Mounted internal to SMC Flex.
Ground Fault Current Provides ground fault core balance current transformer for ground fault
-13GF
Transformer indication.
Blank Cover. No
-13HBA0
functionality
Door mounted in bezel. Cable to SMC Flex unit included. No
LCD display, full window on door.
-13HBA3
numeric keypad Available on NEMA Type 1 and Type 1 with gasket only.
HumanInterfaceModule LCD display
(HIM) -13HBA5
programmer only
(mutually exclusive)
-13HC3S LCD display, full
numeric keypad Door mounted. HIM is not removable from bezel. One HIM
required per SMC Flex unit. No window on door.
LCD display Available on NEMA 12 only.
-13HC5S
programmer only
3…19 A
25…37 A
43…60 A SC
85…108 A
Provides unit with high interrupting 135 A
capacity fuses for increased short Class J - Time
High Interrupting circuit current rating. 5A
Delay
Capacity Fuses -13HIC 25 A
(Class J - Time Delay)(3) See page 284 for short circuit
current ratings of Bulletin 2155J 43…60 A
units with this option. 85…108 A
135…201 A
251…361 A
Class L - Time 480 A
Delay
(1) Not available on Ethernet IntelliCENTER orders.
(2) Not available for DeviceNet IntelliCENTER orders.
(3) This option is required to be included on Bulletin 2155H units and Bulletin 2155J units.
Multiple option numbers are separated by a dash and added to the base catalog number in ascending order.
Table 164 - Bulletins 2154 and 2155 Isolation Contactor, SCR Fusing, and SMC Flex Control Mode Options
Option SMC-3 SMC Flex Delivery
Option Description
Number 2154H 2155H 2154J 2155J Program
3…19 A
24 A, 25 A
30…37 A
43 A
54…60 A
Add Isolation
-13IC Provides unit with Bulletin 100 isolation contactor. 85 A SC
Contactor (1)
97…108 A
135…180 A
201…251 A
317…361 A
480…500 A
This starting mode group provides soft start, soft stop,
Standard Starting current limit, full voltage, kick start, preset slow speed,
— linear speed start and stop, and dual ramp. Refer to SMC 5…480 A
Mode (2) (3) Flex section of publication 150-TD009 for detailed
description of modes of operation.
This starting mode provides pump start and stop in
addition to soft start, soft stop, current limit, full voltage,
Pump Control (2) (4) -13XB and kick start. 5…480 A
Refer to SMC Flex section of publication 150-TD009 for
detailed description of modes of operation.
5…85 A
108 A
This starting mode provides Smart Motor Braking, Accu- 135 A PE
Braking Control Stop, and Slow Speed Braking in addition to soft start, soft
Smart Motor Braking, stop, current limit, full voltage, kick start, and preset slow 201 A
Accu-Stop, and Slow -13XD speed. 251 A
Speed Braking (2) (5) Refer to SMC Flex section of publication 150-TD009 for
detailed description of modes of operation. 317 A
361 A
480 A
(1) Adding this option increases the space factor of the unit.
• For Bulletin 2154H, see page 153, for Bulletin 2155H, see page 154.
• For Bulletin 2154J, see page 158, for Bulletin 2155J, see page 160.
(2) Soft Start, Pump Stop, Smart Motor Braking, Accu-Stop, and slow speed with braking are not intended to be used as an emergency stop.
(3) Push Button option 1XA and 1XC and selector switch option 3XA can only be used with standard starting mode and are the only push button and selector switch options that
can be selected with standard starting mode.
(4) Push button option 1XB and selector switch option 3XB can only be used with Pump Control (Option 13XB) and are the only push button and selector switch options that can be
selected with Pump Control.
(5) Push button option 1XD, 1XE and 1XF and selector switch option 3XD can only be used with Smart Motor Braking, Accu-Stop, and Slow Speed with Braking (Option 13XD) and are
the only push button and selector switch options that can be selected for Smart Motor Braking, Accu-Stop, and Slow Speed with Braking (Option 13XD).
Multiple option numbers are separated by a dash and added to the base catalog number in ascending order.
Table 165 - Bulletins 2154 and 2155 Grounding and Control Relay Options
Option SMC-3 SMC Flex Delivery
Option Description
Number 2154H 2155H 2154J 2155J Program
Provides surge suppressor across coil of unwired control relays (option 89CF or
Surge Suppressor -17R
89P)
Quick-Wire -19 Omission of control wiring, except primary and secondary transformer wiring.
Grounded Unit Hinge mounted ground strap mounted on bottom hinge of unit door. Unit door
-79GD
Door hinge grounding strap for IEC requirements.
Unplated
-79L
Unit Load Specify on all plug-in units in sections with vertical unit load ground copper
Connector bus Tin plated SC
-79LT(1) copper
Copper
—
alloy
Specify on plug-in units in sections with vertical plug-in ground bus. Unplated
Unit Ground Stab -79U Copper unit ground stabs also may be used with steel vertical ground copper
bus.
Tin plated
-79UT(1) copper
(1) Unit Load Ground Connector and Unit Ground Stab plating must match, horizontal and vertical ground bus plating
Multiple option numbers are separated by a dash and added to the base catalog number in ascending order.
Multiple option numbers are separated by a dash and added to the base catalog number in ascending order.
Table 167 - Bulletins 2154 and 2155 T-handle, Control Circuit, Wire Marker, Shunt Trip, and Legend Options
Option SMC-3 SMC Flex Delivery
Option Description
Number 2154H 2155H 2154J 2155J Program
T-handle -111 T-handle latch on unit door
Arc Resistant Latches -112 Requires arc resistant MCC
SC
— Type MTW (TEW) 90C #16 AWG copper wire, VW1 rated
-750 Type MTW (TEW) 90C #14 AWG (tinned) copper wire, VW1 rated (2) (2)
Control Circuit Wiring (1)
-750B Tinned Power wire and #14Awg, tinned, MTW control wire (2) (2)
-750S Type SIS 90C #14 AWG (tinned) copper wire (2) (2) SC
(+2 days)
Control Circuit Ring Lugs -750RL (3) Insulated ring lugs for control wires where possible
Control Circuit Spade Lugs -750SL (3) Insulated spade lugs for control wires where possible
-751D Adhesive Brady Datab type markers at each end of control wire. SC
SC
Control Wire Markers -751HS Heat shrink type marker at each end of control wire (+2 days)
-751S Sleeve type marker at each end of control wire
Device Markers -751M Mylar Device Markers
Shunt Trip -754 (4) For tripping circuit breakers from remote 120V, 60 Hz source
Legend plates printed in French are available on all pilot devices.
French Legend Plates -860F
Specify 860F when pilot device option is selected. SC
Legend plates printed in Spanish are available on all pilot devices.
Spanish Legend Plates -860S
Specify 860S when pilot device option is selected.
Plated steel nameplate screws. Provided
Door Nameplate when cardholder or nameplates are not
Screws selected.
Card Holder for Unit 1.125'' x 3.625'' plastic card holders with
Doors blank cards
Unit Door Nameplates — Acrylic plate (available in U.S. only).
1.125” 3.625” Lettering is white with black letters or
engraved black with white letters.
SC-II
3-line or 4-line Phenolic plate. Lettering is white with
nameplate black letters, black with white letters, or
red with white letters.
Stainless Steel Nameplate — Stainless steel nameplate screws for unit nameplates (2 per unit)
Screws
Container is skid mounted and packaged in clear plastic. Packing SC-II
Export Packing Below Deck — is not watertight or waterproof. Take consideration if extended (+2 days)
storage is expected.
(1) Options for factory wiring of control circuits. Dedicated auxiliary devices (for example, fans), device and component internal wiring, and wiring that could affect operation or
certifications (for example, insulation temperature class, EMC shielding requirements, communication requirements, UL, C-UL, CSA, CE) are not included.
(2) Requires 0.5 space factor SMC-3 units to be increased to 1.0 space factor.
(3) Examples of where insulated lugs cannot be used include SMC terminals, Bulletin 800F pilot devices, 700CF relays, disconnects/circuit breakers, and areas where more than
one wire per terminal is required.
(4) Not available when two N.O. and two N.C. (form C) internal contacts are selected for circuit breakers.
Notes:
They also:
• Include isolated logic and power.
• Include fans and venting where required. See page 289.
• Include internal electronic overload protection.
• Include EMC filters on 380…415V AC.
• Include UL Class J time delay fuses. These fuses provide both branch circuit protection and drive input protection. The drive input fuses are
provided in series with the circuit breaker in Bulletin 2163Q units.
• Include control circuit transformer (CCT). The CCT is sized to provide power for all standard pilot devices and any required fans.
• Produce a three-phase, pulse width modulated (PWM) adjustable frequency output and voltage output for exceptional control of motor
speed and torque.
• Are digitally programmable with access to mode programming, providing precise and repeatedly accurate setup, control and operation, and
adaptability to handle a variety of applications.
A Human Interface Module (HIM) and Control Platform Type must be selected.
Each unit is provided as a NEMA Wiring Class I, Type A unit with terminals mounted on the drive chassis for connection of items such as, remote pilot
devices and input signals. For NEMA Type 3R and NEMA Type 4 enclosure construction, contact your local Allen-Bradley distributor or Rockwell
Automation sales representative.
Code Type Code NEMA Enclosure Type Nominal Horsepower/kW Code and
Code
PowerFlex 70 Variable NEMA Type 1 and Type 1 Circuit Breaker Type
K
2162Q Frequency AC Drive with with gasket ’33’ Nominal Horsepower/kW code.
2162Q-’33’
Fusible Disconnect J NEMA Type 12 See Table 243 and Table 244.
PowerFlex 70 Variable ’33_’ Nominal Horsepower/kW code.
2163Q Frequency AC Drive with See Table 243 and Table 244.
Circuit Breaker 2163Q-’33THM’ ’__THM’ Circuit Breaker Type. See
table on page 258
Drive Size Code, Output Current Rating (Amperes) and Nominal HP or (kW) (1)
Normal Duty Applications Heavy Duty Applications
380…415V Line Voltage 480V Line Voltage 600V Line Voltage 480V Line Voltage 600V Line Voltage
Code Ratings kW Code Ratings HP Code Ratings HP Code Ratings HP Code Ratings HP
1P3N 1.3 0.37 1P1N 1.1 0.5 0P9N 0.9 0.5 2P1H 1.1 0.5 1P7H 0.9 0.5
2P1N 1.5 0.55 2P1N 1.6 0.75 1P7N 1.3 0.75 2P1H 1.6 0.75 1P7H 1.3 0.75
2P1N 2.1 0.75 2P1N 2.1 1 1P7N 1.7 1 3P4H 2.1 1 2P7H 1.7 1
3P5N 2.6 1.1 3P4N 3.0 1.5 2P7N 2.4 1.5 3P4H 3.0 1.5 2P7H 2.4 1.5
3P5N 3.5 1.5 3P4N 3.4 2 2P7N 2.7 2 5P0H 3.4 2 3P9H 2.7 2
5P0N 5.0 2.2 5P0N 5.0 3 3P9N 3.9 3 8P0H 5.0 3 6P1H 3.9 3
8P7N 8.7 3.7 8P0N 8.0 5 6P1N 6.1 5 011H 8.0 5 9P0H 6.1 5
011N 11.5 5.5 011N 11 7.5 9P0N 9.0 7.5 014H 11 7.5 011H 9.0 7.5
015N 15.4 7.5 014N 14 10 011N 11 10 022H 14 10 017H 11 10
022N 22 11 022N 22 15 017N 17 15 027H 22 15 022H 17 15
030N 30 15 027N 27 20 022N 22 20 034H 27 20 027H 22 20
037N 37 18.5 034N 34 25 027N 27 25 040H 34 25 032H 27 25
043N 43 22 040N 40 30 032N 32 30 052H 40 30 041H 32 30
060N 60 30 052N 52 40 041N 41 40 065H 52 40 052H 41 40
072N 72 37 065N 65 50 052N 52 50
(1) The kW and HP ratings shown are for reference only.
Size PowerFlex 70 drive units according to the applications and output ampere rating.
Units—2162Q Combination PowerFlex 70 Variable Frequency AC Drive (VFD) Units with Fusible Disconnect,
380…415V (NORMAL DUTY)
• See page 169 for product description.
• Normal Duty Ratings, the drive overload capabilities (based on the output currents listed below) are:
110% for 60 seconds and 150% for 3 seconds.
• For specific drive applications refer to PowerFlex 70 User Manual, publication 20A-UM001.
• Basic configuration includes branch circuit (short circuit)/drive input fuses, control circuit transformer, door and unit support pan. Branch
circuit overload protection is provided by the internal drive overload.
• PowerFlex 70 drives are cULus (UL and C-UL listed) as motor overload protected devices.
An external overload relay is not required for single motor applications.
PowerFlex 70 AC drives are not intended for use with single phase motors.
• See page 285 for Combination Unit Short Circuit Current Ratings table.
• Wiring is Type A only. Drive can accept 16 AWG control wire maximum.
• Proper placement of drive units in the MCC is essential for proper operation and life cycle of the drive.
Give strong consideration to placing units with drives at the bottom of the section.
When more than one drive unit is placed in a section, locate the drive unit with the highest rating at the bottom of the section.
• Do not mount transformer units below drive units. Heat from transformer units can cause drive to trip.
• HIM (Human Interface Module) and Control Platform Type are required. Select on page 227 and 228.
• Combination VFD units at these voltages are not UL or C-UL listed.
IMPORTANT The horsepower and kW ratings in Table 169 are for reference only. Size PowerFlex 70 drive units according to
the application and output ampere rating.
Table 169 - Bulletin 2162Q PowerFlex 70 VFD Units (380…415V Normal Duty)
NEMA Type 1 and Type 1 w/gasket NEMA Type 12
Delivery
Frame Rating (1) Nominal kW Space Space Program
Factor Catalog Number (2) Factor Catalog Number(2)
1.3 0.37 2162QA-1P3NK_-33K 2162QA-1P3NJ_-33K
1.5 0.55 2162QA-2P1NK_-34K 2162QA-2P1NJ_-34K
2.1 0.75 2162QA-2P1NK_-35K 2162QA-2P1NJ_-35K
2.0
B 2.6 1.1 1.5 2162QA-3P5NK_-36K 2162QA-3P5NJ_-36K
3.5 1.5 2162QA-3P5NK_-37K 2162QA-3P5NJ_-37K
5.0 2.2 2162QA-5P0NK_-38K 2162QA-5P0NJ_-38K
8.7 3.7 2162QA-8P7NK_-39K 2.5 2162QA-8P7NJ_-39K
11.5 5.5 2162QA-011NK_-40K 2162QA-011NJ_-40K PE
C 2.0
15.4 7.5 2162QA-015NK_-41K 3.0 2162QA-015NJ_-41K
22 11 2162QA-022NK_-42K 2162QA-022NJ_-42K
30 15 2.5 2162QA-030NK_-43K 3.5 2162QA-030NJ_-43K
D
37 18.5 2162QA-037NK_-44K 3.0 2162QA-037NJ_-44K
43 22 3.0 2162QA-043NK_-45K 3.5 2162QA-043NJ_-45K
60 30 3.0(3) 2162QA-060NK_-46K 2162QA-060NJ_-46K
E 4.0
72 37 3.5 2162QA-072NK_-47K 2162QA-072NJ_-47K
(1) Ampere ratings are at a 4 kHz carrier frequency. If carrier frequencies above 4 kHz are selected, the drive output ampere ratings must be derated.
For derating information, contact your local Allen-Bradley distributor or Rockwell Automation sales representative and/or refer to the PowerFlex 70/
700 Reference Manual, publication PFLEX-RM001.
(2) The catalog numbers listed are not complete:
Select the appropriate voltage code: 380V = N, 400V = KN, 415 = I (for example, 2162QA-1P3NKN-33K).
(3) Requires 3.5 total space factors when door mounted pilot devices are selected.
Units—2162Q Combination PowerFlex 70 Variable Frequency AC Drive (VFD) Units with Fusible Disconnect,
480V (NORMAL DUTY)
• See page 169 for product description.
• Normal Duty Ratings, the drive overload capabilities (based on the output currents listed below) are:
110% for 60 seconds and 150% for 3 seconds.
• For specific drive applications refer to PowerFlex 70 User Manual, publication 20A-UM001.
• Basic configuration includes branch circuit (short circuit)/drive input fuses, control circuit transformer, door, and unit support pan. Branch
circuit overload protection is provided by the internal drive overload.
• PowerFlex 70 drives are cULus (UL and C-UL listed) as motor overload protected devices.
An external overload relay is not required for single motor applications.
PowerFlex 70 AC drives are not intended for use with single phase motors.
• See page 285 for Combination Unit Short Circuit Current Ratings table.
• Wiring is Type A only. Drive can accept 16 AWG control wire maximum.
• Proper placement of drive units in the MCC is essential for proper operation and life cycle of the drive.
Give strong consideration to placing units with drives at the bottom of the section.
When more than one drive unit is placed in a section, locate the drive unit with the highest rating at the bottom of the section.
• Do not mount transformer units below drive units. Heat from transformer units can cause drive to trip.
• HIM (Human Interface Module) and Control Platform Type are required. Select on page 227 and 228.
IMPORTANT The horsepower and kW ratings in Table 170 are for reference only. Size PowerFlex 70 drive units according to
the application and output ampere rating.
Table 170 - Bulletin 2162Q PowerFlex 70 VFD Units (480V Normal Duty)
NEMA Type 1 and Type 1 w/gasket NEMA Type 12
Delivery
Frame Rating (1) Nominal HP Space Space Program
Catalog Number
Factor Factor Catalog Number
1.1 0.5 2162QA-1P1NKB-33 2162QA-1P1NJB-33
1.6 0.75 2162QA-2P1NKB-34 2162QA-2P1NJB-34
A 2.1 1 2162QA-2P1NKB-35 2162QA-2P1NJB-35
2.0
3.0 1.5 1.5 2162QA-3P4NKB-36 2162QA-3P4NJB-36
3.4 2 2162QA-3P4NKB-37 2162QA-3P4NJB-37
5.0 3 2162QA-5P0NKB-38 2162QA-5P0NJB-38
B
8.0 5 2162QA-8P0NKB-39 2.5 2162QA-8P0NJB-39
11 7.5 2162QA-011NKB-40 2162QA-011NJB-40 SC
C 2.0
14 10 2162QA-014NKB-41 3.0 2162QA-014NJB-41
22 15 2162QA-022NKB-42 2162QA-022NJB-42
27 20 2.5 2162QA-027NKB-43 3.5 2162QA-027NJB-43
D
34 25 2162QA-034NKB-44 3.0 2162QA-034NJB-44
40 30 3.0 2162QA-040NKB-45 3.5 2162QA-040NJB-45
52 40 3.0(2) 2162QA-052NKB-46 4.0 2162QA-052NJB-46
E
65 50 3.5(3) 2162QA-065NKB-47 4.0(3) 2162QA-065NJB-47
(1) Ampere ratings are at a 4 kHz carrier frequency. If carrier frequencies above 4 kHz are selected, the drive output ampere ratings must be
derated. For derating information, contact your local Allen-Bradley distributor or Rockwell Automation sales representative and/or refer to the
PowerFlex 70/700 Reference Manual, publication PFLEX-RM001.
(2) Requires 3.5 total space factors when door mounted pilot devices are selected and line or load reactor (-14RLX or -14RXL) is not selected.
Requires 4.0 total space factors when line or load reactor (-14RLX or -14RXL) is selected.
(3) Requires 6.0 total space factors, 20” wide, frame mounted (section does not have vertical wireway), when line or load reactor (-14RLX or -
14RXL) is selected. Delivery program changes to SC-II.
Units—2162Q Combination PowerFlex 70 Variable Frequency AC Drive (VFD) Units with Fusible Disconnect,
480V (HEAVY DUTY)
• See page 169 for product description.
• Heavy Duty Ratings, the drive overload capabilities (based on the output currents listed below) are:
150% for 60 seconds and 200% for 3 seconds.
• For specific drive applications refer to PowerFlex 70 User Manual, publication 20A-UM001.
• Basic configuration includes branch circuit (short circuit)/drive input fuses, control circuit transformer, door, and unit support pan. Branch
circuit overload protection is provided by the internal drive overload.
• PowerFlex 70 drives are cULus (UL and C-UL listed) as motor overload protected devices.
An external overload relay is not required for single motor applications.
PowerFlex 70 AC drives are not intended for use with single phase motors.
• See page 285 for Combination Unit Short Circuit Current Ratings table.
• Wiring is Type A only. Drive can accept 16 AWG control wire maximum.
• Proper placement of drive units in the MCC is essential for proper operation and life cycle of the drive.
Give strong consideration to placing units with drives at the bottom of the section.
When more than one drive unit is placed in a section, locate the drive unit with the highest rating at the bottom of the section.
• Do not mount transformer units below drive units. Heat from transformer units can cause drive to trip.
• HIM (Human Interface Module) and Control Platform Type are required. Select on page 227 and 228.
IMPORTANT The horsepower and kW ratings in Table 171 are for reference only. Size PowerFlex 70 drive units according to
the application and output ampere rating.
Table 171 - Bulletin 2162Q PowerFlex 70 VFD Units (480V Heavy Duty)
NEMA Type 1 and Type 1 w/gasket NEMA Type 12
Delivery
Frame Rating (1) Nominal HP Space Space Program
Catalog Number Catalog Number
Factor Factor
1.1 0.5 2162QA-2P1HKB-33 2162QA-2P1HJB-33
1.6 0.75 2162QA-2P1HKB-34 2162QA-2P1HJB-34
A
2.1 1 2162QA-3P4HKB-35 2.0 2162QA-3P4HJB-35
1.5
3.0 1.5 2162QA-3P4HKB-36 2162QA-3P4HJB-36
3.4 2 2162QA-5P0HKB-37 2162QA-5P0HJB-37
B
5.0 3 2162QA-8P0HKB-38 2.5 2162QA-8P0HJB-38
8.0 5 2162QA-011HKB-39 2162QA-011HJB-39
C 2.0 SC
11 7.5 2162QA-014HKB-40 3.0 2162QA-014HJB-40
14 10 2162QA-022HKB-41 2162QA-022HJB-41
22 15 2.5 2162QA-027HKB-42 3.0 2162QA-027HJB-42
D
27 20 2162QA-034HKB-43 3.5 2162QA-034HJB-43
34 25 3.0 2162QA-040HKB-44 3.5 2162QA-040HJB-44
40 30 3.0(2) 2162QA-052HKB-45 4.0 2162QA-052HJB-45
E
52 40 3.5(3) 2162QA-065HKB-46 4.0(3) 2162QA-065HJB-46
(1) Ampere ratings are at a 4 kHz carrier frequency. If carrier frequencies above 4 kHz are selected, the drive output ampere ratings must be
derated. For derating information, contact your local Allen-Bradley distributor or Rockwell Automation sales representative and/or refer to the
PowerFlex 70/700 Reference Manual, publication PFLEX-RM001.
(2) Requires 3.5 total space factors when door mounted pilot devices are selected and line or load reactor (-14RLX or -14RXL) is not selected.
Requires 4.0 total space factors when line or load reactor (-14RLX or -14RXL) is selected.
(3) Requires 6.0 total space factors, 20” wide, frame mounted (section does not have vertical wireway), when line or load reactor (-14RLX or -14RXL)
is selected. Delivery program changes to SC-II.
Units—2162Q Combination PowerFlex 70 Variable Frequency AC Drive (VFD) Units with Fusible Disconnect,
600V (NORMAL DUTY)
• See page 169 for product description.
• Normal Duty Ratings, the drive overload capabilities (based on the output currents listed below) are:
110% for 60 seconds and 150% for 3 seconds.
• For specific drive applications refer to PowerFlex 70 User Manual, publication 20A-UM001.
• Basic configuration includes branch circuit (short circuit)/drive input fuses, control circuit transformer, door, and unit support pan. Branch
circuit overload protection is provided by the internal drive overload.
• PowerFlex 70 drives are cULus (UL and C-UL listed) as motor overload protected devices.
An external overload relay is not required for single motor applications.
PowerFlex 70 AC drives are not intended for use with single phase motors.
• See page 285 for Combination Unit Short Circuit Current Ratings table.
• Wiring is Type A only. Drive can accept 16 AWG control wire maximum.
• Proper placement of drive units in the MCC is essential for proper operation and life cycle of the drive.
Give strong consideration to placing units with drives at the bottom of the section.
When more than one drive unit is placed in a section, locate the drive unit with the highest rating at the bottom of the section.
• Do not mount transformer units below drive units. Heat from transformer units can cause drive to trip.
• HIM (Human Interface Module) and Control Platform Type are required. Select on page 227 and 228.
IMPORTANT The horsepower and kW ratings in Table 172 are for reference only. Size PowerFlex 70 drive units according to
the application and output ampere rating.
Table 172 - Bulletin 2162Q PowerFlex 70 VFD Units (600V Normal Duty)
NEMA Type 1 and Type 1 w/gasket NEMA Type 12
Delivery
Frame Rating (1) Nominal HP Space Space Program
Catalog Number Catalog Number
Factor Factor
0.9 0.5 2162QA-0P9NKC-33 2162QA-0P9NJC-33
1.3 0.75 2162QA-1P7NKC-34 2162QA-1P7NJC-34
A 1.7 1 2162QA-1P7NKC-35 2162QA-1P7NJC-35
2.0
2.4 1.5 1.5 2162QA-2P7NKC-36 2162QA-2P7NJC-36
2.7 2 2162QA-2P7NKC-37 2162QA-2P7NJC-37
3.9 3 2162QA-3P9NKC-38 2162QA-3P9NJC-38
B
6.1 5 2162QA-6P1NKC-39 2.5 2162QA-6P1NJC-39
9.0 7.5 2162QA-9P0NKC-40 2162QA-9P0NJC-40 SC
C 2.0
11 10 2162QA-011NKC-41 3.0 2162QA-011NJC-41
17 15 2162QA-017NKC-42 2162QA-017NJC-42
22 20 2162QA-022NKC-43 3.5 2162QA-022NJC-43
D 2.5
27 25 2162QA-027NKC-44 2162QA-027NJC-44
3.0
32 30 2162QA-032NKC-45 2162QA-032NJC-45
41 40 2162QA-041NKC-46 2162QA-041NJC-46
E 3.0 (2) 4.0
52 50 2162QA-052NKC-47 2162QA-052NJC-47
(1) Ampere ratings are at a 4 kHz carrier frequency. If carrier frequencies above 4 kHz are selected, the drive output ampere ratings must be derated. For
derating information, contact your local Allen-Bradley distributor or Rockwell Automation sales representative and/or refer to the PowerFlex 70/700
Reference Manual, publication PFLEX-RM001.
(2) Requires 3.5 total space factors when door mounted pilot devices are selected and line or load reactor (-14RLX or -14RXL) is not selected.
Requires 4.0 total space factors when line or load reactor (-14RLX or -14RXL) is selected.
Units—2162Q Combination PowerFlex 70 Variable Frequency AC Drive (VFD) Units with Fusible Disconnect,
600V (HEAVY DUTY)
• See page 169 for product description.
• Heavy Duty Ratings, the drive overload capabilities (based on the output currents listed below) are:
150% for 60 seconds and 200% for 3 seconds.
• For specific drive applications refer to PowerFlex 70 User Manual, publication 20A-UM001.
• Basic configuration includes branch circuit (short circuit)/drive input fuses, control circuit transformer, door, and unit support pan. Branch
circuit overload protection is provided by the internal drive overload.
• PowerFlex 70 drives are cULus (UL and C-UL listed) as motor overload protected devices.
An external overload relay is not required for single motor applications.
PowerFlex 70 AC drives are not intended for use with single phase motors.
• See page 285 for Combination Unit Short Circuit Current Ratings table.
• Wiring is Type A only. Drive can accept 16 AWG control wire maximum.
• Proper placement of drive units in the MCC is essential for proper operation and life cycle of the drive.
Give strong consideration to placing units with drives at the bottom of the section.
When more than one drive unit is placed in a section, locate the drive unit with the highest rating at the bottom of the section.
• Do not mount transformer units below drive units. Heat from transformer units can cause drive to trip.
• HIM (Human Interface Module) and Control Platform Type are required. Select on page 227 and 228.
IMPORTANT The horsepower and kW ratings in Table 173 are for reference only. Size PowerFlex 70 drive units according to
the application and output ampere rating.
Table 173 - Bulletin 2162Q PowerFlex 70 VFD Units (600V Heavy Duty)
NEMA Type 1 and Type 1 w/gasket NEMA Type 12
Delivery
Frame Rating (1) Nominal HP Space Space Program
Catalog Number Catalog Number
Factor Factor
0.9 0.5 2162QA-1P7HKC-33 2162QA-1P7HJC-33
1.3 0.75 2162QA-1P7HKC-34 2162QA-1P7HJC-34
A
1.7 1 2162QA-2P7HKC-35 2.0 2162QA-2P7HJC-35
1.5
2.4 1.5 2162QA-2P7HKC-36 2162QA-2P7HJC-36
2.7 2 2162QA-3P9HKC-37 2162QA-3P9HJC-37
B
3.9 3 2162QA-6P1HKC-38 2.5 2162QA-6P1HJC-38
6.1 5 2162QA-9P0HKC-39 2162QA-9P0HJC-39
C 2.0 SC
9.0 7.5 2162QA-011HKC-40 3.0 2162QA-011HJC-40
11 10 2162QA-017HKC-41 2162QA-017HJC-41
17 15 2162QA-022HKC-42 3.0 2162QA-022HJC-42
D 2.5
22 20 2162QA-027HKC-43 2162QA-027HJC-43
3.5
27 25 2162QA-032HKC-44 2162QA-032HJC-44
32 30 2162QA-041HKC-45 2162QA-041HJC-45
E 3.0 (2) 4.0
41 40 2162QA-052HKC-46 2162QA-052HJC-46
(1) Ampere ratings are at a 4 kHz carrier frequency. If carrier frequencies above 4 kHz are selected, the drive output ampere ratings must be derated. For
derating information, contact your local Allen-Bradley distributor or Rockwell Automation sales representative and/or refer to the PowerFlex 70/700
Reference Manual, publication PFLEX-RM001.
(2) Requires 3.5 total space factors when door mounted pilot devices are selected and line or load reactor (-14RLX or -14RXL) is not selected.
Requires 4.0 total space factors when line or load reactor (-14RLX or -14RXL) is selected.
Units—2163Q Combination PowerFlex 70 Variable Frequency AC Drive (VFD) Units with Circuit Breaker
Disconnect, 380…415V (NORMAL DUTY)
• See page 169 for product description.
• Normal Duty Ratings, the drive overload capabilities (based on the output currents listed below) are:
110% for 60 seconds and 150% for 3 seconds.
• For specific drive applications refer to PowerFlex 70 User Manual, publication 20A-UM001.
• Basic configuration includes branch circuit (short circuit)/drive input fuses, control circuit transformer, door, and unit support pan. Branch
circuit overload protection is provided by the internal drive overload.
• PowerFlex 70 drives are cULus (UL and C-UL listed) as motor overload protected devices.
An external overload relay is not required for single motor applications.
PowerFlex 70 AC drives are not intended for use with single phase motors.
• See page 285 for Combination Unit Short Circuit Current Ratings table.
• Wiring is Type A only. Drive can accept 16 AWG control wire maximum.
• Proper placement of drive units in the MCC is essential for proper operation and life cycle of the drive.
Give strong consideration to placing units with drives at the bottom of the section.
When more than one drive unit is placed in a section, locate the drive unit with the highest rating at the bottom of the section.
• Do not mount transformer units below drive units. Heat from transformer units can cause drive to trip.
• HIM (Human Interface Module) and Control Platform Type are required. Select on page 227 and 228.
• Combination VFD units at these voltages are not UL or C-UL listed.
IMPORTANT The horsepower and kW ratings in Table 174 are for reference only. Size PowerFlex 70 drive units according to
the application and output ampere rating.
Table 174 - Bulletin 2163Q PowerFlex 70 VFD Units (380…415V Normal Duty)
NEMA Type 1 and Type 1 w/gasket NEMA Type 12
Delivery
Frame Rating (1) Nominal kW Space Space Program
Factor Catalog Number(2) Factor Catalog Number
1.3 0.37 2163QA-1P3NK_-33K_ 2163QA-1P3NJ_-33K_
1.5 0.55 2163QA-2P1NK_-34K_ 2163QA-2P1NJ_-34K_
2.1 0.75 2163QA-2P1NK_-35K_ 2163QA-2P1NJ_-35K_
2.0
B 2.6 1.1 1.5 2163QA-3P5NK_-36K_ 2163QA-3P5NJ_-36K_
3.5 1.5 2163QA-3P5NK_-37K_ 2163QA-3P5NJ_-37K_
5.0 2.2 2163QA-5P0NK_-38K_ 2163QA-5P0NJ_-38K_
8.7 3.7 2163QA-8P7NK_-39K_ 2.5 2163QA-8P7NJ_-39K_
11.5 5.5 2163QA-011NK_-40K_ 2163QA-011NJ_-40K_ PE
C 2.0
15.4 7.5 2163QA-015NK_-41K_ 3.0 2163QA-015NJ_-41K_
22 11 2163QA-022NK_-42K_ 2163QA-022NJ_-42K_
30 15 2.5 2163QA-030NK_-43K_ 3.5 2163QA-030NJ_-43K_
D
37 18.5 2163QA-037NK_-44K_ 3.0 2163QA-037NJ_-44K_
43 22 3.0 2163QA-043NK_-45K_ 3.5 2163QA-043NJ_-45K_
60 30 3.0 (3) 2163QA-060NK_-46K_ 4.0(3) 2163QA-060NJ_-46K_
E
72 37 4.0 2163QA-072NK_-47K_ 4.0 2163QA-072NJ_-47K_
(1) Ampere ratings are at a 4 kHz carrier frequency. If carrier frequencies above 4 kHz are selected, the drive output ampere ratings must be derated. For derating
information, contact your local Allen-Bradley distributor or Rockwell Automation sales representative and/or refer to the PowerFlex 70/700 Reference Manual, publication
PFLEX-RM001.
(2) The catalog numbers listed are not complete:
• Select the appropriate voltage code: 380V = N, 400V = KN, 415 = I (for example, 2163QA-1P3NKN-33K).
• Select the appropriate suffix code from the circuit breaker table on page 258 to identify the desired circuit breaker type (for example, 2163QA-1P3NKN-33KTHM).
(3) Requires 3.5 total space factors when door mounted pilot devices are selected.
Units—2163Q Combination PowerFlex 70 Variable Frequency AC Drive (VFD) Units with Circuit Breaker
Disconnect, 480V (NORMAL DUTY)
• See page 169 for product description.
• Normal Duty Ratings, the drive overload capabilities (based on the output currents listed below) are:
110% for 60 seconds and 150% for 3 seconds.
• For specific drive applications refer to PowerFlex 70 User Manual, publication 20A-UM001.
• Basic configuration includes branch circuit (short circuit)/drive input fuses, control circuit transformer, door, and unit support pan. Branch
circuit overload protection is provided by the internal drive overload.
• PowerFlex 70 drives are cULus (UL and C-UL listed) as motor overload protected devices.
An external overload relay is not required for single motor applications.
PowerFlex 70 AC drives are not intended for use with single phase motors.
• See page 285 for Combination Unit Short Circuit Current Ratings table.
• Wiring is Type A only. Drive can accept 16 AWG control wire maximum.
• Proper placement of drive units in the MCC is essential for proper operation and life cycle of the drive.
Give strong consideration to placing units with drives at the bottom of the section.
When more than one drive unit is placed in a section, locate the drive unit with the highest rating at the bottom of the section.
• Do not mount transformer units below drive units. Heat from transformer units can cause drive to trip.
• HIM (Human Interface Module) and Control Platform Type are required. Select on page 227 and 228.
IMPORTANT The horsepower and kW ratings in Table 175 are for reference only. Size PowerFlex 70 drive units according to
the application and output ampere rating.
Table 175 - Bulletin 2163Q PowerFlex 70 VFD Units (480V Normal Duty)
NEMA Type 1 and NEMA Type 12 Delivery
Frame Rating (1) Nominal HP Type 1 w/gasket Catalog Number (2) Catalog Number(2) Program
Space Factor Space Factor
1.1 0.5 2163QA-1P1NKB-33_ 2163QA-1P1NJB-33_
1.6 0.75 2163QA-2P1NKB-34_
A 2.1 1 2163QA-2P1NJB-34_
2.0
3.0 1.5 1.5 2163QA-2P1NJB-35_ 2163QA-3P4NJB-36_
3.4 2 2163QA-3P4NKB-37_ 2163QA-3P4NJB-37_
5.0 3 2163QA-5P0NKB-38_ 2163QA-5P0NJB-38_
B
8.0 5 2163QA-8P0NKB-39_ 2.5 2163QA-8P0NJB-39_
11 7.5 2163QA-011NKB-40_ 2163QA-011NJB-40_ SC
C 2.0
14 10 2163QA-014NKB-41_ 3.0 2163QA-014NJB-41_
22 15 2163QA-022NKB-42_ 2163QA-022NJB-42_
27 20 2.5 2163QA-027NKB-43_ 3.5 2163QA-027NJB-43_
D
34 25 2163QA-034NKB-44_ 3.0 2163QA-034NJB-44_
40 30 3.0 2163QA-040NKB-45_ 3.5 2163QA-040NJB-45_
52 40 3.0(3) 2163QA-052NKB-46_ 4.0 2163QA-052NJB-46_
E
65 50 3.5(4) 2163QA-065NKB-47_ 4.0(4) 2163QA-065NJB-47_
(1) Ampere ratings are at a 4 kHz carrier frequency. If carrier frequencies above 4 kHz are selected, the drive output ampere ratings must be derated. For derating
information, contact your local Allen-Bradley distributor or Rockwell Automation sales representative and/or refer to the PowerFlex 70/700 Reference Manual,
publication PFLEX-RM001.
(2) The catalog numbers listed are not complete. Select the appropriate suffix code from the Circuit Breaker table on page 258 to identify the desired circuit breaker type
(for example, 2163QA-1P1NKB-33THM).
(3) Requires 3.5 total space factors when door mounted pilot devices are selected and line or load reactor (-14RLX or -14RXL) is not selected.
Requires 4.0 total space factors when line or load reactor (-14RLX or -14RXL) is selected.
(4) Requires 6.0 total space factors, 20” wide, frame mounted (section does not have vertical wireway), when line or load reactor (-14RLX or -14RXL) is selected. Delivery
program changes to SC-II.
Units—2163Q Combination PowerFlex 70 Variable Frequency AC Drive (VFD) Units with Circuit Breaker
Disconnect, 480V (HEAVY DUTY)
• See page 169 for product description.
• Heavy Duty Ratings, the drive overload capabilities (based on the output currents listed below) are:
150% for 60 seconds and 200% for 3 seconds.
• For specific drive applications refer to PowerFlex 70 User Manual, publication 20A-UM001.
• Basic configuration includes branch circuit (short circuit)/drive input fuses, control circuit transformer, door, and unit support pan. Branch
circuit overload protection is provided by the internal drive overload.
• PowerFlex 70 drives are cULus (UL and C-UL listed) as motor overload protected devices.
An external overload relay is not required for single motor applications.
PowerFlex 70 AC drives are not intended for use with single phase motors.
• See page 285 for Combination Unit Short Circuit Current Ratings table.
• Wiring is Type A only. Drive can accept 16 AWG control wire maximum.
• Proper placement of drive units in the MCC is essential for proper operation and life cycle of the drive.
Give strong consideration to placing units with drives at the bottom of the section.
When more than one drive unit is placed in a section, locate the drive unit with the highest rating at the bottom of the section.
• Do not mount transformer units below drive units. Heat from transformer units can cause drive to trip.
• HIM (Human Interface Module) and Control Platform Type are required. Select on page 227 and 228.
IMPORTANT The horsepower and kW ratings in Table 176 are for reference only. Size PowerFlex 70 drive units according to
the application and output ampere rating.
Table 176 - Bulletin 2163Q PowerFlex 70 VFD Units (480V Heavy Duty)
NEMA Type 1 NEMA Type
and Type 1 12 Delivery
Frame Rating (1) Nominal HP w/gasket Catalog Number (2) Catalog Number Program
Space
Space Factor Factor
1.1 0.5 2163QA-2P1HKB-33_ 2163QA-2P1HJB-33_
1.6 0.75 2163QA-2P1HKB-34_ 2163QA-2P1HJB-34_
A
2.1 1 2163QA-3P4HKB-35_ 2.0 2163QA-3P4HJB-35_
1.5
3.0 1.5 2163QA-3P4HKB-36_ 2163QA-3P4HJB-36_
3.4 2 2163QA-5P0HKB-37_ 2163QA-5P0HJB-37_
B
5 3 2163QA-8P0HKB-38_ 2.5 2163QA-8P0HJB-38_
SC
8 5 2163QA-011HKB-39_ 2163QA-011HJB-39_
C 2.0
11 7.5 2163QA-014HKB-40_ 3.0 2163QA-014HJB-40_
14 10 2163QA-022HKB-41_ 2163QA-022HJB-41_
22 15 2.5 2163QA-027HKB-42_ 3.5 2163QA-027HJB-42_
D
27 20 2163QA-034HKB-43_ 3.0 2163QA-034HJB-43_
34 25 3.0 2163QA-040HKB-44_ 3.5 2163QA-040HJB-44_
40 30 3.0(3) 2163QA-052HKB-45_ 4.0 2163QA-052HJB-45_
E SC
52 40 3.5(4) 2163QA-065HKB-46_ 4.0(4) 2163QA-065HJB-46_
(1) Ampere ratings are at a 4 kHz carrier frequency. If carrier frequencies above 4 kHz are selected, the drive output ampere ratings must be derated. For derating
information, contact your local Allen-Bradley distributor or Rockwell Automation sales representative and/or refer to the PowerFlex 70/700 Reference Manual,
publication PFLEX-RM001.
(2) The catalog numbers listed are not complete:
• Select the appropriate suffix code from the Circuit Breaker Table on page 258 to identify the desired circuit breaker type (for example,2163QA-1P1NKB-
33THM).
(3) Requires 3.5 total space factors when door mounted pilot devices are selected and line or load reactor (-14RLX or -14RXL) is not selected.
Requires 4.0 total space factors when line or load reactor (-14RLX or -14RXL) is selected.
(4) Requires 6.0 total space factors, 20” wide, frame mounted (section does not have vertical wireway), when line or load reactor (-14RLX or -14RXL) is selected.
Delivery program changes to SC-II.
Units—2163Q Combination PowerFlex 70 Variable Frequency AC Drive (VFD) Units with Circuit Breaker
Disconnect, 600V (NORMAL DUTY)
• See page 169 for product description.
• Normal Duty Ratings, the drive overload capabilities (based on the output currents listed below) are:
110% for 60 seconds and 150% for 3 seconds.
• For specific drive applications refer to PowerFlex 70 User Manual, publication 20A-UM001.
• Basic configuration includes branch circuit (short circuit)/drive input fuses, control circuit transformer, door, and unit support pan. Branch
circuit overload protection is provided by the internal drive overload.
• PowerFlex 70 drives are cULus (UL and C-UL listed) as motor overload protected devices.
An external overload relay is not required for single motor applications.
PowerFlex 70 AC drives are not intended for use with single phase motors.
• See page 285 for Combination Unit Short Circuit Current Ratings table.
• Wiring is Type A only. Drive can only accept 16 AWG control wire.
• Proper placement of drive units in the MCC is essential for proper operation and life cycle of the drive.
Give strong consideration to placing units with drives at the bottom of the section.
When more than one drive unit is placed in a section, locate the drive unit with the highest rating at the bottom of the section.
• Do not mount transformer units below drive units. Heat from transformer units can cause drive to trip.
• HIM (Human Interface Module) and Control Platform Type are required. Select on page 227 and 228.
IMPORTANT The horsepower and kW ratings in Table 177 are for reference only. Size PowerFlex 70 drive units according to
the application and output ampere rating.
Table 177 - Bulletin 2163Q PowerFlex 70 VFD Units (600V Normal Duty)
NEMA Type 1 NEMA Type
and Type 1 12 Delivery
Frame Rating (1) Nominal HP w/gasket Catalog Number (2) Catalog Number (2) Program
Space
Space Factor Factor
0.9 0.5 2163QA-0P9NKC-33_ 2163QA-0P9NJC-33_
1.3 0.75 2163QA-1P7NKC-34_ 2163QA-1P7NJC-34_
A 1.7 1 2163QA-1P7NKC-35_ 2163QA-1P7NJC-35_
2.0
2.4 1.5 1.5 2163QA-2P7NKC-36_ 2163QA-2P7NJC-36_
2.7 2 2163QA-2P7NKC-37_ 2163QA-2P7NJC-37_
3.9 3 2163QA-3P9NKC-38_ 2163QA-3P9NJC-38_
B
6.1 5 2163QA-6P1NKC-39_ 2.5 2163QA-6P1NJC-39_
9.0 7.5 2163QA-9P0NKC-40_ 2163QA-9P0NJC-40_ SC
C 2.0
11 10 2163QA-011NKC-41_ 3.0 2163QA-011NJC-41_
17 15 2163QA-017NKC-42_ 2163QA-017NJC-42_
22 20 2163QA-022NKC-43_ 3.5 2163QA-022NJC-43_
D 2.5
27 25 2163QA-027NKC-44_ 2163QA-027NJC-44_
3.0
32 30 2163QA-032NKC-45_ 2163QA-032NJC-45_
41 40 2163QA-041NKC-46_ 2163QA-041NJC-46_
E 3.0 (3) 4.0
52 50 2163QA-052NKC-47_ 2163QA-052NJC-47_
(1) Ampere ratings are at a 4 kHz carrier frequency. If carrier frequencies above 4 kHz are selected, the drive output ampere ratings must be derated. For derating
information, contact your local Allen-Bradley distributor or Rockwell Automation sales representative and/or refer to the PowerFlex 70/700 Reference Manual,
publication PFLEX-RM001.
(2) The catalog number is not complete:
• Select the appropriate suffix code from the Circuit Breaker Table on page 258 to identify the desired circuit breaker type (for example, 2163QA-0P9NKC-33THM).
(3) Requires 3.5 total space factors when door mounted pilot devices are selected and line or load reactor (-14RLX or -14RXL) is not selected.
Requires 4.0 total space factors when line or load reactor (-14RLX or -14RXL) is selected.
Units—2163Q Combination PowerFlex 70 Variable Frequency AC Drive (VFD) Units with Circuit Breaker
Disconnect, 600V (HEAVY DUTY)
• See page 169 for product description.
• Heavy Duty Ratings, the drive overload capabilities (based on the output currents listed below) are:
150% for 60 seconds and 200% for 3 seconds.
• For specific drive applications refer to PowerFlex 70 User Manual, publication 20A-UM001.
• Basic configuration includes branch circuit (short circuit)/drive input fuses, control circuit transformer, door, and unit support pan. Branch
circuit overload protection is provided by the internal drive overload.
• PowerFlex 70 drives are cULus (UL and C-UL listed) as motor overload protected devices.
An external overload relay is not required for single motor applications.
PowerFlex 70 AC drives are not intended for use with single phase motors.
• See page 285 for Combination Unit Short Circuit Current Ratings table.
• Wiring is Type A only. Drive can accept 16 AWG control wire maximum.
• Proper placement of drive units in the MCC is essential for proper operation and life cycle of the drive.
Give strong consideration to placing units with drives at the bottom of the section.
When more than one drive unit is placed in a section, locate the drive unit with the highest rating at the bottom of the section.
• Do not mount transformer units below drive units. Heat from transformer units can cause drive to trip.
• HIM (Human Interface Module) and Control Platform Type are required. Select on page 227 and 228.
IMPORTANT The horsepower and kW ratings in Table 178 are for reference only. Size PowerFlex 70 drive units according to
the application and output ampere rating.
Table 178 - Bulletin 2163Q PowerFlex 70 VFD Units (600V Heavy Duty)
NEMA Type 1 and Type 1 w/gasket NEMA Type 12
Delivery
Frame Rating (1) Nominal HP Space Space Program
Factor Catalog Number (2) Factor Catalog Number(2)
0.9 0.5 2163QA-1P7HKC-33_ 2163QA-1P7HJC-33_
1.3 0.75 2163QA-1P7HKC-34_ 2163QA-1P7HJC-34_
A
1.7 1 2163QA-2P7HKC-35_ 2.0 2163QA-2P7HJC-35_
1.5
2.4 1.5 2163QA-2P7HKC-36_ 2163QA-2P7HJC-36_
2.7 2 2163QA-3P9HKC-37_ 2163QA-3P9HJC-37_
B
3.9 3 2163QA-6P1HKC-38_ 2.5 2163QA-6P1HJC-38_
6.1 5 2163QA-9P0HKC-39_ 2163QA-9P0HJC-39_
C 2.0 SC
9 7.5 2163QA-011HKC-40_ 3.0 2163QA-011HJC-40_
11 10 2163QA-017HKC-41_ 2163QA-017HJC-41_
17 15 2163QA-022HKC-42_ 3.5 2163QA-022HJC-42_
D 2.5
22 20 2163QA-027HKC-43_ 2163QA-027HJC-43_
3.0
27 25 2163QA-032HKC-44_ 2163QA-032HJC-44_
32 30 2163QA-041HKC-45_ 2163QA-041HJC-45_
E 3.0 (3) 4.0
41 40 2163QA-052HKC-46_ 2163QA-052HJC-46_
(1) Ampere ratings are at a 4 kHz carrier frequency. If carrier frequencies above 4 kHz are selected, the drive output ampere ratings must be derated. For derating
information, contact your local Allen-Bradley distributor or Rockwell Automation sales representative and/or refer to the PowerFlex 70/700 Reference Manual,
publication PFLEX-RM001.
(2) The catalog number is not complete:
• Select the appropriate suffix code from the Circuit Breaker Table on page 258 to identify the desired circuit breaker type (for example, 2163QA-0P9HKC-33THM).
(3) Requires 3.5 total space factors when door mounted pilot devices are selected and line or load reactor (-14RLX or -14RXL) is not selected.
Requires 4.0 total space factors when line or load reactor (-14RLX or -14RXL) is selected.
They also:
• Include isolated logic and power.
• Include fans and venting where required. See page 289.
• Include internal electronic overload protection.
• Include EMC filters on 380…415V AC.
• Include UL Class J time delay fuses. These fuses provide both branch circuit protection and drive input protection. The drive input fuses are
provided in series with the circuit breaker in Bulletin 2163R units.
• Include control circuit transformer (CCT). The CCT is sized to provide power for all standard pilot devices and any required fan(s).
• Produce a three-phase, pulse width modulated (PWM) adjustable frequency output and voltage output for exceptional control of motor
speed and torque.
• Are digitally programmable with access to mode programming, providing precise and repeatedly accurate set-up, control and operation,
and adaptability to handle a variety of applications.
• Have available 24V DC or 115V AC control voltages.
• A Human Interface Module (HIM) and Control Interface Type must be selected.
• Bulletin 2162R and 2163R use PowerFlex 700 drives.
Each unit is provided as a NEMA Wiring Class I, Type A unit with terminals mounted on the drive chassis for connection of items such as, remote pilot
devices and input signals. For NEMA Type 3R and NEMA Type 4 enclosure construction, contact your local Allen-Bradley distributor or Rockwell
Automation sales representative.
Table 179 - Catalog Number Explanation - Bulletin 2162R and 2163R PowerFlex 700 Drive
2162R A - 034N K B - 44 - 14HA0
2163R A - 034N K B - 44THM - 14HA0
PowerFlex 700 Nominal NEMA Enclosure NominalHorsepower/kWand Human Interface
Bulletin Number Wiring Type Line Voltage
Output Current Rating Type Circuit Breaker Type Module and Options
Drive Size Code, Output Current Rating (Amperes) and Nominal HP or (kw) (1)
Normal Duty Applications Heavy Duty Applications
380…415V Line Voltage 480V Line Voltage 600V Line Voltage 480V Line Voltage 600V Line Voltage
Code Ratings kW Code Ratings HP Code Ratings HP Code Ratings HP Code Ratings HP
1P3N 1.3 0.37 1P1N 1.1 0.5 1P7N 1.7 1 2P1H 1.1 0.5 2P7H 1.7 1
2P1N 1.5 0.55 2P1N 1.6 0.75 2P7N 2.4 1.5 2P1H 1.6 0.75 2P7H 2.4 1.5
2P1N 2.1 0.75 2P1N 2.1 1 2P7N 2.7 2 3P4H 2.1 1 3P9H 2.7 2
3P5N 2.6 1.1 3P4N 3.0 1.5 3P9N 3.9 3 3P4H 3.0 1.5 6P1H 3.9 3
3P5N 3.5 1.5 3P4N 3.4 2 6P1N 6.1 5 5P0H 3.4 2 9P0H 6.1 5
5P0N 5.0 2.2 5P0N 5.0 3 9P0N 9.0 7.5 8P0H 5.0 3 011H 9.0 7.5
8P7N 8.7 3.7 8P0N 8.0 5 011N 11 10 011H 8.0 5 017H 11 10
011N 11.5 5.5 011N 11 7.5 017N 17 15 014H 11 7.5 022H 17 15
015N 15.4 7.5 014N 14 10 022N 22 20 022H 14 10 027H 22 20
022N 22 11 022N 22 15 027N 27 25 027H 22 15 032H 27 25
030N 30 15 027N 27 20 032N 32 30 034H 27 20 041H 32 30
037N 37 18.5 034N 34 25 041N 41 40 040H 34 25 052H 41 40
043N 43 22 040N 40 30 052N 52 50 052H 40 30 062H 52 50
056N 56 30 052N 52 40 062N 62 60 065H 52 40 077H 62 60
072N 72 37 065N 65 50 077N 77 75 077H 65 50 125H 77 75
105N 85 45 077N 77 60 125N 99 100 096H 77 60 125H 99 100
105N 105 55 096N 96 75 125N 125 125 125H 96 75 144H 125 125
170N 138 75 125N 125 100 144N 144 150 156H 125 100
170N 170 90 156N 156 125 180H 156 125
180N 180 150
(1) The kW and HP ratings shown are for reference only.
Size PowerFlex 700 drive units according to the applications and output ampere rating.
Units—2162R Combination PowerFlex 700 Variable Frequency AC Drive (VFD) Units with Fusible
Disconnect, 380…415V AC (NORMAL DUTY)
• See page 181 for product description.
• Normal Duty Ratings, the drive overload capabilities (based on the output currents listed below) are:
110% for 60 seconds and 150% for 3 seconds.
• For specific drive applications refer to the PowerFlex 700 User Manual, publication 20B-UM001.
• Basic configuration includes branch circuit (short circuit)/drive input fuses, control circuit transformer, door, and unit support pan.
Branch circuit (overload) protection is provided by the internal drive overload.
• PowerFlex 700 AC drives are cULus (UL and C-UL listed) as motor overload protected devices.
An external overload relay is not required for single motor applications.
PowerFlex 700 AC drives are not intended for use with single phase motors.
• See page 285 for Combination Unit Short Circuit Current Ratings table.
• Wiring is Type A only. Drive can accept 16 AWG control wire maximum.
• Proper placement of drive units in the MCC is essential for proper operation and life cycle of the drive. Give strong consideration to placing
units with drives at the bottom of the section. When more than one drive unit is placed in a section, locate the drive unit with the highest
rating at the bottom of the section.
• Do not mount transformer units below drive units. Heat from transformer units can cause drive to trip.
• HIM (Human Interface Module) and Control Interface Type are required. Select on page 227 and 228.
• Combination VFD units at these voltages are not UL or C-UL listed.
IMPORTANT The horsepower and kW ratings in Table 180 are for reference only. Size PowerFlex 700 drive units according to
the application and output ampere rating.
Table 180 - Bulletin 2162R PowerFlex 700 VFD Units (380…415V Normal Duty)
Rating (1) Nominal HP NEMA Type 1 and Type 1 w/gasket NEMA Type 12 Delivery
Frame
Normal Duty 380…415V Space Factor Catalog Number(2) Space Factor Catalog Number Program
1.3 0.37 2162RA-1P3NK_-33K 2162RA-1P3NJ_-33K
1.5 0.55 2162RA-2P1NK_-34K 2162RA-2P1NJ_-34K
2.1 0.75 2162RA-2P1NK_-35K 2162RA-2P1NJ_-35K
2.0
2.6 1.1 2162RA-3P5NK_-36K 2162RA-3P5NJ_-36K
0
3.5 1.5 2162RA-3P5NK_-37K 2162RA-3P5NJ_-37K
2.0
5.0 2.2 2162RA-5P0NK_-38K 2162RA-5P0NJ_-38K
8.7 3.7 2162RA-8P7NK_-39K 2162RA-8P7NJ_-39K
11.5 5.5 2162RA-011NK_-40K 2.5 2162RA-011NJ_-40K
15.4 7.5 2162RA-015NK_-41K 2162RA-015NJ_-41K
1
22 11 2162RA-022NK_-42K 2162RA-022NJ_-42K ENG
30 15 2162RA-030NK_-43K 3.0 2162RA-030NJ_-43K
2 2.5
37 18.5 2162RA-037NK_-44K 2162RA-037NJ_-44K
43 22 2162RA-043NK_-45K 3.5 2162RA-043NJ_-45K
3 56 30 3.0 2162RA-056NK_-46K 2162RA-056NJ_-46K
4.0
72 37 2162RA-072NK_-47K 2162RA-072NJ_-47K
85 45 2162RA-105NK_-48K 6.0, 2162RA-105NJ_-48K
5
105 55 2162RA-105NK_-49K 25”W, 20”D(3) 2162RA-105NJ_-49K
6.0, 25”W, 20”D(3)
138 75 2162RA-170NK_-50K 6.0 2162RA-170NJ_-50K
6
170 90 2162RA-170NK_-51K 30”W, 20”D(3) 2162RA-170NJ_-51K
(1) Ampere ratings are at a 4 kHz carrier frequency. If carrier frequencies above 4 kHz are selected, the drive output current ratings must be derated. For derating
information, contact your local Allen-Bradley distributor or Rockwell Automation sales representative and/or refer to the PowerFlex 70/700 Reference Manual, publication
PFLEX-RM001.
(2) The catalog numbers listed are not complete:
• Select the appropriate voltage code (380V = N, 400V = KN, 415V = I) (for example, 2162RA-1P3NKN-33K).
(3) Frame mounted unit, section does not have vertical wireway. Horizontal bus is 5” deeper than standard.
Units—2162R Combination PowerFlex 700 Variable Frequency AC Drive (VFD) Units with Fusible
Disconnect, 480V AC (NORMAL DUTY)
• See page 181 for product description.
• Normal Duty Ratings, the drive overload capabilities (based on the output currents listed below) are:
110% for 60 seconds and 150% for 3 seconds.
• For specific drive applications refer to the PowerFlex 700 User Manual, publication 20B-UM001.
• Basic configuration includes branch circuit (short circuit)/drive input fuses, control circuit transformer, door, and unit support pan.
Branch circuit (overload) protection is provided by the internal drive overload.
• PowerFlex 700 AC drives are cULus (UL and C-UL listed) as motor overload protected devices.
An external overload relay is not required for single motor applications.
PowerFlex 700 AC drives are not intended for use with single phase motors.
• See page 285 for Combination Unit Short Circuit Current Ratings table.
• Wiring is Type A only. Drive can accept 16 AWG control wire maximum.
• Proper placement of drive units in the MCC is essential for proper operation and life cycle of the drive. Give strong consideration to placing
units with drives at the bottom of the section. When more than one drive unit is placed in a section, locate the drive unit with the highest
rating at the bottom of the section.
• Do not mount transformer units below drive units. Heat from transformer units can cause drive to trip.
• HIM (Human Interface Module) and Control Interface Type are required. Select on page 227 and 228.
IMPORTANT The horsepower and kW ratings in Table 181 are for reference only. Size PowerFlex 700 drive units according to
the application and output ampere rating.
Table 181 - Bulletin 2162R PowerFlex 700 VFD Units (480V Normal Duty)
Rating (1) Nominal HP NEMA Type 1 and Type 1 w/gasket NEMA Type 12 Delivery
Frame
Normal Duty 480V Space Factor Catalog Number Space Factor Catalog Number Program
1.1 0.5 2162RA-1P1NKB-33 2162RA-1P1NJB-33
1.6 0.75 2162RA-2P1NKB-34 2162RA-2P1NJB-34
2.1 1 2162RA-2P1NKB-35 2162RA-2P1NJB-35
2.0
3.0 1.5 2162RA-3P4NKB-36 2162RA-3P4NJB-36
0
3.4 2 2162RA-3P4NKB-37 2162RA-3P4NJB-37
2.0
5.0 3 2162RA-5P0NKB-38 2162RA-5P0NJB-38
8.0 5 2162RA-8P0NKB-39 2162RA-8P0NJB-39
11 7.5 2162RA-011NKB-40 2.5 2162RA-011NJB-40
14 10 2162RA-014NKB-41 2162RA-014NJB-41
1
22 15 2162RA-022NKB-42 2162RA-022NJB-42
27 20 2162RA-027NKB-43 3.0 2162RA-027NJB-43
2 2.5 ENG
34 25 2162RA-034NKB-44 2162RA-034NJB-44
40 30 2162RA-040NKB-45 3.5 2162RA-040NJB-45
3 52 40 3.0 2162RA-052NKB-46 2162RA-052NJB-46
4.0
65 50 2162RA-065NKB-47 2162RA-065NJB-47
4 77 60 6.0, 20” W(2) 2162RA-077NKB-48 6.0, 25” W(2) 2162RA-077NJB-48
96 75 2162RA-096NKB-49 6.0 2162RA-096NJB-49
5
125 100 2162RA-125NKB-50 25”W, 20”D(3) 2162RA-125NJB-50
6.0 6.0
156 125 2162RA-156NKB-51 2162RA-156NJB-51
25”W, 20”D(3) 30”W, 20”D(3)
6
6.0
180 150 2162RA-180NKB-52 2162RA-180NJB-52
35”W, 20”D(3)
(1) Ampere ratings are at a 4 kHz carrier frequency. If carrier frequencies above 4 kHz are selected, the drive output current ratings must be derated. For derating information,
contact your local Allen-Bradley distributor or Rockwell Automation sales representative and/or refer to the PowerFlex 70/700 Reference Manual, publication PFLEX-RM001.
(2) Frame mounted unit, section does not have vertical wireway.
(3) Frame mounted unit, section does not have vertical wireway. Horizontal bus is 5” deeper than standard.
Units—2162R Combination PowerFlex 700 Variable Frequency AC Drive (VFD) Units with Fusible
Disconnect, 480V AC (HEAVY DUTY)
• See page 181 for product description.
• Heavy Duty Ratings, the drive overload capabilities (based on the output currents listed below) are:
150% for 60 seconds and 200% for 3 seconds.
• For specific drive applications refer to the PowerFlex 700 User Manual, publication 20B-UM001.
• Basic configuration includes branch circuit (short circuit)/drive input fuses, control circuit transformer, door, and unit support pan.
Branch circuit (overload) protection is provided by the internal drive overload.
• PowerFlex 700 drives are cULus (UL and C-UL listed) as motor overload protected devices.
An external overload relay is not required for single motor applications.
PowerFlex 700 AC drives are not intended for use with single phase motors.
• See page 285 for Combination Unit Short Circuit Current Ratings table.
• Wiring is Type A only. Drive can accept 16 AWG control wire maximum.
• Proper placement of drive units in the MCC is essential for proper operation and life cycle of the drive.
Give strong consideration to placing units with drives at the bottom of the section.
When more than one drive unit is placed in a section, locate the drive unit with the highest rating at the bottom of the section.
• Do not mount transformer units below drive units. Heat from transformer units can cause drive to trip.
• HIM (Human Interface Module) and Control Interface Type are required. Select on page 227 and 228.
IMPORTANT The horsepower and kW ratings in Table 182 are for reference only. Size PowerFlex 700 drive units according to
the application and output ampere rating.
Table 182 - Bulletin 2162R PowerFlex 700 VFD Units (480V Heavy Duty)
Rating (1) Nominal HP NEMA Type 1 and Type 1 w/gasket NEMA Type 12 Delivery
Frame
Heavy Duty 480V Space Factor Catalog Number Space Factor Catalog Number Program
1.1 0.5 2162RA-2P1HKB-33 2162RA-2P1HJB-33
1.6 0.75 2162RA-2P1HKB-34 2162RA-2P1HJB-34
2.1 1 2162RA-3P4HKB-35 2.0 2162RA-3P4HJB-35
0 3.0 1.5 2162RA-3P4HKB-36 2162RA-3P4HJB-36
3.4 2 2.0 2162RA-5P0HKB-37 2162RA-5P0HJB-37
5.0 3 2162RA-8P0HKB-38 2162RA-8P0HJB-38
8.0 5 2162RA-011HKB-39 2.5 2162RA-011HJB-39
11 7.5 2162RA-014HKB-40 2162RA-014HJB-40
1
14 10 2162RA-022HKB-41 2162RA-022HJB-41
22 15 2162RA-027HKB-42 3.0 2162RA-027HJB-42
2 2.5
27 20 2162RA-034HKB-43 2162RA-034HJB-43 ENG
34 25 2162RA-040HKB-44 3.5 2162RA-040HJB-44
3 40 30 3.0 2162RA-052HKB-45 2162RA-052HJB-45
4.0
52 40 2162RA-065HKB-46 2162RA-065HJB-46
4 65 50 6.0, 20”W(2) 2162RA-077HKB-47 6.0, 25” W(3) 2162RA-077HJB-47
77 60 2162RA-096HKB-48 6.0 2162RA-096HJB-48
5
96 75 2162RA-125HKB-49 25”W, 20”D(3) 2162RA-125HJB-49
6.0 6.0
125 100 2162RA-156HKB-50 2162RA-156HJB-50
25”W, 20”D(3) 30”W, 20”D(3)
6
6.0
156 125 2162RA-180HKB-51 2162RA-180HJB-51
35”W, 20”D(3)
(1) Ampere ratings are at a 4 kHz carrier frequency. If carrier frequencies above 4 kHz are selected, the drive output current ratings must be derated. For derating
information, contact your local Allen-Bradley distributor or Rockwell Automation sales representative and/or refer to the PowerFlex 70/700 Reference Manual,
publication PFLEX-RM001.
(2) Frame mounted unit, section does not have vertical wireway.
(3) Frame mounted unit, section does not have vertical wireway. Horizontal bus is 5” deeper than standard.
Units—2162R Combination PowerFlex 700 Variable Frequency AC Drive (VFD) Units with Fusible
Disconnect, 600V AC (NORMAL DUTY)
• See page 181 for product description.
• Normal Duty Ratings, the drive overload capabilities (based on the output currents listed below) are:
110% for 60 seconds and 150% for 3 seconds.
• For specific drive applications refer to the PowerFlex 700 User Manual, publication 20B-UM001.
• Basic configuration includes branch circuit (short circuit)/drive input fuses, control circuit transformer, door, and unit support pan.
Branch circuit (overload) protection is provided by the internal drive overload.
• PowerFlex 700 AC drives are cULus (UL and C-UL listed) as motor overload protected devices.
An external overload relay is not required for single motor applications.
PowerFlex 700 AC drives are not intended for use with single phase motors.
• See page 285 for Combination Unit Short Circuit Current Ratings table.
• Wiring is Type A only. Drive can accept 16 AWG control wire maximum.
• Proper placement of drive units in the MCC is essential for proper operation and life cycle of the drive. Give strong consideration to placing
units with drives at the bottom of the section. When more than one drive unit is placed in a section, locate the drive unit with the highest
rating at the bottom of the section.
• Do not mount transformer units below drive units. Heat from transformer units can cause drive to trip.
• HIM (Human Interface Module) and Control Interface Type are required. Select on page 227 and 228.
IMPORTANT The horsepower and kW ratings in Table 183 are for reference only. Size PowerFlex 700 drive units according to
the application and output ampere rating.
Table 183 - Bulletin 2162R PowerFlex 700 VFD Units (600V Normal Duty)
Rating Nominal HP NEMA Type 1 and Type 1 w/gasket NEMA Type 12 Delivery
Frame
Normal Duty 600V Space Factor Catalog Number Space Factor Catalog Number Program
1.7 (1) 1 2162RA-1P7NKC-35 2162RA-1P7NJC-35
2.4 (1) 1.5 2162RA-2P7NKC-36 2162RA-2P7NJC-36
2.0
(1) 2 2162RA-2P7NKC-37 2162RA-2P7NJC-37
2.7
0
3.9 (1) 3 2162RA-3P9NKC-38 2162RA-3P9NJC-38
2.0
(1) 5 2162RA-6P1NKC-39 2162RA-6P1NJC-39
6.1
9.0 (1) 7.5 2162RA-9P0NKC-40 2.5 2162RA-9P0NJC-40
11 (1) 10 2162RA-011NKC-41 2162RA-011NJC-41
1
(1) 15 2162RA-017NKC-42 2162RA-017NJC-42
17
(1) 20 2162RA-022NKC-43 3.0 2162RA-022NJC-43
22
2 2.5 ENG
27 (1) 25 2162RA-027NKC-44 2162RA-027NJC-44
32 (1) 30 2162RA-032NKC-45 3.5 2162RA-032NJC-45
3 (1) 40 3.0 2162RA-041NKC-46 2162RA-041NJC-46
41
4.0
52 (1) 50 2162RA-052NKC-47 2162RA-052NJC-47
4 62 (2) 60 6.0, 20”W(3) 2162RA-062NKC-48 6.0, 25”W(3) 2162RA-062NJC-48
5 77 (2) 75 2162RA-077NKC-49 6.0, 25”W, 20”D(4) 2162RA-077NJC-49
99 (2) 100 2162RA-125NKC-50 2162RA-125NJC-50
(2)
6.0, 25”W, 20”D (4) 6.0, 30”W, 20”D(4)
6 125 125 2162RA-125NKC-51 2162RA-125NJC-51
(2) 150 2162RA-144NKC-52 6.0, 35”W, 20”D(4) 2162RA-144NJC-52
144
(1) Ampere ratings are at a 4 kHz carrier frequency. If carrier frequencies above 4 kHz are selected, the drive output current ratings must be derated. For derating information,
contact your local Allen-Bradley distributor or Rockwell Automation sales representative and/or refer to the PowerFlex 70/700 Reference Manual, publication PFLEX-RM001.
(2) Ampere ratings are at 2 kHz carrier frequency. If carrier frequencies above 2 kHz are selected, the drive output current ratings can require derating. Contact your local
Allen-Bradley distributor or Rockwell Automation sales representative and to the PowerFlex 70/700 Reference Manual, publication PFLEX-RM001.
(3) Frame mounted unit, section does not have vertical wireway.
(4) Frame mounted unit, section does not have vertical wireway. Horizontal bus is 5” deeper than standard.
Units—2162R Combination PowerFlex 700 Variable Frequency AC Drive (VFD) Units with Fusible
Disconnect, 600V AC (HEAVY DUTY)
• See page 181 for product description.
• Heavy Duty Ratings, the drive overload capabilities (based on the output currents listed below) are:
150% for 60 seconds and 200% for 3 seconds.
• For specific drive applications refer to the PowerFlex 700 User Manual, publication 20B-UM001.
• Basic configuration includes branch circuit (short circuit)/drive input fuses, control circuit transformer, door, and unit support pan.
Branch circuit (overload) protection is provided by the internal drive overload.
• PowerFlex 700 drives are cULus (UL and C-UL listed) as motor overload protected devices.
An external overload relay is not required for single motor applications.
PowerFlex 700 AC drives are not intended for use with single phase motors.
• See page 285 for Combination Unit Short Circuit Current Ratings table.
• Wiring is Type A only. Drive can accept 16 AWG control wire maximum.
• Proper placement of drive units in the MCC is essential for proper operation and life cycle of the drive.
Give strong consideration to placing units with drives at the bottom of the section.
When more than one drive unit is placed in a section, locate the drive unit with the highest rating at the bottom of the section.
• Do not mount transformer units below drive units. Heat from transformer units can cause drive to trip.
• HIM (Human Interface Module) and Control Interface Type are required. Select on page 227 and 228.
IMPORTANT The horsepower ratings in Table 184 are for reference only. Size PowerFlex 700 drive units according to the
application and output ampere rating.
Table 184 - Bulletin 2162R PowerFlex 700 VFD Units (600V Heavy Duty)
Rating Nominal HP NEMA Type 1 and Type 1 w/gasket NEMA Type 12 Delivery
Frame
Heavy Duty 600V Space Factor Catalog Number Space Factor Catalog Number Program
1.7 (1) 1 2162RA-2P7HKC-35 2162RA-2P7HJC-35
2.4 (1) 1.5 2162RA-2P7HKC-36 2.0 2162RA-2P7HJC-36
0 (1) 2 2162RA-3P9HKC-37 2162RA-3P9HJC-37
2.7
3.9 (1) 3 2.0 2162RA-6P1HKC-38 2162RA-6P1HJC-38
(1) 5 2162RA-9P0HKC-39 2.5 2162RA-9P0HJC-39
6.1
9.0 (1) 7.5 2162RA-011HKC-40 2162RA-011HJC-40
1
11 (1) 10 2162RA-017HKC-41 2162RA-017HJC-41
(1) 15 2162RA-022HKC-42 3.0 2162RA-022HJC-42
17
2 2.5
(1) 20 2162RA-027HKC-43 2162RA-027HJC-43 ENG
22
27 (1) 25 2162RA-032HKC-44 3.5 2162RA-032HJC-44
3 (1) 30 3.0 2162RA-041HKC-45 2162RA-041HJC-45
32
4.0
(1) 40 2162RA-052HKC-46 2162RA-052HJC-46
41
4 52 (2) 50 6.0, 20”W(3) 2162RA-062HKC-47 6.0, 25”W(3) 2162RA-062HJC-47
5 62 (2) 60 2162RA-077HKC-48 6.0,25”W, 20”D(4) 2162RA-077HJC-48
(2) 75 2162RA-125HKC-49 2162RA-125HJC-49
77
6.0, 25”W, 20”D (4) 6.0, 30”W, 20”D (4)
6 99 (2) 100 2162RA-125HKC-50 2162RA-125HJC-50
(2) 125 2162RA-144HKC-51 6.0, 35”W, 20”D (4) 2162RA-144HJC-51
125
(1) Ampere ratings are at a 4 kHz carrier frequency. If carrier frequencies above 4 kHz are selected, the drive output current ratings must be derated. For derating information,
contact your local Allen-Bradley distributor or Rockwell Automation sales representative and/or refer to the PowerFlex 70/700 Reference Manual, publication PFLEX-RM001.
(2) Ampere ratings are at 2 kHz carrier frequency. If carrier frequencies above 2 kHz are selected, the drive output current ratings can require derating. Contact your local
Allen-Bradley distributor or Rockwell Automation sales representative and to the PowerFlex 70/700 Reference Manual, publication PFLEX-RM001.
(3) Frame mounted unit, section does not have vertical wireway.
(4) Frame mounted unit, section does not have vertical wireway. Horizontal bus is 5” deeper than standard.
Units—2163R Combination PowerFlex 700 Variable Frequency AC Drive (VFD) Units with Circuit Breaker,
380…415V AC (NORMAL DUTY)
• See page 181 for product description.
• Normal Duty Ratings, the drive overload capabilities (based on the output currents listed below) are:
110% for 60 seconds and 150% for 3 seconds.
• For specific drive applications refer to the PowerFlex 700 User Manual, publication 20B-UM001.
• Basic configuration includes branch circuit (short circuit)/drive input fuses, control circuit transformer, door, and unit support pan.
Branch circuit (overload) protection is provided by the internal drive overload.
• PowerFlex 700 AC drives are cULus (UL and C-UL listed) as motor overload protected devices.
An external overload relay is not required for single motor applications.
PowerFlex 700 AC drives are not intended for use with single phase motors.
• See page 285 for Combination Unit Short Circuit Current Ratings table.
• Wiring is Type A only. Drive can accept 16 AWG control wire maximum.
• Proper placement of drive units in the MCC is essential for proper operation and life cycle of the drive. Give strong consideration to placing
units with drives at the bottom of the section. When more than one drive unit is placed in a section, locate the drive unit with the highest
rating at the bottom of the section.
• Do not mount transformer units below drive units. Heat from transformer units can cause drive to trip.
• HIM (Human Interface Module) and Control Interface Type are required. Select on page 227 and 228.
• Combination VFD units at these voltages are not UL or C-UL listed.
IMPORTANT The horsepower and kW ratings in Table 185 are for reference only. Size PowerFlex 700 drive units according to
the application and output ampere rating.
Table 185 - Bulletin 2163R PowerFlex 700 VFD Units (380…415V Normal Duty)
Rating (1) Nominal kW NEMA Type 1 and Type 1 w/gasket NEMA Type 12 Delivery
Frame
Normal Duty 380-415V Space Factor Catalog Number (2) Space Factor Catalog Number (2) Program
1.3 0.37 2163RA-1P3NK_-33K_ 2163RA-1P3NJ_-33K_
1.5 0.55 2163RA-2P1NK_-34K_ 2163RA-2P1NJ_-34K_
2.1 0.75 2163RA-2P1NK_-35K_ 2163RA-2P1NJ_-35K_
2.0
2.6 1.1 2163RA-3P5NK_-36K_ 2163RA-3P5NJ_-36K_
0
3.5 1.5 2163RA-3P5NK_-37K_ 2163RA-3P5NJ_-37K_
2.0
5.0 2.2 2163RA-5P0NK_-38K_ 2163RA-5P0NJ_-38K_
8.7 3.7 2163RA-8P7NK_-39K_ 2163RA-8P7NJ_-39K_
11.5 5.5 2163RA-011NK_-40K_ 2.5 2163RA-011NJ_-40K_
15.4 7.5 2163RA-015NK_-41K_ 2163RA-015NJ_-41K_
1
22 11 2163RA-022NK_-42K_ 2163RA-022NJ_-42K_ ENG
30 15 2163RA-030NK_-43K_ 3.0 2163RA-030NJ_-43K_
2 2.5
37 18.5 2163RA-037NK_-44K_ 2163RA-037NJ_-44K_
43 22 2163RA-043NK_-45K_ 3.5 2163RA-043NJ_-45K_
3.0
3 56 30 2163RA-056NK_-46K_ 2163RA-056NJ_-46K_
4.0
72 37 3.5 2163RA-072NK_-47K_ 2163RA-072NJ_-47K_
85 45 2163RA-105NK_-48K_ 2163RA-105NJ_-48K_
5 6.0, 25”W, 20”D(3)
105 55 2163RA-105NK_-49K_ 2163RA-105NJ_-49K_
6.0, 25”W, 20”D(3)
138 75 2163RA-170NK_-50K_ 2163RA-170NJ_-50K_
6 6.0, 30”W, 20”D(3)
170 90 2163RA-170NK_-51K_ 2163RA-170NJ_-51K_
(1) Ampere ratings are at a 4 kHz carrier frequency. If carrier frequencies above 4 kHz are selected, the drive output current ratings must be derated. For derating information, contact your
local Allen-Bradley distributor or Rockwell Automation sales representative and/or refer to the PowerFlex 70/700 Reference Manual, publication PFLEX-RM001.
(2) The catalog numbers listed are not complete:
• Select the appropriate voltage code: 380V = N, 400V = KN, 415 = I (for example, 2163RA-037NKN).
• Select the appropriate suffix from table on page 258 to identify the circuit breaker type (for example, 2163RA-037NKN-44KTHM).
(3) Frame mounted unit, section does not have vertical wireway. Horizontal bus is 5” deeper than standard.
Units—2163R Combination PowerFlex 700 Variable Frequency AC Drive (VFD) Units with Circuit Breaker,
480V AC (NORMAL DUTY)
• See page 181 for product description.
• Normal Duty Ratings, the drive overload capabilities (based on the output currents listed below) are:
110% for 60 seconds and 150% for 3 seconds.
• For specific drive applications refer to the PowerFlex 700 User Manual, publication 20B-UM001.
• Basic configuration includes branch circuit (short circuit)/drive input fuses, control circuit transformer, door, and unit support pan.
Branch circuit (overload) protection is provided by the internal drive overload.
• PowerFlex 700 AC drives are cULus (UL and C-UL listed) as motor overload protected devices.
An external overload relay is not required for single motor applications.
PowerFlex 700 AC drives are not intended for use with single phase motors.
• See page 285 for Combination Unit Short Circuit Current Ratings table.
• Wiring is Type A only. Drive can accept 16 AWG control wire maximum.
• Proper placement of drive units in the MCC is essential for proper operation and life cycle of the drive. Give strong consideration to placing
units with drives at the bottom of the section. When more than one drive unit is placed in a section, locate the drive unit with the highest
rating at the bottom of the section.
• Do not mount transformer units below drive units. Heat from transformer units can cause drive to trip.
• HIM (Human Interface Module) and Control Interface Type are required. Select on page 227 and 228.
IMPORTANT The horsepower and kW ratings in Table 186 are for reference only. Size PowerFlex 700 drive units according to
the application and output ampere rating.
Table 186 - Bulletin 2163R PowerFlex 700 VFD Units (480V Normal Duty)
Rating (1) Nominal HP NEMA Type 1 and Type 1 w/gasket NEMA Type 12 Delivery
Frame
Normal Duty 480V Space Factor Catalog Number (2) Space Factor Catalog Number (2) Program
1.1 0.5 2163RA-1P1NKB-33_ 2163RA-1P1NJB-33_
1.6 0.75 2163RA-2P1NKB-34_ 2163RA-2P1NJB-34_
2.1 1 2163RA-2P1NKB-35_ 2163RA-2P1NJB-35_
2.0
3.0 1.5 2163RA-3P4NKB-36_ 2163RA-3P4NJB-36_
0
3.4 2 2163RA-3P4NKB-37_ 2163RA-3P4NJB-37_
2.0
5.0 3 2163RA-5P0NKB-38_ 2163RA-5P0NJB-38_
8.0 5 2163RA-8P0NKB-39_ 2163RA-8P0NJB-39_
11 7.5 2163RA-011NKB-40_ 2.5 2163RA-011NJB-40_
14 10 2163RA-014NKB-41_ 2163RA-014NJB-41_
1
22 15 2163RA-022NKB-42_ 2163RA-022NJB-42_
27 20 2163RA-027NKB-43_ 3.0 2163RA-027NJB-43_ ENG
2 2.5
34 25 2163RA-034NKB-44_ 2163RA-034NJB-44_
40 30 2163RA-040NKB-45_ 3.5 2163RA-040NJB-45_
3.0
3 52 40 2163RA-052NKB-46_ 2163RA-052NJB-46_
4.0
65 50 3.5 2163RA-065NKB-47_ 2163RA-065NJB-47_
4 77 60 6.0, 20” W(3) 2163RA-077NKB-48_ 6.0, 25” W(3) 2163RA-077NJB-48_
96 75 2163RA-096NKB-49_ 2163RA-096NJB-49_
5 6.0, 25”W, 20”D(4)
125 100 2163RA-125NKB-50_ 2163RA-125NJB-50_
6.0, 25”W, 20”D(4) 2163RA-156NKB-51_
156 125 6.0, 30”W, 20”D(4) 2163RA-156NJB-51_
6
180 150 2163RA-180NKB-52_ 6.0, 35”W, 20”D(4) 2163RA-180NJB-52_
(1) Ampere ratings are at a 4 kHz carrier frequency. If carrier frequencies above 4 kHz are selected, the drive output current ratings must be derated. For derating
information, contact your local Allen-Bradley distributor or Rockwell Automation sales representative and/or refer to the PowerFlex 70/700 Reference Manual, publication
PFLEX-RM001.
(2) The catalog numbers listed are not complete:
• Select the appropriate suffix from table on page 258 to identify the circuit breaker type (for example, 2163RA-034NKB-44THM).
(3) Frame mounted unit, section does not have vertical wireway.
(4) Frame mounted unit, section does not have vertical wireway. Horizontal bus is 5” deeper than standard.
Units—2163R Combination PowerFlex 700 Variable Frequency AC Drive (VFD) Units with Circuit Breaker,
480V AC (HEAVY DUTY)
• See page 181 for product description.
• Heavy Duty Ratings, the drive overload capabilities (based on the output currents listed below) are:
150% for 60 seconds and 200% for 3 seconds.
• For specific drive applications refer to the PowerFlex 700 User Manual, publication 20B-UM001.
• Basic configuration includes branch circuit (short circuit)/drive input fuses, control circuit transformer, door, and unit support pan.
Branch circuit (overload) protection is provided by the internal drive overload.
• PowerFlex 700 drives are cULus (UL and C-UL listed) as motor overload protected devices.
An external overload relay is not required for single motor applications.
PowerFlex 700 AC drives are not intended for use with single phase motors.
• See page 285 for Combination Unit Short Circuit Current Ratings table.
• Wiring is Type A only. Drive can accept 16 AWG control wire maximum.
• Proper placement of drive units in the MCC is essential for proper operation and life cycle of the drive.
Give strong consideration to placing units with drives at the bottom of the section.
When more than one drive unit is placed in a section, locate the drive unit with the highest rating at the bottom of the section.
• Do not mount transformer units below drive units. Heat from transformer units can cause drive to trip.
• HIM (Human Interface Module) and Control Interface Type are required. Select on page 227 and 228.
IMPORTANT The horsepower and kW ratings in Table 187 are for reference only. Size PowerFlex 700 drive units according to
the application and output ampere rating.
Table 187 - Bulletin 2163R PowerFlex 700 VFD Units (480V Heavy Duty)
Rating (1) Nominal HP NEMA Type 1 and Type 1 w/gasket NEMA Type 12 Delivery
Frame
Heavy Duty 480V Space Factor Catalog Number (2) Space Factor Catalog Number (2) Program
1.1 0.5 2163RA-2P1HKB-33_ 2163RA-2P1HJB-33_
1.6 0.75 2163RA-2P1HKB-34_ 2163RA-2P1HJB-34_
2.1 1 2163RA-3P4HKB-35_ 2.0 2163RA-3P4HJB-35_
0 3.0 1.5 2163RA-3P4HKB-36_ 2163RA-3P4HJB-36_
3.4 2 2.0 2163RA-5P0HKB-37_ 2163RA-5P0HJB-37_
5.0 3 2163RA-8P0HKB-38_ 2163RA-8P0HJB-38_
8.0 5 2163RA-011HKB-39_ 2.5 2163RA-011HJB-39_
11 7.5 2163RA-014HKB-40_ 2163RA-014HJB-40_
1
14 10 2163RA-022HKB-41_ 2163RA-022HJB-41_
22 15 2163RA-027HKB-42_ 3.0 2163RA-027HJB-42_
2 2.5
27 20 2163RA-034HKB-43_ 2163RA-034HJB-43_ ENG
34 25 2163RA-040HKB-44_ 3.5 2163RA-040HJB-44_
3.0
3 40 30 2163RA-052HKB-45_ 2163RA-052HJB-45_
4.0
52 40 3.5 2163RA-065HKB-46_ 2163RA-065HJB-46_
4 65 50 6.0, 20” W(3) 2163RA-077HKB-47_ 6.0, 25” W(3) 2163RA-077HJB-47_
77 60 2163RA-096HKB-48_ 6.0 2163RA-096HJB-48_
5
96 75 2163RA-125HKB-49_ 25”W, 20”D(4) 2163RA-125HJB-49_
6.0 6.0
125 100 2163RA-156HKB-50_ 2163RA-156HJB-50_
25”W, 20”D(4) 30”W, 20”D(4)
6
6.0
156 125 2163RA-180HKB-51_ 2163RA-180HJB-51_
35”W, 20”D(4)
(1) Ampere ratings are at a 4 kHz carrier frequency. If carrier frequencies above 4 kHz are selected, the drive output current ratings must be derated. For derating
information, contact your local Allen-Bradley distributor or Rockwell Automation sales representative and/or refer to the PowerFlex 70/700 Reference Manual,
publication PFLEX-RM001.
(2) The catalog numbers listed are not complete:
• Select the appropriate suffix from table on page 258 to identify the circuit breaker type (for example, 2163RA-040HKB-44THM).
(3) Frame mounted unit, section does not have vertical wireway.
(4) Frame mounted unit, section does not have vertical wireway. Horizontal bus is 5” deeper than standard.
Units—2163R Combination PowerFlex 700 Variable Frequency AC Drive (VFD) Units with Circuit Breaker
Disconnect, 600V AC (NORMAL DUTY)
• See page 181 for product description.
• Normal Duty Ratings, the drive overload capabilities (based on the output currents listed below) are:
110% for 60 seconds and 150% for 3 seconds.
• For specific drive applications refer to the PowerFlex 700 User Manual, publication 20B-UM001.
• Basic configuration includes branch circuit (short circuit)/drive input fuses, control circuit transformer, door, and unit support pan.
Branch circuit (overload) protection is provided by the internal drive overload.
• PowerFlex 700 AC drives are cULus (UL and C-UL listed) as motor overload protected devices.
An external overload relay is not required for single motor applications.
PowerFlex 700 AC drives are not intended for use with single phase motors.
• See page 285 for Combination Unit Short Circuit Current Ratings table.
• Wiring is Type A only. Drive can accept 16 AWG control wire maximum.
• Proper placement of drive units in the MCC is essential for proper operation and life cycle of the drive. Give strong consideration to placing
units with drives at the bottom of the section. When more than one drive unit is placed in a section, locate the drive unit with the highest
rating at the bottom of the section.
• Do not mount transformer units below drive units. Heat from transformer units can cause drive to trip.
• HIM (Human Interface Module) and Control Interface Type are required. Select on page 227 and 228.
IMPORTANT The horsepower ratings in Table 188 are for reference only. Size PowerFlex 700 drive units according to the
application and output ampere rating.
Table 188 - Bulletin 2163R PowerFlex 700 VFD Units (600V Normal Duty)
Rating Nominal HP NEMA Type 1 and Type 1 w/gasket NEMA Type 12 Delivery
Frame
Normal Duty 600V Space Factor Catalog Number(1) Space Factor Catalog Number(1) Program
(3) Ampere ratings are at 2 kHz carrier frequency. If carrier frequencies above 2 kHz are selected, the drive output current ratings can require derating. Contact your local
Allen-Bradley distributor or Rockwell Automation sales representative and to the PowerFlex 70/700 Reference Manual, publication PFLEX-RM001.
(4) Frame mounted unit, section does not have vertical wireway.
(5) Frame mounted unit, section does not have vertical wireway. Horizontal bus is 5” deeper than standard.
Units—2163R Combination PowerFlex 700 Variable Frequency AC Drive (VFD) Units with Circuit Breaker
Disconnect, 600V AC (HEAVY DUTY)
• See page 181 for product description.
• Heavy Duty Ratings, the drive overload capabilities (based on the output currents listed below) are:
150% for 60 seconds and 200% for 3 seconds.
• For specific drive applications refer to the PowerFlex 700 User Manual, publication 20B-UM001.
• Basic configuration includes branch circuit (short circuit)/drive input fuses, control circuit transformer, door, and unit support pan.
Branch circuit (overload) protection is provided by the internal drive overload.
• PowerFlex 700 drives are cULus (UL and C-UL listed) as motor overload protected devices.
An external overload relay is not required for single motor applications.
PowerFlex 700 AC drives are not intended for use with single phase motors.
• See page 285 for Combination Unit Short Circuit Current Ratings table.
• Wiring is Type A only. Drive can accept 16 AWG control wire maximum.
• Proper placement of drive units in the MCC is essential for proper operation and life cycle of the drive.
Give strong consideration to placing units with drives at the bottom of the section.
When more than one drive unit is placed in a section, locate the drive unit with the highest rating at the bottom of the section.
• Do not mount transformer units below drive units. Heat from transformer units can cause drive to trip.
• HIM (Human Interface Module) and Control Interface Type are required. Select on page 227 and 228.
IMPORTANT The horsepower ratings in Table 189 are for reference only. Size PowerFlex 700 drive units according to the
application and output ampere rating.
Table 189 - Bulletin 2163R PowerFlex 700 VFD Units (600V Heavy Duty)
Rating Nominal HP NEMA Type 1 and Type 1 w/gasket NEMA Type 12 Delivery
Frame
Heavy Duty 600V Space Factor Catalog Number(1) Space Factor Catalog Number(1) Program
Bulletin 2162U, 2162V, 2162VT, 2163U, 2163V, 2163VT PowerFlex 750-Series Drives
These combination variable frequency AC motor drive units are specifically designed for use in CENTERLINE motor control centers. Each unit
contains a high performance, microprocessor-controlled, variable frequency AC drive and either a fusible disconnect switch or a circuit breaker.
They also:
• Include isolated logic and power.
• Include fans and venting where required. See page 289.
• Include internal electronic overload protection.
• Include control circuit transformer (CCT). The CCT is sized to provide power for all standard pilot devices and any required fans.
• Produce a three-phase, pulse width modulated (PWM) adjustable frequency output and voltage output for exceptional control of motor
speed and torque.
• Are digitally programmable with access to mode programming, providing precise and repeatedly accurate set-up, control, and operation,
and adaptability to handle a variety of applications.
• Have available 24V DC or 115V AC control voltages.
• A Human Interface Module (HIM) must be selected.
• Bulletin 2162U and 2163U use PowerFlex 753 drives.
• Bulletin 2162V and 2163V use PowerFlex 755 drives
• Bulletin 2162VT and 2163VT use PowerFlex 755TS drives
IMPORTANT In 480V applications, UL Class J time delay fuses are optional for both branch circuit protection and drive input
protection.
In 600V applications, UL Class J time delay fuses are required for both branch circuit protection and drive input
protection. For all units with PowerFlex 755TS drives, high-speed UL Class J fuses are required for both branch
circuit protection and input protection
Each unit is provided as a NEMA Wiring Class I, Type B-T unit with terminals mounted in the unit for connection of remote items such as pilot devices
and input signals. For NEMA Type 3R and NEMA Type 4 enclosure construction, contact your local Allen-Bradley distributor or Rockwell Automation
sales representative.
Catalog Number Explanation - Bulletin 2162U and 2163U PowerFlex 753 Drive
Table 190 -
2162U B - 034N K B - 44 - 14HA0
2163U B - 034N K B - 44THM - 14HA0
PowerFlex 753 Nominal NEMA Enclosure Line Voltage NominalHorsepower/kWand Human Interface
Bulletin Number Wiring Type Output Current Rating Type Circuit Breaker Type Module and Options
Drive Size Code, Output Current Rating (Amperes) and Nominal HP or (kW) (1)
Normal Duty Applications Heavy Duty Applications
480V Line Voltage 600V Line Voltage 480V Line Voltage(3) 600V Line Voltage
Code Frame Ratings HP Code Frame Ratings HP Code Frame Ratings HP Code Frame Ratings HP
2P1F1N 1 2.1 1 1P7N 3 0.9 0.5 3P4F1H 1 2.1 1 1P7H 3 0.9 0.5
3P4F1N 1 3.0 1.5 1P7N 3 1.3 0.75 5P0F1H 1 3.0 1.5 2P7H 3 1.3 0.75
3P4F1N 1 3.4 2 1P7N 3 1.7 1 5P0F1H 1 3.4 2 2P7H 3 1.7 1
5P0F1N 1 5.0 3 2P7N 3 2.4 1.5 8P0F1H 1 5.0 3 3P9H 3 2.4 1.5
8P0F1N 1 8.0 5 2P7N 3 2.7 2 011F1H 1 8.0 5 3P9N 3 2.7 2
011F1N 1 11 7.5 3P9N 3 3.9 3 014F1H 1 11 7.5 6P1H 3 3.9 3
014F1N 1 14 10 6P1N 3 6.1 5 2P1H 2 2.1 1 9P0H 3 6.1 5
(2) 2 2.1 1 9P0N 3 9 7.5 3P4H 2 3.0 1.5 011H 3 9 7.5
2P1H
3P4H(2) 2 3.0 1.5 011N 3 11 10 3P4H 2 3.4 2 017H 3 11 10
3P4H(2) 2 3.4 2 017N 3 17 15 5P0H 2 5.0 3 022H 3 17 15
5P0H(2) 2 5.0 3 022N 3 22 20 8P0H 2 8.0 5 027H 4 22 20
8P0H (2) 2 8.0 5 027N 4 27 25 011H 2 11 7.5 032H 4 27 25
011H(2) 2 11 7.5 032N 4 32 30 022H 2 14 10 041H 5 32 30
014N 2 14 10 041N 5 41 40 027H 3 22 15 052H 5 41 40
022N 2 22 15 052N 5 52 50 034H 3 27 20 063H 6 52 50
027N 3 27 20 063N 6 63 60 040H 3 34 25 077H 6 63 60
034N 3 34 25 077N 6 77 75 052H 4 40 30 099H 6 77 75
040N 3 40 30 099N 6 99 100 065H 4 52 40 125H 6 99 100
052N 4 52 40 125N 6 125 125 077H 5 65 50 144H 6 125 125
065N 4 65 50 144N 6 144 150 096H 5 77 60 1P7H 3 0.9 0.5
077N 5 077 60 125H 6 96 75
096N 5 096 75 156H 6 125 100
125N 6 125 100 186H 6 150 125
156N 6 156 125 248H 6 186 150
186N 6 186 150 302H 7 248 200
248N 6 248 200 361H 7 302 250
302N 7 302 250 415H 7 361 300
361N 7 361 300
415N 7 315 350
(1) The kW and HP ratings shown are for reference only. Size PowerFlex 750 drive units according to the applications and output ampere rating.
(2) Drive comes pre-programmed for Heavy Duty Applications. See the PowerFlex 750 Series Programming Manual, 750-PM001.
(3) 2162VT, 2163VT available with 480V line voltage rating only.
Units — 2162U Combination PowerFlex 753 Variable Frequency AC Drive (VFD) Units with Fusible
Disconnect, 480V AC and 600V AC, Normal Duty, 2162V Combination PowerFlex 755 VFD Units with
Fusible Disconnect, 480V AC and 600V AC, Normal duty; 2162VT Combination PowerFlex 755TS VFD Units
with Fusible Disconnect, 480V AC, Normal Duty
• Normal Duty Ratings, the drive overload capabilities (based on the output currents listed below) are:
110% for 60 seconds, 150% for 3 seconds.
• For specific drive applications refer to the PowerFlex 750 Series Programming Manual, publication 750-PM001, or to the PowerFlex
Drives with TotalFORCE Control Programming Manual, 750-PM101.
• Basic configuration includes an appropriately sized control circuit transformer (for pilot lights and/or fans), door, and unit support
pan.
• Branch circuit overload protection is provided by the internal drive overload.
• PowerFlex 750- series AC drives are cULus (UL and C-UL listed) as motor overload protected devices.
• An external overload relay is not required for single motor applications.
• PowerFlex 750-series AC drive units are not intended for use with single phase motors.
• Units with fusible disconnect switch may include factory supplied/installed UL Class J branch circuit/drive input fusing.
If fusing is not factory installed, UL Class J fuse clips are provided, sized based on the fuse size that would be factory installed.
• Combination Unit Short Circuit Rating is 100 kA for 480V. See Table 289.
• Wiring is Type B. Control terminal block can accept maximum of one #12 AWG wire or two #16 AWG wires.
• Proper placement of drive units in the MCC is essential for proper operation and life cycle of the drive.
Give strong consideration to placing drive units at the bottom of the section.
When more than one drive unit is placed in a section, locate the drive unit with the highest rating at the bottom.
• Do not mount transformer units below drive units. Heat from transformer units can cause the drive to trip.
• HIM (Human Interface Module) selection is required. Select from Options section.
• PowerFlex 753 Drive includes two 24V DC Digital Inputs, one 24V DC/115V AC Digital Input, one Digital (Form-C Relay) Output, and one
Analog Output.
• An I/O option module is available to provide an additional 6 Digital Inputs (select either 24V DC or 115V AC option module), two Digital (Form-C
Relay) Outputs, two Analog Inputs and two Analog Outputs.
Table 191 - 2162U Combination PowerFlex 753 Variable Frequency AC Drive (VFD) Units with Fusible Disconnect, 2162V Combination
PowerFlex 755 VFD Units with Fusible Disconnect, 480V AC, Normal duty
Rating(1) Nominal HP(2) NEMA Type 1 and Type 1 w/ gasket NEMA Type 12 Delivery
Frame
ND 480V Space Factor(3) Catalog Number Space Factor(3) Catalog Number Program
1 2.1 1 2.0 2162UB-2P1F1NKB-35
1 3.0 1.5 2.0 2162UB-3P4F1NKB-36
1 3.4 2 2.0 2162UB-3P4F1NKB-37
1 5.0 3 2.0 2162UB-5P0F1NKB-38
1 8.0 5 2.0 2162UB-8P0F1NKB-39
1 11 7.5 2.0 2162UB-011F1NKB-40
1 14 10 2.0 2162UB-014F1NKB-41
2 2.1(4) 1 2.5 2162UB-2P1HKB-35 2.5 2162UB-2P1HJB-35
2 3.0(4) 1.5 2.5 2162UB-3P4HKB-36 2.5 2162UB-3P4HJB-36
2 (4) 2 2.5 2162UB-3P4HKB-37 2.5 2162UB-3P4HJB-37
3.4
2 5.0(4) 3 2.5 2162UB-5P0HKB-38 2.5 2162UB-5P0HJB-38
2 8.0(4) 5 2.5 2162UB-8P0HKB-39 2.5 2162UB-8P0HJB-39
2 11(4) 7.5 2.5 2162UB-011HKB-40 2.5 2162UB-011HJB-40
2 14 10 2.5 2162UB-014NKB-41 2.5…3.0 2162UB-014NJB-41 SC
2 22 15 2.5 2162UB-022NKB-42 3.0…3.5 2162UB-022NJB-42
3 27 20 2.5…3.0 2162UB-027NKB-43 3.5 2162UB-027NJB-43
3 34 25 2.5…3.0 2162UB-034NKB-44 3.5 2162UB-034NJB-44
3 40 30 3.0…3.5 2162UB-040NKB-45 3.5…4.0 2162UB-040NJB-45
4 52 40 3.0…3.5 2162UB-052NKB-46 4.0 2162UB-052NJB-46
4 65 50 3.5…4.5 2162UB-065NKB-47 4.0…6.0 x 20" W x 15" D 2162UB-065NJB-47
5 77 60 6.0 x 20" W x 15" D 2162UB-077NKB-48 6.0 x 25" W x 15" D 2162UB-077NJB-48
5 96 75 6.0 x 25" W x 15" D 2162UB-096NKB-49 6.0 x 25" W x 15" D 2162UB-096NJB-49
6 125 100 6.0 x 25" W x 20" D 2162UB-125NKB-50(5) 6.0 x 30" W x 20" D 2162UB-125NJB-50(5)
6 156 125 6.0 x 25" W x 20" D 2162UB-156NKB-51(5) 6.0 x 30" W x 20" D 2162UB-156NJB-51(5)
6 186 150 6.0 x 25" W x 20" D…6.0 x 30" W x 20" D 2162UB-186NKB-52(5) 6.0 x 35" W x 20" D 2162UB-186NJB-52(5)
6 248 200 6.0 x 30" W x 20" D 2162UB-248NKB-54(5)
7 302 250 6.0 x 35" W x 20" D 2162UB-302NKB-56
7 361 300 6.0 x 35" W x 20" D 2162UB-361NKB-57
(1) The HP ratings shown are nominal values.
• Size PowerFlex drive units according to the application and output ampere rating.
• Standard units are configured to properly protect only the nominal motor horsepower listed.
• Do not use another size motor without verifying the suitability of the unit for that motor size.
• Normal Duty Applications can allow 110% overload of listed output current for 60 seconds.
• Heavy Duty Applications can allow 150% overload of listed output current for 60 seconds.
• Ampere ratings are at a 4 kHz carrier frequency for Frame 3 and smaller.
• Ampere ratings are at a 2 kHz carrier frequency for Frame 4 and larger.
• If carrier frequencies above these values are selected, the drive output current ratings must be derated.
• For derating information, contact your local Allen-Bradley distributor or Rockwell Automation sales representative and/or refer to the PowerFlex 750 Series Programming Manual, 750-
PM001.
(2) The horsepower ratings shown are for reference only. Size PowerFlex 753 drive units according to the application and output ampere rating.
(3) Space factor ranges shown represent the addition of line or load reactors.
(4) Drive comes pre-programmed for Heavy Duty Applications. See the PowerFlex 750 Series Programming Manual, 750-PM001.
(5) Frame mounted unit, section does not have vertical wireway. Horizontal bus is 5 in. deeper than standard.
Table 192 - 2162VT Combination PowerFlex 755TS Variable Frequency AC Drive (VFD) Units with Fusible Disconnect, 480V AC, Normal
Duty
Nominal
Frame Rating(1) NEMA/UL Type 1 and Type 1 w/gasket NEMA/UL Type 12
HP(2) Delivery Program
ND 480V Space Factor(3) Catalog Number Space Factor(3) Catalog Number
1 2.1 1 2.0 2162VTB-2P1F1NKB-35
1 3.0 1.5 2.0 2162VTB-3P4F1NKB-36
1 3.4 2 2.0 2162VTB-3P4F1NKB-37
1 5.0 3 2.0 2162VTB-5P0F1NKB-38 N/A
1 8.0 5 2.0 2162VTB-8P0F1NKB-39
1 11 7.5 2.0 2162VTB-011F1NKB-40
1 14 10 2.0 2162VTB-014F1NKB-41
2 2.1(2) 1 2.5 2162VTB-2P1HKB-35 2.5 2162VTB-2P1HJB-35
2 3.0(2) 1.5 2.5 2162VTB-3P4HKB-36 2.5 2162VTB-3P4HJB-36
2 3.4(2) 2 2.5 2162VTB-3P4HKB-37 2.5 2162VTB-3P4HJB-37
2 5.0(2) 3 2.5 2162VTB-5P0HKB-38 2.5 2162VTB-5P0HJB-38
2 8.0(2) 5 2.5 2162VTB-8P0HKB-39 2.5 2162VTB-8P0HJB-39
2 11(2) 7.5 2.5 2162VTB-011HKB-40 2.5 2162VTB-011HJB-40
2 14 10 2.5 2162VTB-014NKB-41 2.5…3.0 2162VTB-014NJB-41
SC
2 22 15 2.5 2162VTB-022NKB-42 3.0…3.5 2162VTB-022NJB-42
3 27 20 2.5…3.0 2162VTB-027NKB-43 3.5 2162VTB-027NJB-43
3 34 25 2.5…3.0 2162VTB-034NKB-44 3.5 2162VTB-034NJB-44
3 40 30 3.0…3.5 2162VTB-040NKB-45 3.5…4.0 2162VTB-040NJB-45
4 52 40 3.0…3.5 2162VTB-052NKB-46 4.0 2162VTB-052NJB-46
4 65 50 3.0…4.0 2162VTB-065NKB-47 4.0…6.0x20"Wx15"D 2162VTB-065NJB-47
5 77 60 6.0x20"Wx15"D 2162VTB-077NKB-48 6.0x25"Wx15"D 2162VTB-077NJB-48
5 96 75 6.0x25"Wx15"D 2162VTB-096NKB-49 6.0x25"Wx15"D 2162VTB-096NJB-49
6 125 100 6.0x25"Wx20"D 2162VTB-125NKB-50(4) 6.0x25"Wx20"D 2162VTB-125NJB-50(4)
6 156 125 6.0x25"Wx20"D 2162VTB-156NKB-51(4) 6.0x30"Wx20"D 2162VTB-156NJB-51(4)
6.0x25"Wx20"D -
6 186 150 6.0x30"Wx20"D 2162VTB-186NKB-52(4) 6.0x35"Wx20"D 2162VTB-186NJB-52(4)
6 248 200 6.0x30"Wx20"D 2162VTB-248NKB-54(4)
7 302 250 6.0x35"Wx20"D 2162VTB-302NKB-56(4) N/A
7 361 300 6.0x35"Wx20"D 2162VTB-361NKB-57(4)
(1) The HP ratings shown are nominal values.
• Size PowerFlex 755TS drive units according to the application and output ampere rating.
• Standard units are configured to properly protect only the nominal motor horsepower listed.
• Do not use another size motor without verifying the suitability of the unit for that motor size.
• Normal Duty Applications can allow 110% overload of listed output current for 60 seconds.
• Heavy Duty Applications can allow 150% overload of listed output current for 60 seconds.
• Ampere ratings are at a 4 kHz carrier frequency for Frame 3 and smaller.
• Ampere ratings are at a 2 kHz carrier frequency for Frame 4 and larger.
• If carrier frequencies above these values are selected, the drive output current ratings must be derated.
• For derating information, refer to the PowerFlex Drives with TotalFORCE Control Programming Manual, 750-PM101.
(2) The horsepower ratings shown are for reference only. Size PowerFlex 755TS drive units according to the application and output ampere rating.
(3) Space factor ranges shown represent the addition of line or load reactors.
(4) Frame mounted unit, section does not have vertical wireway. Horizontal bus is 5 in. deeper than standard.
Table 193 - 2162U Combination PowerFlex 753 Variable Frequency AC Drive (VFD) Units with Fusible Disconnect, 2162V Combination
PowerFlex 755 VFD Units with Fusible Disconnect, 600V AC, Normal duty
Rating(1) Nominal HP(2) NEMA Type 1 and Type 1 w/ gasket NEMA Type 12 Delivery
Frame
ND 600 V Space Factor(3) Catalog Number Space Factor(3) Catalog Number Program
3 0.9 0.50 2.5 2162UB-1P7NKC-33 2.5 2162UB-1P7NJC-33
3 1.3 0.75 2.5 2162UB-1P7NKC-34 2.5 2162UB-1P7NJC-34
3 1.7 1 2.5 2162UB-1P7NKC-35 2.5 2162UB-1P7NJC-35
3 2.4 1.5 2.5 2162UB-2P7NKC-36 2.5 2162UB-2P7NJC-36
3 2.7 2.0 2.5 2162UB-2P7NKC-37 2.5 2162UB-2P7NJC-37
3 3.9 3 2.5 2162UB-3P9NKC-38 2.5 2162UB-3P9NJC-38
3 6.1 5 2.5 2162UB-6P1NKC-39 2.5 2162UB-6P1NJC-39
3 9.0 7.5 2.5 2162UB-9P0NKC-40 3.0 2162UB-9P0NJC-40
3 11 10.0 2.5 2162UB-011NKC-41 3.0 2162UB-011NJC-41
3 17 15 2.5 2162UB-017NKC-42 3.5 2162UB-017NJC-42
3 22 20 2.5 2162UB-022NKC-43 3.5 2162UB-022NJC-43 PE
4 27 25 3.0 2162UB-027NKC-44 4.0 2162UB-027NJC-44
4 32 30 3.0 2162UB-032NKC-45 4.0 2162UB-032NJC-45
5 41 40 6.0 x 20" W x 15" D 2162UB-041NKC-46 6.0 x 25" W x 15" D 2162UB-041NJC-46
5 52 50 6.0 x 25" W x 15" D 2162UB-052NKC-47 6.0 x 25" W x 15" D 2162UB-052NJC-47
6 63 60 6.0 x 25" W x 20" D 2162UB-063NKC-48(4) 6.0 x 25" W x 20" D 2162UB-063NJC-48(4)
6 77 75 6.0 x 25" W x 20" D 2162UB-077NKC-49(4) 6.0 x 25" W x 20" D 2162UB-077NJC-49(4)
6 99 100 6.0 x 25" W x 20" D 2162UB-099NKC-50(4) 6.0 x 30" W x 20" D 2162UB-099NJC-50(4)
6 125 125 6.0 x 25" W x 20" D 2162UB-125NKC-51(4) 6.0 x 35" W x 20" D 2162UB-125NJC-51(4)
6 144 150 6.0 x 30" W x 20" D 2162UB-144NKC-52(4) —
(1) The HP ratings shown are nominal values.
Size PowerFlex 753 drive units according to the application and output ampere rating.
Standard units are configured to properly protect only the nominal motor horsepower listed.
Do not use another size motor without verifying the suitability of the unit for that motor size.
Normal Duty Applications can allow 110% overload of listed output current for 60 seconds.
Heavy Duty Applications can allow 150% overload of listed output current for 60 seconds.
Ampere ratings are at a 4 kHz carrier frequency for Frame 3 and smaller.
Ampere ratings are at a 2 kHz carrier frequency for Frame 4 and larger.
If carrier frequencies above these values are selected, the drive output current ratings must be derated.
For derating information, contact your local Allen-Bradley distributor or Rockwell Automation sales representative and/or refer to the PowerFlex 750 Series Programming Manual, 750-PM001.
(2) The horsepower ratings shown are for reference only. Size PowerFlex drive units according to the application and output ampere rating.
(3) Space factor ranges shown represent the addition of line or load reactors.
(4) Frame mounted unit, section does not have vertical wireway. Horizontal bus is 5 in. deeper than standard.
Units — 2162U Combination PowerFlex 753 Variable Frequency AC Drive (VFD) Units with Fusible
Disconnect, 480V AC and 600V AC, Heavy Duty, 2162V Combination PowerFlex 755 VFD Units with Fusible
Disconnect, 480V AC and 600V AC, Heavy duty, 2162VT Combination PowerFlex 755TS VFD Units with
Fusible Disconnect, 480V AC, Heavy duty
• Heavy Duty Ratings, the drive overload capabilities (based on the output currents listed below) are:
150% for 60 seconds, 200% for 3 seconds.
• For specific drive applications refer to the PowerFlex 750 Series Programming Manual, publication 750-PM001 or to the PowerFlex
Drives with TotalFORCE Control Programming Manual, publication 750-PM101
• Basic configuration includes an appropriately sized control circuit transformer (for pilot lights and/or fans), door, and unit support
pan.
• Branch circuit overload protection is provided by the internal drive overload.
• PowerFlex 750-series AC drives are cULus (UL and C-UL listed) as motor overload protected devices.
• An external overload relay is not required for single motor applications.
• PowerFlex 750-series AC drive units are not intended for use with single phase motors.
• Units with fusible disconnect switch may include factory supplied/installed UL Class J branch circuit/drive input fusing.
If fusing is not factory installed, UL Class J fuse clips are provided, sized based on the fuse size that would be factory installed.
• Combination Unit Short Circuit Rating is 100 kA for 480V. See Table 290.
• Wiring is Type B. Control terminal block can accept maximum of one #12AWG wire or two #16 AWG wires.
• Proper placement of drive units in the MCC is essential for proper operation and life cycle of the drive.
Give strong consideration to placing drive units at the bottom of the section.
When more than one drive unit is placed in a section, locate the drive unit with the highest rating at the bottom.
• Do not mount transformer units below drive units. Heat from transformer units can cause the drive to trip.
• HIM (Human Interface Module) selection is required. Select from Options section.
• PowerFlex 753 Drive includes two 24V DC Digital Inputs, one 24V DC/115V AC Digital Input, one Digital (Form-C Relay) Output, and one
Analog Output.
• An I/O option module is available to provide an additional 6 Digital Inputs (select either 24V DC or 115V AC option module), two Digital (Form-C
Relay) Outputs, two Analog Inputs, and two Analog Outputs.
Table 194 - 2162U Combination PowerFlex 753 Variable Frequency AC Drive (VFD) Units with Fusible Disconnect, 2162V Combination
PowerFlex 755 VFD Units with Fusible Disconnect, 480V AC, Heavy duty
Rating(1) Nominal HP(2) NEMA Type 1 and Type 1 w/gasket NEMA 12 Delivery
Frame
HD 480V Space Factor(3) Catalog Number Space Factor(3) Number Program
1 2.1 1 2.0 2162UB-3P4F1HKB-35
1 3.0 1.5 2.0 2162UB-5P0F1HKB-36
1 3.4 2 2.0 2162UB-5P0F1HKB-37
1 5.0 3 2.0 2162UB-8P0F1HKB-38
1 8.0 5 2.0 2162UB-011F1HKB-39
1 11 7.5 2.0 2162UB-014F1HKB-40
2 2.1 1 2.5 2162UB-2P1HKB-35 2.5 2162UB-022HJB-41
2 3.0 1.5 2.5 2162UB-3P4HKB-36 2.5 2162UB-3P4HJB-36
2 3.4 2 2.5 2162UB-3P4HKB-37 2.5 2162UB-3P4HJB-37
2 5.0 3 2.5 2162UB-5P0HKB-38 2.5 2162UB-5P0HJB-38
2 8.0 5 2.5 2162UB-8P0HKB-39 2.5 2162UB-8P0HJB-39
2 11 7.5 2.5 2162UB-011HKB-40 2.5 2162UB-011HJB-40
2 14 10 2.5 2162UB-022HKB-41 3.0…3.5 2162UB-022HJB-41
3 22 15 2.5…3.0 2162UB-027HKB-42 3.5 2162UB-027HJB-42 SC
3 27 20 2.5…3.0 2162UB-034HKB-43 3.5 2162UB-034HJB-43
3 34 25 3.0…3.0 2162UB-040HKB-44 3.5 2162UB-040HJB-44
4 40 30 3.0…3.5 2162UB-052HKB-45 4.0 2162UB-052HJB-45
4 52 40 3.0…4.0 2162UB-065HKB-46 4.0…6.0 x 20" W x 15" D 2162UB-065HJB-46
5 65 50 6.0 x 20" W x 15" D 2162UB-077HKB-47 6.0 x 25" W x 15" D 2162UB-077HJB-47
5 77 60 6.0 x 25" W x 15" D 2162UB-096HKB-48 6.0 x 25" W x 15" D 2162UB-096HJB-48
6 96 75 6.0 x 25" W x 20" D 2162UB-125HKB-49(4) 6.0 x 30" W x 20" D 2162UB-125HJB-49(4)
6 125 100 6.0 x 25" W x 20" D 2162UB-156HKB-50(4) 6.0 x 30" W x 20" D 2162UB-156HJB-50(4)
6.0 x 25" W x 20" D (4)
6 156 125 …6.0 x 30" W x 20" D 2162UB-186HKB-51 6.0 x 35" W x 20" D 2162UB-186HJB-51(4)
6 186 150 6.0 x 30" W x 20" D 2162UB-248HKB-52(4)
7 248 200 6.0 x 35" W x 20" D 2162UB-302HKB-54
7 302 250 6.0 x 35" W x 20" D 2162UB-302HKB-56
(1) The HP ratings shown are nominal values.
Size PowerFlex 753 drive units according to the application and output ampere rating.
Standard units are configured to properly protect only the nominal motor horsepower listed.
Do not use another size motor without verifying the suitability of the unit for that motor size.
Normal Duty Applications can allow 110% overload of listed output current for 60 seconds.
Heavy Duty Applications can allow 150% overload of listed output current for 60 seconds.
Ampere ratings are at a 4 kHz carrier frequency for Frame 3 and smaller.
Ampere ratings are at a 2 kHz carrier frequency for Frame 4 and larger.
If carrier frequencies above these values are selected, the drive output current ratings must be derated.
For derating information, contact your local Allen-Bradley distributor or Rockwell Automation sales representative and/or refer to the PowerFlex 750 Series Programming Manual, 750-PM001.
(2) The horsepower ratings shown are for reference only. Size PowerFlex 753 drive units according to the application and output ampere rating.
(3) Space factor ranges shown represent the addition of line or load reactors.
(4) Frame mounted unit, section does not have vertical wireway. Horizontal bus is 5 in. deeper than standard.
Table 195 - 2162VT Combination PowerFlex 755TS Variable Frequency AC Drive (VFD) Units with Fusible Disconnect, 480V AC, Heavy
Duty
Frame Rating(1) Nominal HP(2) NEMA/UL Type 1 and Type 1 w/gasket NEMA/UL Type 12 Delivery Program
ND 480V Space Factor(3) Catalog Number Space Factor(3) Catalog Number
1 2.1 1 2.0 2162VTB-3P4F1HKB-35
1 3 1.5 2.0 2162VTB-5P0F1HKB-36
1 3.4 2 2.0 2162VTB-5P0F1HKB-37
N/A
1 5 3 2.0 2162VTB-8P0F1HKB-38
1 8 5 2.0 2162VTB-011F1HKB-39
1 11 7.5 2.0 2162VTB-014F1HKB-40
2 2.1 1 2.5 2162VTB-2P1HKB-35 2.5 2162VTB-022HJB-41
2 3.0 1.5 2.5 2162VTB-3P4HKB-36 2.5 2162VTB-3P4HJB-36
2 3.4 2 2.5 2162VTB-3P4HKB-37 2.5 2162VTB-3P4HJB-37
2 5.0 3 2.5 2162VTB-5P0HKB-38 2.5 2162VTB-5P0HJB-38
2 8.0 5 2.5 2162VTB-8P0HKB-39 2.5 2162VTB-8P0HJB-39
2 11 7.5 2.5 2162VTB-011HKB-40 2.5 2162VTB-011HJB-40
2 14 10 2.5 2162VTB-022HKB-41 3.0…3.5 2162VTB-022HJB-41
3 22 15 2.5…3.0 2162VTB-027HKB-42 3.5 2162VTB-027HJB-42 SC
3 27 20 2.5…3.0 2162VTB-034HKB-43 3.5 2162VTB-034HJB-43
3 34 25 2.5…3.0 2162VTB-040HKB-44 3.5 2162VTB-040HJB-44
4 40 30 3.0…3.5 2162VTB-052HKB-45 4.0 2162VTB-052HJB-45
4 52 40 3.0…4.0 2162VTB-065HKB-46 4.0…6.0x20"Wx15"D 2162VTB-065HJB-46
5 65 50 6.0x20"Wx15"D 2162VTB-077HKB-47 6.0x25"Wx15"D 2162VTB-077HJB-47
5 77 60 6.0x25"Wx15"D 2162VTB-096HKB-48 6.0x25"Wx15"D 2162VTB-096HJB-48
6 96 75 6.0x25"Wx20"D 2162VTB-125HKB-49((4)) 6.0x30"Wx20"D 2162VTB-125HJB-49(4)
6 125 100 6.0x25"Wx20"D 2162VTB-156HKB-50((4) 6.0x30"Wx20"D 2162VTB-156HJB-50(4)
6.0x25"Wx20"D -
6 156 125 6.0x30"Wx20"D 2162VTB-186HKB-51((4)) 6.0x35"Wx20"D 2162VTB-186HJB-51(4)
6 186 150 6.0x30"Wx20"D 2162VTB-248HKB-52(4)
7 248 200 6.0x35"Wx20"D 2162VTB-302HKB-54(4) N/A
7 302 250 6.0x35"Wx20"D 2162VTB-302HKB-56(4)
(1) The HP ratings shown are nominal values.
• Size PowerFlex 755TS drive units according to the application and output ampere rating.
• Standard units are configured to properly protect only the nominal motor horsepower listed.
• Do not use another size motor without verifying the suitability of the unit for that motor size.
• Normal Duty Applications can allow 110% overload of listed output current for 60 seconds.
• Heavy Duty Applications can allow 150% overload of listed output current for 60 seconds.
• Ampere ratings are at a 4 kHz carrier frequency for Frame 3 and smaller.
• Ampere ratings are at a 2 kHz carrier frequency for Frame 4 and larger.
• If carrier frequencies above these values are selected, the drive output current ratings must be derated.
• For derating information, refer to the PowerFlex Drives with TotalFORCE Control Programming Manual, 750-PM101.
(2) The horsepower ratings shown are for reference only. Size PowerFlex 753 drive units according to the application and output ampere rating.
(3) Space factor ranges shown represent the addition of line or load reactors.
(4) Frame mounted unit, section does not have vertical wireway. Horizontal bus is 5 in. deeper than standard.
Table 196 - 2162U Combination PowerFlex 753 Variable Frequency AC Drive (VFD) Units with Fusible Disconnect, 2162V Combination
PowerFlex 755 VFD Units with Fusible Disconnect, 600V AC, Heavy duty
Rating(1) Nominal HP(2) NEMA Type 1 and Type 1 w/ gasket NEMA Type 12 Delivery
Frame
HD 600 V Space Factor(3) Catalog Number Space Factor(3) Catalog Number Program
3 0.9 0.5 2.5 2162UB-1P7HKC-33 2.5 2162UB-1P7HJC-33
3 1.3 0.75 2.5 2162UB-2P7HKC-34 2.5 2162UB-2P7HJC-34
3 1.7 1.0 2.5 2162UB-2P7HKC-35 2.5 2162UB-2P7HJC-35
3 2.4 1.5 2.5 2162UB-3P9HKC-36 2.5 2162UB-3P9HJC-37
3 2.7 2 2.5 2162UB-3P9HKC-37 2.5 2162UB-3P9HJC-37
3 3.9 3 2.5 2162UB-6P1HKC-38 2.5 2162UB-6P1HJC-38
3 6.1 5 2.5 2162UB-9P0HKC-39 3.0 2162UB-9P0HJC-39
3 9 7.5 2.5 2162UB-011HKC-40 3.0 2162UB-011HJC-40
3 11 10 2.5 2162UB-017HKC-41 3.5 2162UB-017HJC-41
3 17 15 2.5 2162UB-022HKC-42 3.5 2162UB-022HJC-42
PE
4 22 20 3.0 2162UB-027HKC-43 4.0 2162UB-027HJC-43
4 27 25 3.0 2162UB-032HKC-44 4.0 2162UB-032HJC-44
5 32 30 6.0 x 20" W x 15" D 2162UB-041HKC-45 6.0 x 25" W x 15" D 2162UB-041HJC-45
5 41 40 6.0 x 25" W x 15" D 2162UB-052HKC-46 6.0 x 25" W x 15" D 2162UB-052HJC-46
6 52 50 6.0 x 25" W x 20" D 2162UB-063HKC-47(4) 6.0 x 25" W x 20" D 2162UB-063HJC-47(4)
6 63 60 6.0 x 25" W x 20" D 2162UB-077HKC-48(4) 6.0 x 25" W x 20" D 2162UB-077HJC-48(4)
6 77 75 6.0 x 25" W x 20" D 2162UB-099HKC-49(4) 6.0 x 30" W x 20" D 2162UB-099HJC-49(4)
6 99 100 6.0 x 25" W x 20" D 2162UB-125HKC-50(4) 6.0 x 35" W x 20" D 2162UB-125HJC-50(4)
6 125 125 6.0 x 30" W x 20" D 2162UB-144HKC-51(4) —
(1) The HP ratings shown are nominal values.
Size PowerFlex 753 drive units according to the application and output ampere rating.
Standard units are configured to properly protect only the nominal motor horsepower listed.
Do not use another size motor without verifying the suitability of the unit for that motor size.
Normal Duty Applications can allow 110% overload of listed output current for 60 seconds.
Heavy Duty Applications can allow 150% overload of listed output current for 60 seconds.
Ampere ratings are at a 4 kHz carrier frequency for Frame 3 and smaller.
Ampere ratings are at a 2 kHz carrier frequency for Frame 4 and larger.
If carrier frequencies above these values are selected, the drive output current ratings must be derated.
For derating information, contact your local Allen-Bradley distributor or Rockwell Automation sales representative and/or refer to the PowerFlex 750 Series Programming Manual, 750-PM001
(2) The horsepower ratings shown are for reference only. Size PowerFlex 753 drive units according to the application and output ampere rating.
(3) Space factor ranges shown represent the addition of line or load reactors.
(4) Frame mounted unit, section does not have vertical wireway. Horizontal bus is 5 in. deeper than standard.
Units — 2163U Combination PowerFlex 753 Variable Frequency AC Drive (VFD) Units with Circuit Breaker,
480V AC and 600V AC, Normal Duty; 2163V Combination PowerFlex 755 VFD Units with Circuit Breaker,
480V AC and 600V AC, Normal duty; 2163VT Combination PowerFlex 755TS VFD Units with Circuit
Breaker, 480V AC, Normal duty
• Heavy Duty Ratings, the drive overload capabilities (based on the output currents listed below) are:
110% for 60 seconds, 150% for 3 seconds.
• For specific drive applications refer to the PowerFlex 750 Series Programming Manual, publication 750-PM001 or to the PowerFlex
Drives with TotalFORCE Control Programming Manual, publication 750-PM101
• Basic configuration includes an appropriately sized control circuit transformer (for pilot lights and/or fans), door, and unit support
pan.
• Branch circuit overload protection is provided by the internal drive overload.
• PowerFlex 750-series AC drives are cULus (UL and C-UL listed) as motor overload protected devices.
• An external overload relay is not required for single motor applications.
• PowerFlex 750-series AC drive units are not intended for use with single phase motors.
• PowerFlex 753 and 755 Units with circuit breaker use thermal-magnetic trip unit and do not include factory supplied/installed drive
input fusing. Optional factory supplied/installed UL Class J branch circuit/drive input fusing is available.
• PowerFlex 755TS units with circuit breaker do include factory supplied/installed high-speed UL Class J branch circuit/drive input
fusing.
• See Table 290 for Combination Unit Short Circuit Ratings table.
• Wiring is Type B. Control terminal block can accept maximum of one #12AWG wire or two #16 AWG wires.
• Proper placement of drive units in the MCC is essential for proper operation and life cycle of the drive.
Give strong consideration to placing drive units at the bottom of the section.
When more than one drive unit is placed in a section, the drive unit with the highest rating should be located at the bottom.
• Do not mount transformer units below drive units. Heat from transformer units may cause the drive to trip.
• HIM (Human Interface Module) selection is required. Select from Options section.
• PowerFlex 753 Drive includes two 24V DC Digital Inputs, one 24V DC/115V AC Digital Input, one Digital (Form-C Relay) Output, and one
Analog Output.
• An I/O option module is available to provide an additional 6 Digital Inputs (select either 24V DC or 115V AC option module), two Digital (Form-C
Relay) Outputs, two Analog Inputs, and two Analog Outputs.
Table 197 - 2163U Combination PowerFlex 753 Variable Frequency AC Drive (VFD) Units with Circuit Breaker Disconnect; 2163V
Combination PowerFlex 755 VFD Units with Circuit Breaker, 480V AC, Normal duty
Rating (1) Nominal HP(2) NEMA Type 1 and Type 1 w/gasket(3) NEMA 12(3) Delivery
Frame
ND 480V Space Factor(4) Catalog Number Space Factor(4) Catalog Number Program
1 2.1 1 2.0 2163UB-2P1F1NKB-35__
1 3.0 1.5 2.0 2163UB-3P4F1NKB-36__
1 3.4 2 2.0 2163UB-3P4F1NKB-37__
1 5.0 3 2.0 2163UB-5P0F1NKB-38__
1 8.0 5 2.0 2163UB-8P0F1NKB-39__
1 11 7.5 2.0 2163UB-011F1NKB-40__
1 14 10 2.0 2163UB-014F1NKB-41__
2 2.1(5) 1 2.5 2163UB-2P1HKB-35__ 2.5 2163UB-2P1HJB-35__
2 3.0(5) 1.5 2.5 2163UB-3P4HKB-36__ 2.5 2163UB-3P4HJB-36__
2 3.4(5) 2 2.5 2163UB-3P4HKB-37__ 2.5 2163UB-3P4HJB-37__
2 5.0(5) 3 2.5 2163UB-5P0HKB-38__ 2.5 2163UB-5P0HJB-38__
2 8.0(5) 5 2.5 2163UB-8P0HKB-39__ 2.5 2163UB-8P0HJB-39__
2 11(5) 7.5 2.5 2163UB-011HKB-40__ 2.5 2163UB-011HJB-40__
2 14 10 2.5 2163UB-014NKB-41__ 2.5…3.0 2163UB-014NJB-41__
2 22 15 2.0…2.5 2163UB-022NKB-42__ 3.0…3.5 2163UB-022NJB-42__
SC
3 27 20 2.5…3.0 2163UB-027NKB-43__ 3.5 2163UB-027NJB-43__
3 34 25 2.5…3.0 2163UB-034NKB-44__ 3.5 2163UB-034NJB-44__
3 40 30 3.0…3.5 2163UB-040NKB-45__ 3.5…4.0 2163UB-040NJB-45__
4 52 40 3.0…3.5 2163UB-052NKB-46__ 4.0 2163UB-052NJB-46__
4.0…6.0 x
4 65 50 3.0…4.0 2163UB-065NKB-47__ 2163UB-065NJB-47__
20" W x 15" D
5 77 60 6.0 x 20" W x 15" D 2163UB-077NKB-48__ 6.0 x 25" W x 15" D 2163UB-077NJB-48__
5 96 75 6.0 x 25" W x 15" D 2163UB-096NKB-49__ 6.0 x 25" W x 15" D 2163UB-096NJB-49__
6 125 100 6.0 x 25" W x 20" D 2163UB-125NKB-50__(6) 6.0 x 25" W x 20" D 2163UB-125NJB-50__(6)
6 156 125 6.0 x 25" W x 20" D 2163UB-156NKB-51__(6) 6.0 x 30" W x 20" D 2163UB-156NJB-51__(6)
6.0 x 25" W x 20" D…6.0 x
6 186 150 30" W x 20" D 2163UB-186NKB-52__(6) 6.0 x 35" W x 20" D 2163UB-186NJB-52__(6)
6 248 200 6.0 x 30" W x 20" D 2163UB-248NKB-54__(6)
7 302 250 6.0 x 35" W x 20" D 2163UB-302NKB-56
7 361 300 6.0 x 35" W x 20" D 2163UB-361NKB-57
7 415 350 6.0 x 35" W x 20" D 2163UB-415NKB-58
(1) The HP ratings shown are nominal values.
• Size PowerFlex 753 drive units according to the application and output ampere rating.
• Standard units are configured to properly protect only the nominal motor horsepower listed.
• Do not use another size motor without verifying the suitability of the unit for that motor size.
• Normal Duty Applications can allow 110% overload of listed output current for 60 seconds.
• Heavy Duty Applications can allow 150% overload of listed output current for 60 seconds.
• Ampere ratings are at a 4 kHz carrier frequency for Frame 3 and smaller.
• Ampere ratings are at a 2 kHz carrier frequency for Frame 4 and larger.
• If carrier frequencies above these values are selected, the drive output current ratings must be derated.
• For derating information, contact your local Allen-Bradley distributor or Rockwell Automation sales representative and/or refer to the PowerFlex 750 Series Programming Manual, 750-PM001.
(2) The horsepower ratings shown are for reference only. Size PowerFlex 753 drive units according to the application and output ampere rating.
(3) The catalog numbers listed are not complete. Select the appropriate suffix from Table 256 to identify the circuit breaker type (for example, 2163UB-034NKB-44THM).
(4) Space factor ranges shown represent the addition of line or load reactors.
(5) Drive comes pre-programmed for Heavy Duty Applications. Refer to the PowerFlex 750 Series Programming Manual, 750-PM001.
(6) Frame mounted unit, section does not have vertical wireway. Horizontal bus is 5 in. deeper than standard.
Table 198 - 2163VT Combination PowerFlex 755TS Variable Frequency AC Drive (VFD) Units with Circuit Breaker, 480V AC, Normal Duty
Nominal
Rating(1) NEMA Type 1 and Type 1 w/gasket NEMA 12
Frame HP(2) Delivery Program
ND 480V Space Factor Catalog Number Space Factor Catalog Number
1 2.1 1 2.0 2162VTB-2P1F1NKB-35__
1 3.0 1.5 2.0 2162VTB-3P4F1NKB-36__
1 3.4 2 2.0 2162VTB-3P4F1NKB-37__
1 5.0 3 2.0 2162VTB-5P0F1NKB-38__
1 8.0 5 2.0 2162VTB-8P0F1NKB-39__
1 11 7.5 2.0 2162VTB-011F1NKB-40__
1 14 10 2.0 2162VTB-014F1NKB-41__
2 2.1(3) 1 2.5 2162VTB-2P1HKB-35__ 2.5 2162VTB-2P1HJB-35__
2 (3) 1.5 2.5 2162VTB-3P4HKB-36__ 2.5 2162VTB-3P4HJB-36__
3.0
2 3.4(3) 2 2.5 2162VTB-3P4HKB-37__ 2.5 2162VTB-3P4HJB-37__
2 5.0(3) 3 2.5 2162VTB-5P0HKB-38__ 2.5 2162VTB-5P0HJB-38__
2 8.0(3) 5 2.5 2162VTB-8P0HKB-39__ 2.5 2162VTB-8P0HJB-39__
2 11(3) 7.5 2.5 2162VTB-011HKB-40__ 2.5 2162VTB-011HJB-40__
2 14 10 2.5 2162VTB-014NKB-41__ 2.5…3.0 2162VTB-014NJB-41__
2 22 15 2.0…2.5 2162VTB-022NKB-42__ 3.0…3.5 2162VTB-022NJB-42__ SC
3 27 20 3.0 2162VTB-027NKB-43__ 3.5 2162VTB-027NJB-43__
3 34 25 3.0 2162VTB-034NKB-44__ 3.5 2162VTB-034NJB-44__
3 40 30 3.5 2162VTB-040NKB-45__ 3.5…4.0 2162VTB-040NJB-45__
4 52 40 3.0…3.5 2162VTB-052NKB-46__ 4.0 2162VTB-052NJB-46__
4 65 50 3.5…4.0 2162VTB-065NKB-47__ 4.0…6.0x20"Wx15"D 2162VTB-065NJB-47__
5 77 60 6.0x25"Wx15"D 2162VTB-077NKB-48__ 6.0x25"Wx15"D 2162VTB-077NJB-48__
5 96 75 6.0x25"Wx15"D 2162VTB-096NKB-49__ 6.0x25"Wx15"D 2162VTB-096NJB-49__
6 125 100 6.0x25"Wx20"D 2162VTB-125NKB-50__(4) 6.0x25"Wx20"D 2162VTB-125NJB-50__
6 156 125 6.0x25"Wx20"D 2162VTB-156NKB-51__ 6.0x30"Wx20"D 2162VTB-156NJB-51__
6.0x25"Wx20"D -
6 186 150 2162VTB-186NKB-52__ 6.0x35"Wx20"D 2162VTB-186NJB-52__
6.0x30"Wx20"D
6 248 200 6.0x30"Wx20"D 2162VTB-248NKB-54__
7 302 250 6.0x35"Wx20"D 2162VTB-302NKB-56__
N/A
7 361 300 6.0x35"Wx20"D 2162VTB-361NKB-57__
7 415 350 6.0x35"Wx20"D 2162VTB-415NKB-58__
(1) The HP ratings shown are nominal values.
• Size PowerFlex 755TS drive units according to the application and output ampere rating.
• Standard units are configured to properly protect only the nominal motor horsepower listed.
• Do not use another size motor without verifying the suitability of the unit for that motor size.
• Normal Duty Applications can allow 110% overload of listed output current for 60 seconds.
• Heavy Duty Applications can allow 150% overload of listed output current for 60 seconds.
• Ampere ratings are at a 4 kHz carrier frequency for Frame 3 and smaller.
• Ampere ratings are at a 2 kHz carrier frequency for Frame 4 and larger.
• If carrier frequencies above these values are selected, the drive output current ratings must be derated.
• For derating information, refer to the PowerFlex Drives with TotalFORCE Control Programming Manual, 750-PM101.
(2) The horsepower ratings shown are for reference only. Size PowerFlex 755TS drive units according to the application and output ampere rating.
(3) Frame mounted unit, section does not have vertical wireway. Horizontal bus is 5 in. deeper than standard.
(4) Space factor ranges shown represent the addition of line or load reactors.
Table 199 - 2163U Combination PowerFlex 753 Variable Frequency AC Drive (VFD) Units with Circuit Breaker; 2163V Combination
PowerFlex 755 VFD Units with Circuit Breaker, 600V AC, Normal duty
Rating(1) Nominal HP(2) NEMA Type 1 and Type 1 w/ gasket(3) NEMA Type 12(3) Delivery
Frame
ND 600 V Space Factor(4) Catalog Number Space Factor(4) Catalog Number Program
3 0.9 0.5 2.5 2163UB-1P7NKC-33___ 2.5 2163UB-1P7NJC-33___
3 1.3 0.75 2.5 2163UB-1P7NKC-34___ 2.5 2163UB-1P7NJC-34___
3 1.7 1 2.5 2163UB-1P7NKC-35___ 2.5 2163UB-1P7NJC-35___
3 2.4 1.5 2.5 2163UB-2P7NKC-36___ 2.5 2163UB-2P7NJC-36___
3 2.7 2.0 2.5 2163UB-2P7NKC-37___ 2.5 2163UB-2P7NJC-37___
3 3.9 3 2.5 2163UB-3P9NKC-38___ 2.5 2163UB-3P9NJC-38___
3 6.1 5 2.5…3.0 2163UB-6P1NKC-39___ 2.5…3.0 2163UB-6P1NJC-39___
3 9.0 7.5 2.5…3.0 2163UB-9P0NKC-40___ 3.0 2163UB-9P0NJC-40___
3 11 10.0 2.5…3.0 2163UB-011NKC-41___ 3.0 2163UB-011NJC-41___
3 17 15 2.5…3.0 2163UB-017NKC-42___ 3.5 2163UB-017NJC-42___
3 22 20 2.5…3.0 2163UB-022NKC-43___ 3.5 2163UB-022NJC-43___ PE
4 27 25 3.0…3.5 2163UB-027NKC-44___ 4.0 2163UB-027NJC-44___
4 32 30 3.0…3.5 2163UB-032NKC-45___ 4.0 2163UB-032NJC-45___
5 41 40 6.0 x 20" W x 15" D 2163UB-041NKC-46___ 6.0 x 25" W x 15" D 2163UB-041NJC-46___
5 52 50 6.0 x 25" W x 15" D 2163UB-052NKC-47___ 6.0 x 25" W x 15" D 2163UB-052NJC-47___
6 63 60 6.0 x 25" W x 20" D 2163UB-063NKC-48___(5) 6.0 x 25" W x 20" D 2163UB-063NJC-48___(5)
6 77 75 6.0 x 25" W x 20" D 2163UB-077NKC-49___(5) 6.0 x 25" W x 20" D 2163UB-077NJC-49___(5)
6 99 100 6.0 x 25" W x 20" D 2163UB-099NKC-50___(5) 6.0 x 30" W x 20" D 2163UB-099NJC-50___(5)
6 125 125 6.0 x 25" W x 20" D 2163UB-125NKC-51___(5) 6.0 x 35" W x 20" D 2163UB-125NJC-51___(5)
6 144 150 6.0 x 30" W x 20" D 2163UB-144NKC-52___(5) —
(1) The HP ratings shown are nominal values.
• Size PowerFlex 753 drive units according to the application and output ampere rating.
• Standard units are configured to properly protect only the nominal motor horsepower listed.
• Do not use another size motor without verifying the suitability of the unit for that motor size.
• Normal Duty Applications can allow 110% overload of listed output current for 60 seconds.
• Heavy Duty Applications can allow 150% overload of listed output current for 60 seconds.
• Ampere ratings are at a 4 kHz carrier frequency for Frame 3 and smaller.
• Ampere ratings are at a 2 kHz carrier frequency for Frame 4 and larger.
• If carrier frequencies above these values are selected, the drive output current ratings must be derated.
• For derating information, contact your local Allen-Bradley distributor or Rockwell Automation sales representative and/or refer to PowerFlex 750 Series Programming Manual, 750-PM001.
(2) The horsepower ratings shown are for reference only. Size PowerFlex 753 drive units according to the application and output ampere rating.
(3) The catalog numbers listed are not complete. Select the appropriate suffix from Table 256 to identify the circuit breaker type (for example, 2163UB-034NKC-44THM).
(4) Space factor ranges shown represent the addition of line or load reactors.
(5) Frame mounted unit, section does not have vertical wireway. Horizontal bus is 5 in. deeper than standard.
Units — 2163U Combination PowerFlex 753 Variable Frequency AC Drive (VFD) Units with Circuit Breaker,
480V AC and 600V AC, Heavy Duty; 2163V Combination PowerFlex 755 VFD Units with Circuit Breaker,
480V AC and 600V AC, Heavy duty; 2163VT Combination PowerFlex 755TS VFD Units with Circuit Breaker,
480V AC, Heavy duty
• Heavy Duty Ratings, the drive overload capabilities (based on the output currents listed below) are:
150% for 60 seconds, 200% for 3 seconds.
• For specific drive applications refer to the PowerFlex 750 Series Programming Manual, publication 750-PM001 or to the PowerFlex
Drives with TotalFORCE Control Programming Manual, publication 750-PM101
• Basic configuration includes an appropriately sized control circuit transformer (for pilot lights and/or fans), door, and unit support pan.
• Branch circuit overload protection is provided by the internal drive overload.
• PowerFlex 750-series AC drives are cULus (UL and C-UL listed) as motor overload protected devices.
• An external overload relay is not required for single motor applications.
• PowerFlex 750-series AC drive units are not intended for use with single phase motors.
• PowerFlex 753 and 755 Units with circuit breaker use thermal-magnetic trip unit and do not include factory supplied/installed drive
input fusing. Optional factory supplied/installed UL Class J branch circuit/drive input fusing is available. PowerFlex 755TS units with
circuit breaker do include factory supplied/installed high-speed UL Class J branch circuit/drive input fusing.
• See Table 290 for Combination Unit Short Circuit Ratings table.
• Wiring is Type B. Control terminal block can accept maximum of one #12AWG wire or two #16 AWG wires.
• Proper placement of drive units in the MCC is essential for proper operation and life cycle of the drive.
Give strong consideration to placing drive units at the bottom of the section.
When more than one drive unit is placed in a section, locate the drive unit with the highest rating at the bottom.
• Do not mount transformer units below drive units. Heat from transformer units can cause the drive to trip.
• HIM (Human Interface Module) selection is required. Select from Options section.
• PowerFlex 753 Drive includes two 24V DC Digital Inputs, one 24V DC/115V AC Digital Input, one Digital (Form-C Relay) Output, and one
Analog Output.
Table 200 - 2163U Combination PowerFlex 753 Variable Frequency AC Drive (VFD) Units with Circuit Breaker (480V Heavy Duty); 2163V
Combination PowerFlex 755 VFD Units with Circuit Breaker, 480V AC, Heavy duty
Rating(1) Nominal HP(2) NEMA Type 1 and Type 1 w/gasket(3) NEMA 12(3) Delivery
Frame
HD 480V Space Factor(4) Catalog Number Space Factor(4) Catalog Number Program
1 2.1 1 2.0 2163UB-3P4F1HKB-35__
1 3.0 1.5 2.0 2163UB-5P0F1HKB-36__
1 3.4 2 2.0 2163UB-5P0F1HKB-37__
1 5.0 3 2.0 2163UB-8P0F1HKB-38__
1 8.0 5 2.0 2163UB-011F1HKB-39__
1 11 7.5 2.0 2163UB-014F1HKB-40__
2 2.1 1 2.5 2163UB-2P1HKB-35__ 2.5 2163UB-2P1HJB-35__
2 3.0 1.5 2.5 2163UB-3P4HKB-36__ 2.5 2163UB-3P4HJB-36__
2 3.4 2 2.5 2163UB-3P4HKB-37__ 2.5 2163UB-3P4HJB-37__
2 5.0 3 2.5 2163UB-5P0HKB-38__ 2.5 2163UB-5P0HJB-38__
2 8.0 5 2.5 2163UB-8P0HKB-39__ 2.5 2163UB-8P0HJB-39__
2 11 7.5 2.5 2163UB-011HKB-40__ 2.5 2163UB-011HJB-40__
2 14 10 2.0…2.5 2163UB-022HKB-41__ 3.0…3.5 2163UB-022HJB-41__
3 22 15 2.5…3.0 2163UB-027HKB-42__ 3.5 2163UB-027HJB-42__
SC
3 27 20 2.5…3.0 2163UB-034HKB-43__ 3.5 2163UB-034HJB-43__
3 34 25 2.5…3.0 2163UB-040HKB-44__ 3.5 2163UB-040HJB-44__
4 40 30 3.0…3.5 2163UB-052HKB-45__ 4.0 2163UB-052HJB-45__
4 52 40 3.0…4.0 2163UB-065HKB-46__ 4.0…6.0 x 20" W x 15"D 2163UB-065HJB-46__
5 65 50 6.0 x 20" W x 15" D 2163UB-077HKB-47__ 6.0 x 25" W x 15"D 2163UB-077HJB-47__
5 77 60 6.0 x 25" W x 15" D 2163UB-096HKB-48__ 6.0 x 25" W x 15" D 2163UB-096HJB-48__
6 96 75 6.0 x 25" W x 20" D 2163UB-125HKB-49__(5) 6.0 x 25" W x 20" D 2163UB-125HJB-49__(5)
6 125 100 6.0 x 25" W x 20" D 2163UB-156HKB-50__(5) 6.0 x 30" W x 20" D 2163UB-156HJB-50__(5)
6.0 x 25" W x 20" (5)
6 156 125 D…6.0 x 30" W x 20" D 2163UB-186HKB-51__ 6.0 x 35" W x 20" D 2163UB-186HJB-51__(5)
6 186 150 6.0 x 30" W x 20" D 2163UB-248HKB-52__(5)
7 248 200 6.0 x 35" W x 20" D 2163UB-302HKB-54__
7 302 250 6.0 x 35" W x 20" D 2163UB-361HKB-56__
7 361 300 6.0 x 35" W x 20" D 2163UB-415HKB-56__
(1) The HP ratings shown are nominal values.
Size PowerFlex 753 drive units according to the application and output ampere rating.
Standard units are configured to properly protect only the nominal motor horsepower listed.
Do not use another size motor without verifying the suitability of the unit for that motor size.
Normal Duty Applications can allow 110% overload of listed output current for 60 seconds.
Heavy Duty Applications can allow 150% overload of listed output current for 60 seconds.
Ampere ratings are at a 4 kHz carrier frequency for Frame 3 and smaller.
Ampere ratings are at a 2 kHz carrier frequency for Frame 4 and larger.
If carrier frequencies above these values are selected, the drive output current ratings must be derated.
For derating information, contact your local Allen-Bradley distributor or Rockwell Automation sales representative and/or refer to the PowerFlex 750 Series Programming Manual, 750-PM001.
(2) The horsepower ratings shown are for reference only. Size PowerFlex 753 drive units according to the application and output ampere rating.
(3) The catalog numbers listed are not complete. Select the appropriate suffix from Table 256 to identify the circuit breaker type (for example, 2163UB-034NKB-44THM).
(4) Space factor ranges shown represent the addition of line or load reactors.
(5) Frame mounted unit, section does not have vertical wireway. Horizontal bus is 5 in. deeper than standard.
Table 201 - 2163VT Combination PowerFlex 755TS (table 4) Variable Frequency AC Drive (VFD) Units with Circuit Breaker, 480V AC,
Heavy Duty
Rating(1) Nominal HP(2) NEMA Type 1 and Type 1 w/gasket(3) NEMA 12(3)
Frame Delivery Program
HD 480V Space Factor Catalog Number Space Factor Catalog Number
1 2.1 1 2.0 2163VTB-3P4F1HKB-35__ N/A
1 3.0 1.5 2.0 2163VTB-5P0F1HKB-36__
1 3.4 2 2.0 2163VTB-5P0F1HKB-37__
1 5.0 3 2.0 2163VTB-8P0F1HKB-38__
1 8.0 5 2.0 2163VTB-011F1HKB-39__
1 11 7.5 2.0 2163VTB-014F1HKB-40__
2 2.1 1 2.5 2163VTB-2P1HKB-35__ 2.5 2163VTB-2P1HJB-35__
2 3.0 1.5 2.5 2163VTB-3P4HKB-36__ 2.5 2163VTB-3P4HJB-36__
2 3.4 2 2.5 2163VTB-3P4HKB-37__ 2.5 2163VTB-3P4HJB-37__
2 5.0 3 2.5 2163VTB-5P0HKB-38__ 2.5 2163VTB-5P0HJB-38__
2 8.0 5 2.5 2163VTB-8P0HKB-39__ 2.5 2163VTB-8P0HJB-39__
2 11 7.5 2.5 2163VTB-011HKB-40__ 2.5 2163VTB-011HJB-40__
2 14 10 2.0…2.5 2163VTB-022HKB-41__ 3.0…3.5 2163VTB-022HJB-41__
3 22 15 3.0 2163VTB-027HKB-42__ 3.5 2163VTB-027HJB-42__
3 27 20 3.0 2163VTB-034HKB-43__ 3.5 2163VTB-034HJB-43__ SC
3 34 25 2.5…3.0 2163VTB-040HKB-44__ 3.5 2163VTB-040HJB-44__
4 40 30 3.0 …3.5 2163VTB-052HKB-45__ 4.0 2163VTB-052HJB-45__
4 52 40 3.5…4.0 2163VTB-065HKB-46__ 4.0…6.0x20"Wx15"D 2163VTB-065HJB-46__
5 65 50 6.0x25"Wx15"D 2163VTB-077HKB-47__ 6.0x25"Wx15"D 2163VTB-077HJB-47__
5 77 60 6.0x25"Wx15"D 2163VTB-096HKB-48__ 6.0x25"Wx15"D 2163VTB-096HJB-48__
6 96 75 6.0x25"Wx20"D 2163VTB-125HKB-49__(4) 6.0x25"Wx20"D 2163VTB-125HJB-49__(4)
6 125 100 6.0x25"Wx20"D 2163VTB-156HKB-50__(4) 6.0x30"Wx20"D 2163VTB-156HJB-50__(4)
6.0x25"Wx20"D -
6 156 125 6.0x30"Wx20"D 2163VTB-186HKB-51__(4) 6.0x35"Wx20"D 2163VTB-186HJB-51__(4)
6 186 150 6.0x30"Wx20"D 2163VTB-248HKB-52__(4)
7 248 200 6.0x35"Wx20"D 2162VTB-302HKB-54(4)
N/A
7 302 250 6.0x35"Wx20"D 2162VTB-361HKB-56(4)
7 361 300 6.0x35"Wx20"D 2162VTB-415HKB-56(4)
(1) The HP ratings shown are nominal values.
• Size PowerFlex 755TS drive units according to the application and output ampere rating.
• Standard units are configured to properly protect only the nominal motor horsepower listed.
• Do not use another size motor without verifying the suitability of the unit for that motor size.
• Normal Duty Applications can allow 110% overload of listed output current for 60 seconds.
• Heavy Duty Applications can allow 150% overload of listed output current for 60 seconds.
• Ampere ratings are at a 4 kHz carrier frequency for Frame 3 and smaller.
• Ampere ratings are at a 2 kHz carrier frequency for Frame 4 and larger.
• If carrier frequencies above these values are selected, the drive output current ratings must be derated.
• For derating information, refer to the PowerFlex Drives with TotalFORCE Control Programming Manual, 750-PM101.
(2) The horsepower ratings shown are for reference only. Size PowerFlex 755TS drive units according to the application and output ampere rating.
(3) Space factor ranges shown represent the addition of line or load reactors.
(4) Frame mounted unit, section does not have vertical wireway. Horizontal bus is 5 in. deeper than standard.
2163U Combination PowerFlex 753 Variable Frequency AC Drive (VFD) Units with Circuit Breaker (600V Heavy Duty); 2163V
Table 202 - Combination PowerFlex 755 VFD Units with Circuit Breaker, 600V AC, Heavy duty
Rating(1) Nominal HP(2) NEMA Type 1 and Type 1 w/ gasket(3) NEMA Type 12(3) Delivery
Frame
HD 600 V Space Factor(4) Catalog Number Space Factor(4) Catalog Number Program
3 0.9 0.5 2.5 2163UB-1P7HKC-33___ 2.5 2163UB-1P7HJC-33___
3 1.3 0.75 2.5 2163UB-2P7HKC-34___ 2.5 2163UB-2P7HJC-34___
3 1.7 1.0 2.5 2163UB-2P7HKC-35___ 2.5 2163UB-2P7HJC-35___
3 2.4 1.5 2.5 2163UB-3P9HKC-36___ 2.5 2163UB-3P9HJC-36___
3 2.7 2 2.5 2163UB-3P9HKC-37___ 2.5 2163UB-3P9HJC-37___
3 3.9 3 2.5 2163UB-6P1HKC-38___ 2.5 2163UB-6P1HJC-38___
3 6.1 5 2.5…3.0 2163UB-9P0HKC-39___ 3.0 2163UB-9P0HJC-39___
3 9 7.5 2.5…3.0 2163UB-011HKC-40___ 3.0 2163UB-011HJC-40___
3 11 10 2.5…3.0 2163UB-017HKC-41___ 3.5 2163UB-017HJC-41___
3 17 15 2.5…3.0 2163UB-022HKC-42___ 3.5 2163UB-022HJC-42___
PE
4 22 20 3.0…3.5 2163UB-027HKC-43___ 4.0 2163UB-027HJC-43___
4 27 25 3.0…3.5 2163UB-032HKC-44___ 4.0 2163UB-032HJC-44___
5 32 30 6.0 x 20" W x 15" D 2163UB-041HKC-45___ 6.0 x 25" W x 15" D 2163UB-041HJC-45___
5 41 40 6.0 x 25" W x 15" D 2163UB-052HKC-46___ 6.0 x 25" W x 15" D 2163UB-052HJC-46___
6 52 50 6.0 x 25" W x 20" D 2163UB-063HKC-47___(5) 6.0 x 25" W x 20" D 2163UB-063HJC-47___(5)
6 63 60 6.0 x 25" W x 20" D 2163UB-077HKC-48___(5) 6.0 x 25" W x 20" D 2163UB-077HJC-48___(5)
6 77 75 6.0 x 25" W x 20" D 2163UB-099HKC-49___(5) 6.0 x 30" W x 20" D 2163UB-099HJC-49___(5)
6 99 100 6.0 x 25" W x 20" D 2163UB-125HKC-50___(5) 6.0 x 35" W x 20" D 2163UB-125HJC-50___(5)
6 125 125 6.0 x 30" W x 20" D 2163UB-144HKC-51___(5) —
(1) The HP ratings shown are nominal values.
• Size PowerFlex 753 drive units according to the application and output ampere rating.
• Standard units are configured to properly protect only the nominal motor horsepower listed.
• Do not use another size motor without verifying the suitability of the unit for that motor size.
• Normal Duty Applications can allow 110% overload of listed output current for 60 seconds.
• Heavy Duty Applications can allow 150% overload of listed output current for 60 seconds.
• Ampere ratings are at a 4 kHz carrier frequency for Frame 3 and smaller.
• Ampere ratings are at a 2 kHz carrier frequency for Frame 4 and larger.
• If carrier frequencies above these values are selected, the drive output current ratings must be derated.
• For derating information, contact your local Allen-Bradley distributor or Rockwell Automation sales representative and/or refer to the PowerFlex 750 Series Programming Manual, 750-PM001.
(2) The horsepower ratings shown are for reference only. Size PowerFlex 753 drive units according to the application and output ampere rating.
(3) The catalog numbers listed are not complete. Select the appropriate suffix from Table 256 to identify the circuit breaker type (for example, 2163UB-034HKC-44THM).
(4) Space factor ranges shown represent the addition of line or load reactors.
(5) Frame mounted unit, section does not have vertical wireway. Horizontal bus is 5 in. deeper than standard.
They also:
• Include isolated logic and power.
• Include fans and venting where required. See page 289.
• Require UL Class CC or J time delay fuses. These fuses provide both branch circuit protection and drive input protection. The drive
input fuses are required in series with the circuit breaker in Bulletin 2163W units.
• Include control circuit transformer (CCT). The CCT is sized to provide power for all standard pilot devices and any required fans.
• Produce a three-phase, pulse width modulated (PWM) adjustable frequency output and voltage output for exceptional control of motor
speed and torque.
• Are digitally programmable with access to mode programming, providing precise and repeatedly accurate setup, control and
operation, and adaptability to handle a variety of applications.
Bulletin 2162W and 2163W use normal duty PowerFlex 525 drives.
NEMA Wiring Class I, Type B is an optional feature that has terminals mounted within the unit for connection of items such as, remote pilot
devices and input signals. For NEMA Type 3R and NEMA Type 4 enclosure construction, contact your local Allen-Bradley distributor or
Rockwell Automation sales representative.
Catalog Number Explanation - Bulletin 2162W and 2163W PowerFlex 525 Drive
• Bulletins 2162W and 2163W use PowerFlex 525 Drives
• Bulletins 2162W and 2163W are sized for Normal Duty applications
• NEMA Enclosure Type 1, Type 1 with gasket or Type 12 Enclosure Type
• UL Class CC or J time delay drive input fuses required both branch circuit and drive input protection, fuse class dependent on drive
rating
• Isolated logic and power produces a three-phase, pulse-width-modulated (PWM) adjustable frequency output to vary motor speed
Table 203 - Catalog Number Explanation - Bulletin 2162W and 2163W PowerFlex 525 Drive
2162W B - 6P0 K B - 38 - 14HBA0
2163W B - 6P0 K B - 38TGM - 14HBA0
PowerFlex 525 Maximum NEMA Enclosure NominalHorsepower/kWand Human Interface
Bulletin Number Wiring Type Line Voltage
Output Current Rating Type Circuit Breaker Type Module and Options
Units-2162W Combination PowerFlex 525 Variable Frequency AC Drive (VFD) Units with Fusible
Disconnect, 480V and 600V AC
• See page 212 for product description.
• For specific drive applications refer to PowerFlex 525 User Manual, publication 520-UM001.
• All PowerFlex ratings are Normal Duty.
• Bucket includes branch circuit (short circuit, 80VA control circuit transformer, door, and unit support pan. Branch circuit (overload)
protection is provided by the internal drive overload.
• See Table 290 for Combination Unit Short Circuit Current Ratings table.
• Wiring is Type B only. Drive can only accept 16 AWG control wire.
• Proper placement of drive units in the MCC is essential for proper operation and life cycle of the drive. Give strong consideration to placing
units with drives at the bottom of the section. When more than one drive unit is placed in a section, locate the drive unit with the highest
rating at the bottom of the section.
• Do not mount transformer units below drive units. Heat from transformer units can cause drive to trip.
• Integrated HIM (Human Interface Module) is included. Door mounted HIM must be selected on page 227.
• PowerFlex 525 AC drives are cULus (UL and C-UL listed) as motor overload protective devices. An external overload relay is not required for
single motor applications. PowerFlex 525 AC drives are not intended for use with single phase motors.
Table 204 - 2162W Combination PowerFlex 525 Variable Frequency AC Drive (VFD) Units with Fusible Disconnect (480V Normal Duty)
Nominal
NEMA Type 1 and Type 1 w/gasket NEMA 12
HP(2) Delivery
Frame Rating(1) Program
Space Space
480V Catalog Number Catalog Number
Factor(3) Factor(3)
A 1.4 0.5 1.0 2162WB-1P4KB-33 1.5 2162WB-1P4JB-33
A 1.7 0.75 1.0 2162WB-2P3KB-34 1.5 2162WB-2P3JB-34
A 2.3 1.0 1.0 2162WB-2P3KB-35 1.5 2162WB-2P3JB-35
A 3.0 1.5 1.0 2162WB-4P0KB-36 2.0 2162WB-4P0JB-36
A 4.0 2.0 1.0 2162WB-4P0KB-37 2.0 2162WB-4P0JB-37
A 6.0 3.0 1.0 2162WB-6P0KB-38 2.0 2162WB-6P0JB-38 SC
B 10.5 5.0 1.0 2162WB-010KB-39 2.0 2162WB-010JB-39
C 13 7.5 2.0 2162WB-013KB-40 2.5 2162WB-013JB-40
C 17 10 2.0 2162WB-017KB-41 2.5 2162WB-017JB-41
D 24 15 2.0 2162WB-024KB-42 3.0 2162WB-024JB-42
D 30 20 2.5 2162WB-030KB-43 3.5 2162WB-030JB-43
(1) PowerFlex 525 drive units should be sized according to the application and output ampere rating.
• Standard units are configured to properly protect only the nominal motor horsepower listed.
• Do not use another size motor without verifying the suitability of the unit for that motor size.
• Normal Duty Applications can allow 110% overload of listed output current for 60 seconds.
• Ampere ratings are at a 4 kHz carrier frequency.
• If carrier frequencies above 4 kHz are selected, the drive output current ratings must be derated.
• For derating information, contact your local Allen-Bradley distributor or Rockwell Automation sales representative and/or refer to the PowerFlex 520
User Manual, publication 520-UM001.
(2) The nominal horsepower ratings shown are for reference only. Size the PowerFlex 525 drive units according to the application and output
ampere rating.
(3) Adding options to catalog string can increase space factor.
Table 205 - 2162W Combination PowerFlex 525 Variable Frequency AC Drive (VFD) Units with Fusible Disconnect (600V Normal Duty)
Nominal
NEMA Type 1 and Type 1 w/gasket NEMA 12
(1)
HP(2) Delivery
Frame Rating
Space Space Program
600V Catalog Number Catalog Number
Factor(3) Factor(3)
A 0.9 0.5 1.0 2162WB-0P9KC-33 1.5 2162WB-0P9JC-33
A 1.3 0.75 1.0 2162WB-1P7KC-34 1.5 2162WB-1P7JC-34
A 1.7 1.0 1.0 2162WB-1P7KC-35 1.5 2162WB-1P7JC-35
A 2.2 1.5 1.0 2162WB-3P0KC-36 2.0 2162WB-3P0JC-36
A 3.0 2.0 1.0 2162WB-3P0KC-37 2.0 2162WB-3P0JC-37
A 4.2 3.0 1.0 2162WB-4P2KC-38 2.0 2162WB-4P2JC-38 SC
B 6.6 5.0 1.0 2162WB-6P6KC-39 2.0 2162WB-6P6JC-39
C 9.9 7.5 2.0 2162WB-9P9KC-40 2.5 2162WB-9P9JC-40
C 12 10 2.0 2162WB-012KC-41 2.5 2162WB-012JC-41
D 19 15 2.0 2162WB-019KC-42 3.0 2162WB-019JC-42
D 22 20 2.5 2162WB-022KC-43 3.5 2162WB-022JC-43
(1) PowerFlex 525 drive units should be sized according to the application and output ampere rating.
Standard units are configured to properly protect only the nominal motor horsepower listed.
Do not use another size motor without verifying the suitability of the unit for that motor size.
Normal Duty Applications can allow 110% overload of listed output current for 60 seconds.
Ampere ratings are at a 4 kHz carrier frequency.
If carrier frequencies above 4 kHz are selected, the drive output current ratings must be derated.
For derating information, contact your local Allen-Bradley distributor or Rockwell Automation sales representative and/or refer to the PowerFlex 520
User Manual, publication 520-UM001.
(2) The nominal horsepower ratings shown are for reference only. Size the PowerFlex 525 drive units according to the application and output
ampere rating.
(3) Adding options to catalog string can increase space factor.
Units -2163W Combination PowerFlex 525 Variable Frequency AC Drive (VFD) Units with Circuit Breaker,
480V and 600V AC
• See page 212 for product description.
• For specific drive applications refer to PowerFlex 525 User Manual, publication 520-UM001.
• All PowerFlex ratings are Normal Duty.
• Bucket includes branch circuit (short circuit, 80VA control circuit transformer, door, and unit support pan. Branch circuit (overload)
protection is provided by the internal drive overload.
• See Table 290 for Combination Unit Short Circuit Current Ratings table.
• Wiring is Type B only. Drive can only accept 16 AWG control wire.
• Proper placement of drive units in the MCC is essential for proper operation and life cycle of the drive. Give strong consideration to
placing units with drives at the bottom of the section. When more than one drive unit is placed in a section, locate the drive unit with
the highest rating at the bottom of the section.
• Do not mount transformer units below drive units. Heat from transformer units can cause drive to trip.
• Integrated HIM (Human Interface Module) is included. Door mounted HIM must be selected on page 227.
• PowerFlex 525 AC drives are cULus (UL and C-UL listed) as motor overload protective devices. An external overload relay is not
required for single motor applications. PowerFlex 525 AC drives are not intended for use with single phase motors.
Table 206 - 2163W Combination PowerFlex 525 Variable Frequency AC Drive (VFD) Units with Circuit Breaker (480V Normal Duty)
Nominal
NEMA Type 1 and Type 1 w/gasket NEMA 12
HP(2) Delivery
Frame Rating(1) Program
Space Space
480V Catalog Number(4) Catalog Number(4)
Factor(3) Factor(3)
A 1.4 0.5 1.0 2163WB-1P4KB-33___ 1.5 2163WB-1P4JB-33___
A 1.7 0.75 1.0 2163WB-2P3KB-34___ 1.5 2163WB-2P3JB-34___
A 2.3 1.0 1.0 2163WB-2P3KB-35___ 1.5 2163WB-2P3JB-35___
A 3.0 1.5 1.0 2163WB-4P0KB-36___ 2.0 2163WB-4P0JB-36___
A 4.0 2.0 1.0 2163WB-4P0KB-37___ 2.0 2163WB-4P0JB-37___
A 6.0 3.0 1.0 2163WB-6P0KB-38___ 2.0 2163WB-6P0JB-38___ SC
B 10.5 5.0 1.0 2163WB-010KB-39___ 2.0 2163WB-010JB-39___
C 13 7.5 2.0 2163WB-013KB-40___ 2.5 2163WB-013JB-40___
C 17 10 2.0 2163WB-017KB-41___ 2.5 2163WB-017JB-41___
D 24 15 2.0 2163WB-024KB-42___ 3.0 2163WB-024JB-42___
D 30 20 2.5 2163WB-030KB-43___ 3.5 2163WB-030JB-43___
(1) PowerFlex 525 drive units should be sized according to the application and output ampere rating.
• Standard units are configured to properly protect only the nominal motor horsepower listed.
• Do not use another size motor without verifying the suitability of the unit for that motor size.
• Normal Duty Applications can allow 110% overload of listed output current for 60 seconds.
• Ampere ratings are at a 4 kHz carrier frequency.
• If carrier frequencies above 4 kHz are selected, the drive output current ratings must be derated.
• For derating information, contact your local Allen-Bradley distributor or Rockwell Automation sales representative and/or refer to the PowerFlex
520 User Manual, publication 520-UM001.
(2) The nominal horsepower ratings shown are for reference only. Size PowerFlex 525 drive units according to the application and output ampere rating.
(3) Adding options to catalog string can increase space factor.
(4) The catalog numbers listed are not complete. Select the appropriate suffix from Table 256 to identify the circuit breaker type (for example, 2163WB-
1P4KB-33TGM).
Table 207 - 2163W Combination PowerFlex 525 Variable Frequency AC Drive (VFD) Units with Circuit Breaker (600V Normal Duty)
Nominal
NEMA Type 1 and Type 1 w/gasket NEMA 12
(1)
HP(2) Delivery
Frame Rating
Space Space Program
600V Catalog Number(4) Catalog Number(4)
Factor(3) Factor(3)
A 0.9 0.5 1.0 2163WB-0P9KC-33___ 1.5 2163WB-0P9JC-33___
A 1.3 0.75 1.0 2163WB-1P7KC-34___ 1.5 2163WB-1P7JC-34___
A 1.7 1.0 1.0 2163WB-1P7KC-35___ 1.5 2163WB-1P7JC-35___
A 2.2 1.5 1.0 2163WB-3P0KC-36___ 2.0 2163WB-3P0JC-36___
A 3.0 2.0 1.0 2163WB-3P0KC-37___ 2.0 2163WB-3P0JC-37___
A 4.2 3.0 1.0 2163WB-4P2KC-38___ 2.0 2163WB-4P2JC-38___ SC
B 6.6 5.0 1.0 2163WB-6P6KC-39___ 2.0 2163WB-6P6JC-39___
C 9.9 7.5 2.0 2163WB-9P9KC-40___ 2.5 2163WB-9P9JC-40___
C 12 10 2.0 2163WB-012KC-41___ 2.5 2163WB-012JC-41___
D 19 15 2.0 2163WB-019KC-42___ 3.0 2163WB-019JC-42___
D 22 20 2.5 2163WB-022KC-43___ 3.5 2163WB-022JC-43___
(1) PowerFlex 525 drive units should be sized according to the application and output ampere rating.
• Standard units are configured to properly protect only the nominal motor horsepower listed.
• Do not use another size motor without verifying the suitability of the unit for that motor size.
• Normal Duty Applications can allow 110% overload of listed output current for 60 seconds.
• Ampere ratings are at a 4 kHz carrier frequency.
• If carrier frequencies above 4 kHz are selected, the drive output current ratings must be derated.
• For derating information, contact your local Allen-Bradley distributor or Rockwell Automation sales representative and/or refer to the PowerFlex 520
User Manual, publication 520-UM001.
(2) The nominal horsepower ratings shown are for reference only. Size PowerFlex 525 drive units according to the application and output ampere
rating.
(3) Adding options to catalog string can increase space factor.
(4) The catalog numbers listed are not complete. Select the appropriate suffix from Table 256 to identify the circuit breaker type (for example, 2163WB-
1P4KB-33TGM).
They also:
• Include isolated logic and power.
• Include fans and venting where required. See page 289.
• Require UL Class CC or J time delay fuses. These fuses provide both branch circuit protection and drive input protection. The drive input
fuses are required in series with the circuit breaker in Bulletin 2163X units.
• Include control circuit transformer (CCT). The CCT is sized to provide power for all standard pilot devices and any required fans.
• Produce a three-phase, pulse width modulated (PWM) adjustable frequency output and voltage output for exceptional control of motor
speed and torque.
• Are digitally programmable with access to mode programming, providing precise and repeatedly accurate setup, control and operation, and
adaptability to handle a variety of applications.
Bulletin 2162X and 2163X use normal duty PowerFlex 523 drives.
Each unit is provided as a NEMA Wiring Class I, Type B unit with terminals mounted within the bucket for connection of items such as, remote pilot
devices and input signals. For NEMA Type 3R and NEMA Type 4 enclosure construction, contact your local Allen-Bradley distributor or Rockwell
Automation sales representative.
Catalog Number Explanation - Bulletin 2162X and 2163X PowerFlex 523 Drive
• Bulletins 2162X and 2163X use PowerFlex 523 Drives
• Bulletins 2162X and 2163X are sized for Normal Duty applications
• NEMA Enclosure Type 1, Type 1 with gasket or Type 12 Enclosure Type
• UL Class CC or J time delay drive input fuses required both branch circuit and drive input protection, fuse class dependent on drive rating
• Isolated logic and power produces a three-phase, pulse-width-modulated (PWM) adjustable frequency output to vary motor speed
Table 208 - Catalog Number Explanation - Bulletin 2162X and 2163X PowerFlex 523 Drive
2162X B - 6P0 K B - 38 - 14HBA0
2163X B - 6P0 K B - 38TGM - 14HBA0
PowerFlex 525 Maximum NEMA Enclosure NominalHorsepower/kWand Human Interface
Bulletin Number Wiring Type Line Voltage
Output Current Rating Type Circuit Breaker Type Module and Options
Drive Size Code, Maximum Output Current Rating (Amperes) and Nominal HP and (kW)(1)
480V Line Voltage 600V Line Voltage
Code Frame Rating Nominal HP Code Frame Rating HP
1P4 A 1.4 0.5 0P9 A 0.9 0.5
2P3 A 1.7 0.75 1P7 A 1.3 0.75
2P3 A 2.3 1 1P7 A 1.7 1
4P0 A 3 1.5 3P0 A 2.2 1.5
4P0 A 4 2 3P0 A 3 2
6P0 A 6 3 4P2 A 4.2 3
010 B 10.5 5 6P6 B 6.6 5
013 C 13 7.5 9P9 C 9.9 7.5
017 C 17 10 012 C 12 10
024 D 24 15 019 D 19 15
030 D 30 20 022 D 22 20
(1) The kW and HP ratings shown are for reference only. Size PowerFlex 525 drive units according to the applications and output
ampere rating.
Units - 2162X Combination PowerFlex 523 Variable Frequency AC Drive (VFD) Units with Fusible
Disconnect, 480V and 600V AC
• See page 218 for product description.
• For specific drive applications refer to PowerFlex 523 User Manual, publication 520-UM001.
• All PowerFlex ratings are Normal Duty.
• Bucket includes branch circuit (short circuit, 80VA control circuit transformer, door, and unit support pan. Branch circuit (overload)
protection is provided by the internal drive overload.
• See Table 290 for Combination Unit Short Circuit Current Ratings table.
• Wiring is Type B only. Drive can only accept 16 AWG control wire.
• Proper placement of drive units in the MCC is essential for proper operation and life cycle of the drive. Give strong consideration to placing
units with drives at the bottom of the section. When more than one drive unit is placed in a section, locate the drive unit with the highest
rating at the bottom of the section.
• Do not mount transformer units below drive units. Heat from transformer units can cause drive to trip.
• Integrated HIM (Human Interface Module) is included. Door mounted HIM must be selected on page 227.
• PowerFlex 523 AC drives are cULus (UL and C-UL listed) as motor overload protective devices. An external overload relay is not required for
single motor applications. PowerFlex 523 AC drives are not intended for use with single phase motors.
Table 209 - 2162X Combination PowerFlex 523 Variable Frequency AC Drive (VFD) Units with Fusible Disconnect (480V Normal Duty)
Nominal
NEMA Type 1 and Type 1 w/gasket NEMA 12
HP(2) Delivery
Frame Rating(1) Program
Space Space
480V Catalog Number Catalog Number
Factor(3) Factor(3)
A 1.4 0.5 1.0 2162XB-1P4KB-33 1.5 2162XB-1P4JB-33
A 1.7 0.75 1.0 2162XB-2P3KB-34 1.5 2162XB-2P3JB-34
A 2.3 1.0 1.0 2162XB-2P3KB-35 1.5 2162XB-2P3JB-35
A 3.0 1.5 1.0 2162XB-4P0KB-36 2.0 2162XB-4P0JB-36
A 4.0 2.0 1.0 2162XB-4P0KB-37 2.0 2162XB-4P0JB-37
A 6.0 3.0 1.0 2162XB-6P0KB-38 2.0 2162XB-6P0JB-38 SC
B 10.5 5.0 1.0 2162XB-010KB-39 2.0 2162XB-010JB-39
C 13 7.5 2.0 2162XB-013KB-40 2.5 2162XB-013JB-40
C 17 10 2.0 2162XB-017KB-41 2.5 2162XB-017JB-41
D 24 15 2.0 2162XB-024KB-42 3.0 2162XB-024JB-42
D 30 20 2.5 2162XB-030KB-43 3.5 2162XB-030JB-43
(1) Size the PowerFlex 523 drive units according to the application and output ampere rating.
• Standard units are configured to properly protect only the nominal motor horsepower listed.
• Do not use another size motor without verifying the suitability of the unit for that motor size.
• Normal Duty Applications can allow 110% overload of listed output current for 60 seconds.
• Ampere ratings are at a 4 kHz carrier frequency.
• If carrier frequencies above 4 kHz are selected, the drive output current ratings must be derated.
• For derating information, contact your local Allen-Bradley distributor or Rockwell Automation sales representative and/or refer to the PowerFlex
520 User Manual, publication 520-UM001.
(2) The nominal horsepower ratings shown are for reference only. Size PowerFlex 523 drive units according to the application and output ampere
rating.
(3) Adding options to catalog string can increase space factor.
Table 210 - 2162X Combination PowerFlex 523 Variable Frequency AC Drive (VFD) Units with Fusible Disconnect (600V Normal Duty)
Nominal
NEMA Type 1 and Type 1 w/gasket NEMA 12
(1)
HP(2) Delivery
Frame Rating
Space Space Program
600V Catalog Number Catalog Number
Factor(3) Factor(3)
A 0.9 0.5 1.0 2162XB-0P9KC-33 1.5 2162XB-0P9JC-33
A 1.3 0.75 1.0 2162XB-1P7KC-34 1.5 2162XB-1P7JC-34
A 1.7 1.0 1.0 2162XB-1P7KC-35 1.5 2162XB-1P7JC-35
A 2.2 1.5 1.0 2162XB-3P0KC-36 2.0 2162XB-3P0JC-36
A 3.0 2.0 1.0 2162XB-3P0KC-37 2.0 2162XB-3P0JC-37
A 4.2 3.0 1.0 2162XB-4P2KC-38 2.0 2162XB-4P2JC-38 SC
B 6.6 5.0 1.0 2162XB-6P6KC-39 2.0 2162XB-6P6JC-39
C 9.9 7.5 2.0 2162XB-9P9KC-40 2.5 2162XB-9P9JC-40
C 12 10 2.0 2162XB-012KC-41 2.5 2162XB-012JC-41
D 19 15 2.0 2162XB-019KC-42 3.0 2162XB-019JC-42
D 22 20 2.5 2162XB-022KC-43 3.5 2162XB-022JC-43
(1) Size the PowerFlex 523 drive units according to the application and output ampere rating.
Standard units are configured to properly protect only the nominal motor horsepower listed.
Do not use another size motor without verifying the suitability of the unit for that motor size.
Normal Duty Applications can allow 110% overload of listed output current for 60 seconds.
Ampere ratings are at a 4 kHz carrier frequency.
If carrier frequencies above 4 kHz are selected, the drive output current ratings must be derated.
For derating information, contact your local Allen-Bradley distributor or Rockwell Automation sales representative and/or refer to the PowerFlex 520
User Manual, publication 520-UM001.
(2) The nominal horsepower ratings shown are for reference only. Size PowerFlex 523 drive units according to the application and output ampere
rating.
(3) Adding options to catalog string may increase space factor.
Units - 2163X Combination PowerFlex 523 Variable Frequency AC Drive (VFD) Units with Circuit Breaker,
480V and 600V AC
• See page page 218 for product description.
• For specific drive applications refer to PowerFlex 523 User Manual, publication 520-UM001.
• All PowerFlex ratings are Normal Duty.
• Bucket includes branch circuit (short circuit, 80VA control circuit transformer, door, and unit support pan. Branch circuit (overload)
protection is provided by the internal drive overload.
• See Table 290 for Combination Unit Short Circuit Current Ratings table.
• Wiring is Type B only. Drive can only accept 16 AWG control wire.
• Proper placement of drive units in the MCC is essential for proper operation and life cycle of the drive. Give strong consideration to
placing units with drives at the bottom of the section. When more than one drive unit is placed in a section, locate the drive unit with
the highest rating at the bottom of the section.
• Do not mount transformer units below drive units. Heat from transformer units can cause drive to trip.
• Integrated HIM (Human Interface Module) is included. Door mounted HIM must be selected on page 227.
• PowerFlex 523 AC drives are cULus (UL and C-UL listed) as motor overload protective devices. An external overload relay is not
required for single motor applications. PowerFlex 523 AC drives are not intended for use with single phase motors.
Table 211 - 2163X Combination PowerFlex 523 Variable Frequency AC Drive (VFD) Units with Circuit Breaker (480V Normal Duty)
Nominal
NEMA Type 1 and Type 1 w/gasket NEMA 12
HP(2) Delivery
Frame Rating(1) Program
Space Space
480V Catalog Number(4) Catalog Number(4)
Factor(3) Factor(3)
A 1.4 0.5 1.0 2163XB-1P4KB-33___ 1.5 2163XB-1P4JB-33___
A 1.7 0.75 1.0 2163XB-2P3KB-34___ 1.5 2163XB-2P3JB-34___
A 2.3 1.0 1.0 2163XB-2P3KB-35___ 1.5 2163XB-2P3JB-35___
A 3.0 1.5 1.0 2163XB-4P0KB-36___ 2.0 2163XB-4P0JB-36___
A 4.0 2.0 1.0 2163XB-4P0KB-37___ 2.0 2163XB-4P0JB-37___
A 6.0 3.0 1.0 2163XB-6P0KB-38___ 2.0 2163XB-6P0JB-38___ SC
B 10.5 5.0 1.0 2163XB-010KB-39___ 2.0 2163XB-010JB-39___
C 13 7.5 2.0 2163XB-013KB-40___ 2.5 2163XB-013JB-40___
C 17 10 2.0 2163XB-017KB-41___ 2.5 2163XB-017JB-41___
D 24 15 2.0 2163XB-024KB-42___ 3.0 2163XB-024JB-42___
D 30 20 2.5 2163XB-030KB-43___ 3.5 2163XB-030JB-43___
(1) Size the PowerFlex 523 drive units according to the application and output ampere rating.
Standard units are configured to properly protect only the nominal motor horsepower listed.
Do not use another size motor without verifying the suitability of the unit for that motor size.
Normal Duty Applications can allow 110% overload of listed output current for 60 seconds.
Ampere ratings are at a 4 kHz carrier frequency.
If carrier frequencies above 4 kHz are selected, the drive output current ratings must be derated.
For derating information, contact your local Allen-Bradley distributor or Rockwell Automation sales representative and/or refer to the PowerFlex 520 User
Manual, publication 520-UM001.
(2) The nominal horsepower ratings shown are for reference only. Size PowerFlex 523 drive units according to the application and output ampere rating.
(3) Adding options to catalog string can increase space factor.
(4) The catalog numbers listed are not complete. Select the appropriate suffix from Table 256 to identify the circuit breaker type (for example, 2163XB-
1P4KB-33TGM).
Table 212 - 2163X Combination PowerFlex 523 Variable Frequency AC Drive (VFD) Units with Circuit Breaker (600V Normal Duty)
Nominal
NEMA Type 1 and Type 1 w/gasket NEMA 12
HP(2) Delivery
Frame Rating(1) Program
Space Space
600V Catalog Number(4) Catalog Number(4)
Factor(3) Factor(3)
A 0.9 0.5 1.0 2163XB-0P9KC-33___ 1.5 2163XB-0P9JC-33___
A 1.3 0.75 1.0 2163XB-1P7KC-34___ 1.5 2163XB-1P7JC-34___
A 1.7 1.0 1.0 2163XB-1P7KC-35___ 1.5 2163XB-1P7JC-35___
A 2.2 1.5 1.0 2163XB-3P0KC-36___ 2.0 2163XB-3P0JC-36___
A 3.0 2.0 1.0 2163XB-3P0KC-37___ 2.0 2163XB-3P0JC-37___
A 4.2 3.0 1.0 2163XB-4P2KC-38___ 2.0 2163XB-4P2JC-38___ SC
B 6.6 5.0 1.0 2163XB-6P6KC-39___ 2.0 2163XB-6P6JC-39___
C 9.9 7.5 2.0 2163XB-9P9KC-40___ 2.5 2163XB-9P9JC-40___
C 12 10 2.0 2163XB-012KC-41___ 2.5 2163XB-012JC-41___
D 19 15 2.0 2163XB-019KC-42___ 3.0 2163XB-019JC-42___
D 22 20 2.5 2163XB-022KC-43___ 3.5 2163XB-022JC-43___
(1) Size the PowerFlex 523 drive units according to the application and output ampere rating.
Standard units are configured to properly protect only the nominal motor horsepower listed.
Do not use another size motor without verifying the suitability of the unit for that motor size.
Normal Duty Applications can allow 110% overload of listed output current for 60 seconds.
Ampere ratings are at a 4 kHz carrier frequency.
If carrier frequencies above 4 kHz are selected, the drive output current ratings must be derated.
For derating information, contact your local Allen-Bradley distributor or Rockwell Automation sales representative and/or refer to the PowerFlex
520 User Manual, publication 520-UM001.
(2) The nominal horsepower ratings shown are for reference only. Size PowerFlex 523 drive units according to the application and output ampere
rating.
(3) Adding options to catalog string can increase space factor.
(4) The catalog numbers listed are not complete. Select the appropriate suffix from Table 256 to identify the circuit breaker type (for example, 2163XB-
1P4KB-33TGM).
Notes:
To select pilot light lens color, add letters to the option number: A = amber, B = blue, C = clear, G = green, R = red,
W = white (for example, 4RG is a red ON and green OFF pilot light). Clear and white are not available for Bulletin 800T LED type pilot lights.
Clear is not available on Bulletin 800F LED pilot lights. White is not available on Bulletin 800F incandescent pilot lights.
Table 213 - Bulletins 2162…2163 VFD Push Button, Control Station Housing, and Selector Switch Options
PowerFlex 70, 520, 700, and 750 Series Drives
2162Q 2162V Option Delivery
Option Description 2162R 2162W 2162X 2162U
(1) (1) (1) 2163V(1) Number Program
2163Q 2163W 2163X 2163U (2)
2163R
DRIVE START–DRIVE STOP (6) -1
Push Buttons(3),(4), (5)
JOG (6) -1E
Push Buttons and Selector HAND-OFF-AUTO, HAND START-
-1F
Switch(3) HAND STOP SC
AUTO–MANUAL (speed select) (6) -3
Selector Switch(3),(4),(5) FORWARD–REVERSE (6) -3E
HAND–OFF–AUTO (6) (7),(8) (8) (8) (9) -3F
RUN (10) -4_
RUN-AT
Incandescent type SPEED (10) -4_ _ ENG
Pilot Lights (Transformer FAULT (10) -4T_
Type for 800T, full voltage
800F)(3), (5) RUN (7),(10) (11),(10) (10) (10) -4L_
RUN-AT
LED type SPEED (10) (10) -4L_ _ SC
Multiple option numbers are separated by a dash and added to the base catalog number in ascending order.
Multiple option numbers are separated by a dash and added to the base catalog number in ascending order.
Multiple option numbers are separated by a dash and added to the base catalog number in ascending order.
(13) For Bulletin 2162U/V and 2163U/V Frame size 1 drives, Safety Relays, Thermostats, and Reactors are mutually exclusive. For Bulletin 2163U/V Frame size 2 in 2.0SF, Safety Relays and
Thermostats are mutually exclusive and reactors are not allowed.
(14) Option -14DA2R2 or -14DA2R4 is required with this option.
(Footnotes continue on the next page.)
(15) This option must be selected with Option - 14DENC1 (Dual Encoder Feedback) and (1) -14DA2R2 I/O Module. Frame 1 drives are limited to two pilot devices and no communication module. For
Frame 2…7, only one of the following can be selected in addition: One Communication Module or a second I/O Module (-14DA2R3 or -14DA2R4); the Auxiliary Power Supply Option - 14APS can
also be selected.
(16) Option can not be called out with the Ungrounded Power System option -14PSUG per product specifications.
(17) Required on 2162W, 2163W, 2162X, and 2163X Drives with output ratings less than 19 A.
(18) Optional UL Class J time delay fuses. These fuses provide both branch circuit protection and drive input protection. The drive input fuses are provided in series with the circuit breaker in
Bulletin 2163U/V units.
(19) Required on 2162W, 2163W, 2162X, and 2163X Drives with output ratings greater than or equal to 19 A.
(20) Only available on units that have fans mounted on the door.
(21) This option is not available for frame 1 and 2 in 2.0SF units that have fans mounted on the door.
A line reactor (connecting a reactor on the line side of the drive) is considered as a means to address one or more of the following issues:
• Applications with severe power line transient disturbances degrading the power quality of the incoming power line. For example,
arcing during power line switching, arc welder applications, or switching of a system power factor correction capacitor bank at the
main service, especially if the PFCC bank is switched by a vacuum contactor.
• Applications utilizing improvement of power line harmonic content.
- However, due to the built-in DC link reactor internal to the Allen-Bradley IGBT-based PWM drives, a line reactor has little effect on
the improvement of power line harmonic distortion.
• Applications exposed to excessive high voltage transients due to lightning.
- However, a surge protective device unit for the total MCC is recommended for such applications (for example, catalog #2100-
SPKB-1 or catalog #2100-SPKC-1).
Applications with both line and load reactors are not recommended without first contacting your local Allen-Bradley distributor or Rockwell
Automation sales representative. While this application is not detrimental to the drive itself, it can produce erroneous drive operation caused
by effects of common mode current. These effects can be influenced by drive HP, carrier frequency, motor load, and output cable length.
Contact your local Allen-Bradley distributor or Rockwell Automation sales representative when both line and load reactors are deemed
necessary for the application.
Additional recommendations are available in the specific IGBT-based PWM inverter user manual. Consult these manuals for restrictions
regarding drive carrier frequency, motor cable length and motor insulation class (inverter class motors). Information on the use of reactors
and the use of Bulletin 1204 terminators can also be found in the user manuals.
Multiple option numbers are separated by a dash and added to the base catalog number in ascending order.
Table 220 - Space Factor Adders for Bulletin 2162U and 2162V Normal Duty
Space Factor Adder
MSR Safety 120V
Drive Rating Code 480V NEMA Type Base Unit S.F. AC 14RLX Line 14RXL Load 14R__ and
Fan Thermo Separate 112A
Relay Control Reactor Reactor 112A
2P1F1N, 3P4F1N, 5P0F1N, 8P0F1N 1/1G 2.0 None(1) None(1) None(1) None(1) None(1) — —
011F1N 1/1G 2.0 None(1) None(1) None(1) None(1) — — —
014F1N 1/1G 2.0 None(1) None(1) None(1) — — — —
1/1G 2.5 None None None None None None None
2P1H, 3P4H, 5P0H, 8P0H, 011H
12 2.5 None None None None None None None
1/1G 2.5 None None None None None None 0.5
014N
12 2.5 None None None 0.5 0.5 None 0.5
1/1G 2.5 None None None None None 0.5 1.0
022N
12 3.0 None None None 0.5 0.5 None 0.5
1/1G 2.5 None None None 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5
027N, 034N
12 3.5 None None None None None — —
1/1G 3.0 None None None 0.5 0.5 None 0.5
040N
12 3.5 None None None 0.5 0.5 — —
1/1G 3.0 None None None 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5
052N
12 4.0 None None None None None — —
1/1G 3.0 None None None 1.0 1.0 0.5 1.0
065N (2) (2)
12 4.0 None None None — —
1/1G 6.0 x 20" W x 15" D None None None None None None None
077N
12 6.0 x 25" W x 15" D None None None None None — —
1/1G 6.0 x 25" W x 15" D None None None None None None None
096N
12 6.0 x 25" W x 15" D None None None None None — —
1/1G 6.0 x 25" W x 20" D None None None None None None None
125N
12 6.0 x 25" W x 20" D None None None None None — —
1/1G 6.0 x 25" W x 20" D None None None None None None None
156N
12 6.0 x 30" W x 20" D None None None None None — —
1/1G 6.0 x 25" W x 20" D None None None None None 5" W 5" W
186N
12 6.0 x 35" W x 20" D None None None None None — —
1/1G 6.0 x 30" W x 20" D None None None None None None None
248N
12 — — — — — — — —
(1) Options are mutally exclusive, only one per unit.
(2) Type 12 w/ 14RLX or 14RXL becomes 6.0 space factor x 20" W x 15"D.
Table 221 - Space Factor Adders for Bulletin 2162U and 2162V Normal Duty
Space Factor Adder
Drive Rating Code, 600V NEMA Type Base Unit Space Factor
14R_ _ 112A 14R_ _ and 112A
1/1G 2.5 None None None
1P7N, 2P7N, 3P9N
12 2.5 None None None
1/1G 2.5 0.5 None 0.5
6P1N
12 2.5 0.5 None 0.5
1/1G 2.5 0.5 0.5 0.5
9P0N, 011N
12 3 None None None
1/1G 2.5 0.5 0.5 0.5
017N, 022N
12 3.5 None --- ---
1/1G 3 0.5 None 0.5
027N
12 4 None --- ---
1/1G 3 0.5 None 0.5
032N
12 4 None --- ---
1/1G 6.0 S.F. x 20"W. x 15"D None None None
041N
12 6.0 S.F. x 25"W. x 15"D None --- ---
1/1G 6.0 S.F. x 25"W. x 15"D None None None
052N
12 6.0 S.F. x 25"W. x 15"D None --- ---
1/1G 6.0 S.F. x 25"W. x 20"D None None None
063N, 077N
12 6.0 S.F. x 25"W. x 20"D None --- ---
1/1G 6.0 S.F. x 25"W. x 20"D None None None
099N
12 6.0 S.F. x 30"W. x 20"D None --- ---
1/1G 6.0 S.F. x 25"W. x 20"D None None None
125N
12 6.0 S.F. x 35"W. x 20"D None --- ---
1/1G 6.0 S.F. x 30"W. x 20"D None None None
144N
12 --- --- --- ---
Table 222 - Space Factor Adders for Bulletin 2162U and 2162V Heavy Duty
Space Factor Adder
Drive Rating
MSR Safety 120V
NEMA Type Base Unit S.F. AC
Code 480V 14RLX Line 14RXL Load 112A 14R__ and
Fan Thermo Separate
Relay Reactor Reactor 112A
Control
3P4F1H,
5P0F1H, 1/1G 2.0 None(1) None(1) None(1) None(1) None(1) — —
8P0F1H, 011F1H
014F1H 1/1G 2.0 None(1) None(1) None(1) None(1) — — —
2P1H, 1/1G 2.5 None None None None None None None
3P4H,5P0H,
8P0H, 011H 12 2.5 None None None None None None None
1/1G 2.5 None None None None None 0.5 1.0
022H
12 3.0 None None None 0.5 0.5 None 0.5
1/1G 2.5 None None None 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5
027H, 034H
12 3.5 None None None None None — —
1/1G 3.0 None None None 0.5 0.5 None 0.5
040H
12 3.5 None None None 0.5 0.5 — —
1/1G 3.0 None None None 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5
052H
12 4.0 None None None None None — —
1/1G 3.0 None None None 1.0 1.0 0.5 1.0
065H (2) (2)
12 4.0 None None None — —
1/1G 6.0 x 20" W x 15" D None None None None None None None
077H
12 6.0 x 25" W x 15" D None None None None None — —
1/1G 6.0 x 25" W x 15" D None None None None None None None
096H
12 6.0 x 25" W x 15" D None None None None None — —
1/1G 6.0 x 25" W x 20" D None None None None None None None
125H
12 6.0 x 25" W x 20" D None None None None None — —
1/1G 6.0 x 25" W x 20" D None None None None None None None
156H
12 6.0 x 30" W x 20" D None None None None None — —
1/1G 6.0 x 25" W x 20"D None None None None None 5" W 5" W
186H
12 6.0 x 35" W x 20" D None None None None None — —
1/1G 6.0 x 30" W x 20" D None None None None None None None
248H
12 — — — — — — — —
(1) Options are mutally exclusive, only one per unit.
(2) Type 12 w/ 14RLX or 14RXL becomes 6.0 space factor x 20" W x 15" D.
Table 223 - Space Factor Adders for Bulletin 2162U and 2162V Heavy Duty
Space Factor Adder
Drive Rating Code, 600V NEMA Type Base Unit Space Factor
14R_ _ 112A 14R_ _ and 112A
1/1G 2.5 None None None
1P7H, 2P7H, 3P9H, 6P1H
12 2.5 None None None
1/1G 2.5 0.5 0.5 0.5
9P0H, 011H
12 3 None None None
1/1G 2.5 0.5 0.5 0.5
017H, 022H
12 3.5 None --- ---
1/1G 3 0.5 None 0.5
027H
12 4 None --- ---
1/1G 3 0.5 None 0.5
032H
12 4 None --- ---
1/1G 6.0 S.F. x 20"W. x 15"D None None None
041H
12 6.0 S.F. x 25"W. x 15"D None --- ---
1/1G 6.0 S.F. x 25"W. x 15"D None None None
052H
12 6.0 S.F. x 25"W. x 15"D None --- ---
1/1G 6.0 S.F. x 25"W. x 20"D None None None
063H, 077H
12 6.0 S.F. x 25"W. x 20"D None --- ---
1/1G 6.0 S.F. x 25"W. x 20"D None None None
099H
12 6.0 S.F. x 30"W. x 20"D None --- ---
1/1G 6.0 S.F. x 25"W. x 20"D None None None
125H
12 6.0 S.F. x 35"W. x 20"D None --- ---
1/1G 6.0 S.F. x 30"W. x 20"D None None None
144H
12 --- --- --- ---
Table 224 - Space Factor Adders for Bulletin 2163U and 2163V Normal Duty
Space Factor Adder
Drive
14RLX__ 14RXL__ 14DF___
Rating NEMA Base 14DF___ 14DF___
MSR 120V AC
Code Type Unit S.F. Control Fan 14DF___ 14R__
Safety Separate 14DF___ Fuses Fuses and
Line Load 112A and
Station Thermo Relay Control Fuses Reactor Reactor and
480V and and 112A 112A 14R__
14RLX 14RXL and 112A
2P1F1N,
3P4F1N, 1/1G
5P0F1N, 2.0 None None(1) None(1) None(1) None None(1) None(1) None(1) None(1) — — — —
8P0F1N
011F1N 1/1G 2.0 None None(1) None(1) None(1) None None — None — — — — —
014F1N 1/1G 2.0 None None(1) None(1) None(1) None — — — — — — — —
2P1H, 1/1G 2.5 None None None None None None None None None None None None None
3P4H,
5P0H,
8P0H, 12 2.5 None None None None None None None None None None None None None
011H
1/1G 2.5 None None None None None None None None None None None 0.5 0.5
014N
12 2.5 None None None None None 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 None None 0.5 0.5
1/1G 2.0 0.5 None(2) None(2) None(2) None(2) 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 1.0 1.0 1.5 1.5
022N
12 3.0 None None None None None 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 None None 0.5 0.5
027N, 1/1G 2.5 None None None None 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5
034N 12 3.5 None None None None None None None None None — — — —
1/1G 3.0 None None None None 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 None 0.5 0.5 0.5
040N
12 3.5 None None None None None 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 — — — —
1/1G 3.0 None None None None None 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5
052N
12 4.0 None None None None None None None None None — — — —
1/1G 3.0 None None None None 0.5 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 0.5 1.0 1.0 1.0
065N (3) (3) (3) (3) (3)
12 4.0 None None None None — — — —
6.0 x 20" None
1/1G None None None 5"W None None 5"W 5"W None 5"W None None
W x 15" D
077N
6.0 x 25" None
12 None None None None None None None None — — — —
W x 15" D
6.0 x 25" None
1/1G None None None None None None None None None None None None
W x 15" D
096N
6.0 x 25" None
12 None None None None None None None None — — — —
W x 15" D
6.0 x 25"
1/1G W x 20" None None None None None None None None None None None None None
D
125N
6.0 x 25"
12 W x 20" None None None None None None None None None — — — —
D
Table is continued on the next page.
Table 224 - Space Factor Adders for Bulletin 2163U and 2163V Normal Duty (Continued)
Space Factor Adder
Drive
14RLX__ 14RXL__ 14DF___
Rating NEMA Base 14DF___ 14DF___
MSR 120V AC
Code Type Unit S.F. Control Fan 14DF___ 14R__
Safety Separate 14DF___ Fuses Fuses and
Line Load 112A and
Station Thermo Relay Control Fuses Reactor Reactor and
480V and and 112A 112A 14R__
14RLX 14RXL and 112A
6.0 x 25"
1/1G W x 20" None None None None None None None None None None None None None
D
156N
6.0 x 30"
12 W x 20" None None None None None None None None None — — — —
D
6.0 x 25"
1/1G W x 20" None None None None None None None None None 5"W 5"W 5"W 5"W
D
186N
6.0 x 35"
12 W x 20" None None None None None None None None None — — — —
D
6.0 x 30"
1/1G W x 20" None None None None None None None None None None None None None
248N D
12 — — — — — — — — — — — — — —
(1) Options are mutally exclusive, only one option per unit.
(2) Two or more options add 0.5 SF.
(3) Type 12 w/ 14RLX or 14RXL becomes 6.0 space factor x 20" W x 15" D.
Table 225 - Space Factor Adders for Bulletin 2163U and 2163V Normal Duty
Space Factor Adder
Base Unit
Drive Rating Code, 600V(1) NEMA Type Space 14DF_ _ _
14DF_ _ _ 14DF_ _ _ 14R_ _ and
Factor 14DF_ _ _ 14R_ _ 112A and 14R_ _
and 14R_ _ and 112A 112A and 112A
1/1G 2.5 None None None None None None None
1P7N, 2P7N, 3P9N
12 2.5 None None None None None None None
1/1G 2.5 None 0.5 0.5 None None 0.5 0.5
6P1N
12 2.5 None 0.5 0.5 None None 0.5 0.5
1/1G 2.5 None 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5
9P0N, 011N
12 3 None None None None None None None
1/1G 2.5 None 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5
017N, 022N
12 3.5 None None None --- --- --- ---
1/1G 3 None 0.5 0.5 None None 0.5 0.5
027N
12 4 None None None --- --- --- ---
1/1G 3 None 0.5 0.5 None None 0.5 0.5
032N
12 4 None None None --- --- --- ---
6.0 S.F. x
1/1G None None None None None None None
20"W. x 15"D
041N
6.0 S.F. x
12 None None None --- --- --- ---
25"W. x 15"D
6.0 S.F. x
1/1G None None None None None None None
25"W. x 15"D
052N
6.0 S.F. x
12 None None None --- --- --- ---
25"W. x 15"D
Table is continued on the next page.
Table 225 - Space Factor Adders for Bulletin 2163U and 2163V Normal Duty (Continued)
Space Factor Adder
Base Unit
Drive Rating Code, 600V(1) NEMA Type Space 14DF_ _ _
14DF_ _ _ 14DF_ _ _ 14R_ _ and
Factor 14DF_ _ _ 14R_ _ 112A and 14R_ _
and 14R_ _ and 112A 112A and 112A
6.0 S.F. x
1/1G None None None None None None None
25"W. x 20"D
063N, 077N
6.0 S.F. x
12 None None None --- --- --- ---
25"W. x 20"D
6.0 S.F. x
1/1G None None None None None None None
25"W. x 20"D
099N
6.0 S.F. x
12 None None None --- --- --- ---
30"W. x 20"D
6.0 S.F. x
1/1G None None None None None None None
25"W. x 20"D
125N
6.0 S.F. x
12 None None None --- --- --- ---
35"W. x 20"D
6.0 S.F. x
1/1G None None None None None None None
144N 30"W. x 20"D
12 --- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---
(1) Fusing is not optional with 140G Breakers at 600V.
Table 226 - Space Factor Adders for Bulletin 2163U and 2163V Heavy Duty
Space Factor Adder
Drive
Rating NEMA Base MSR 120V AC 14DF___ 14RLX 14RXL 14DF___ 14DF___ 14DF___
Code Type Unit Control Fan Fuses Fuses 14DF___ 14R__ and
Station Thermo Relay Separate
S.F. Safety Line Load 112A
Control Fuses
480V and and and 112A and 112A 14R__
Reactor Reactor 14RLX 14RXL and 112A
3P4F1H,5
P0F1H,8P 1/1G
0F1H, 2.0 None None(1) None(1) None(1) None(1) None(1) None(1) None(1) None(1) — — — —
011F1H
014F1H 1/1G 2.0 None None(1) None(1) None(1) None(1) None(1) 0.5 None(1) — — — — —
2P1H,3P4 1/1G 2.5 None None None None None None None None None None None None None
H,5P0H,8
P0H, 12 2.5 None None None None None None None None None None None None None
011H
1/1G 2.0 0.5 None(2) None(2) None(2) None(2) 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 1.0 1.0 1.5 1.5
022H
12 3.0 None None None None None 0.5 None 0.5 0.5 None None 0.5 0.5
027H, 1/1G 2.5 None None None None 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5
034H 12 3.5 None None None None None None None None None — — — —
1/1G 3.0 None None None None None 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 None 0.5 0.5 0.5
040H
12 3.5 None None None None None 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 — — — —
1/1G 3.0 None None None None None 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5
052H
12 4.0 None None None None None None 0.5 None None — — — —
1/1G 3.0 None None None None 0.5 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 0.5 1.0 1.0 1.0
065H (3) (3) (3) (3)
12 4.0 None None None None None — — — —
6.0 x
1/1G 20" W None None None None 5" W None None 5" W 5" W None 5" W None 5" W
x 15" D
077H
6.0 x
12 25" W None None None None None None None None None — — — —
x 15" D
6.0 x
1/1G 25" W None None None None None None 0.5 None None None None None None
x 15" D
096H
6.0 x
12 25" W None None None None None None 0.5 None None — — — —
x 15" D
Table is continued on the next page.
Table 226 - Space Factor Adders for Bulletin 2163U and 2163V Heavy Duty (Continued)
Space Factor Adder
Drive
Rating NEMA Base MSR 120V AC 14DF___ 14RLX 14RXL 14DF___ 14DF___ 14DF___
Code Type Unit Control Fan Fuses Fuses 14DF___ 14R__ and
Station Thermo Safety
S.F. Separate Line Load 112A
Relay Control Fuses
480V and and and 112A and 112A 14R__
Reactor Reactor 14RLX 14RXL and 112A
6. x 25"
1/1G Wx None None None None None None 0.5 None None None None None None
20" D
125H
6.0 x
12 25" W None None None None None None None None None — — — —
x 20" D
6.0 x
1/1G 25" W None None None None None None 1.0 None None None None None None
x 20" D
156H
6.0 x
12 30" W None None None None None None (3) None None — — — —
x 20" D
6.0 x
1/1G 25" W None None None None None None None None None 5" W 5" W 5" W 5" W
x 20" D
186H
6.0 x
12 35" W None None None None None None None None None — — — —
x 20" D
6.0 x
1/1G 30" W None None None None None None None None None None None None None
248H x 20" D
12 — — — — — — — — — — — — — —
(1) Options are mutually exclusive, only one option per unit.
(2) Two or more options add 0.5 SF.
(3) Type 12 w/ 14RLX or 14RXL becomes 6.0 space factor x 20" W x 15" D.
Table 227 - Space Factor Adders for Bulletin 2163U and 2163V Heavy Duty
Space Factor Adder
Base Unit
Drive Rating Code, 600V(1) NEMA Type Space 14DF_ _ _
14DF_ _ _ 14DF_ _ _ 14R_ _ and
Factor 14DF_ _ _ 14R_ _ 112A and 14R_ _
and 14R_ _ and 112A 112A and 112A
1/1G 2.5 None None None None None None None
1P7H, 2P7H, 3P9H, 6P1H
12 2.5 None None None None None None None
1/1G 2.5 None 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5
9P0H, 011H
12 3 None None None None None None None
1/1G 2.5 None 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5
017H, 022H
12 3.5 None None None --- --- --- ---
1/1G 3 None 0.5 0.5 None None 0.5 0.5
027H
12 4 None None None --- --- --- ---
1/1G 3 None 0.5 0.5 None None 0.5 0.5
032H
12 4 None None None --- --- --- ---
6.0 S.F. x
1/1G None None None None None None None
20"W. x 15"D
041H
6.0 S.F. x
12 None None None --- --- --- ---
25"W. x 15"D
6.0 S.F. x
1/1G None None None None None None None
25"W. x 15"D
052H
6.0 S.F. x
12 None None None --- --- --- ---
25"W. x 15"D
6.0 S.F. x
1/1G None None None None None None None
25"W. x 20"D
063H, 077H
6.0 S.F. x
12 None None None --- --- --- ---
25"W. x 20"D
Table is continued on the next page.
Table 227 - Space Factor Adders for Bulletin 2163U and 2163V Heavy Duty (Continued)
Space Factor Adder
Base Unit
Drive Rating Code, 600V(1) NEMA Type Space 14DF_ _ _
14DF_ _ _ 14DF_ _ _ 14R_ _ and
Factor 14DF_ _ _ 14R_ _ 112A and 14R_ _
and 14R_ _ and 112A 112A and 112A
1/1G 6.0 S.F. x None None None None None None None
25"W. x 20"D
099H
6.0 S.F. x
12 None None None --- --- --- ---
30"W. x 20"D
6.0 S.F. x
1/1G None None None None None None None
25"W. x 20"D
125H
6.0 S.F. x
12 None None None --- --- --- ---
35"W. x 20"D
6.0 S.F. x
1/1G None None None None None None None
144H 30"W. x 20"D
12 --- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---
(1) Fusing is not optional with 140G Breakers at 600V.
Table 228 - Space Factor Adders for Bulletin 2162W, 2163W, 2162X and 2163X
Space Factor Adder
Base
Drive Rating NEMA Unit 14H__
14DF__ EMC 14R__ MSR 120V AC 112A w/ 112A w/
Control Control Door
Code Type Space Drive Filter Reactor Fan
Thermo Safety Separate 112A EMC or EMC and
Factor XFMR Station Mounted
Fuses Kit Relay Control Reactor Reactor
HIM
0P9, 1P4, 1P7, 1/1G
2P3 1.0 None None 0.5 None 0.5(1) 0.5(1) None 0.5 None 0.5 0.5 1.0
3P0, 4P0, 4P2, 1/1G
6P0 1.0 None None 0.5 None 0.5(1) 0.5(1) None 0.5 None 1.0 1.0 1.0
6P6, 010 1/1G 1.0 None None 0.5 None 0.5(1) 0.5(1) None 0.5 None 1.0 1.0 1.5
0P9, 1P4, 1P7, 12 1.5 None None None None 0.5 0.5 --- None None None None None
2P3
3P0, 4P0, 4P2, 12 2.0 None None None None None None --- None None None None None
6P0
6P6, 010 12 2.0 None None None None 0.5 0.5 --- None None None None None
9P9, 012, 013, 1/1G 2.0 None None None None None None None None None 0.5 0.5 1.0
017
019, 024 1/1G 2.0 None None None None 0.5 (1) 0.5 (1) None None None 1.0 1.0 1.0
022 1/1G 2.0 None None None None 0.5 (1) 0.5 (1) None None None 1.5 1.5 2.0
030 1/1G 2.5 None None None None (1) (1) None None None 1.0 1.0 1.0
9P9, 012, 013 12 2.5 None None None None (1) (1) --- None None None None None
017 12 2.5 None None None None 0.5 0.5 --- None None None None None
019, 024 12 3.0 None None None None (1) (1) None None None --- --- ---
022 12 3.5 None None None None None None None None None --- --- ---
030 12 3.5 None None None None None None None None None --- --- ---
(1) Combination of EMC Filter Kit and 14R__ Reactor requires an additional 0.5 SF.
Table 229 - Space Factor Adders for Bulletins 2162R and 2163R Table 230 - Space Factor Adders for Bulletins 2162R and 2163R
480V 600V
NEMA Type Rating Code Space Factor Adder NEMA Type Rating Code Space Factor Adder
027 (1) 022 (1)
034 027
0.5
1, 1G 040 1, 1G 032
052 041
065 (2) 0.5, 1.0 052 (3)
1P1 (1) 1P7 - 3P9 (1) 0.5
(1) 027
2P1
3P4 (1)
12 0.5 12
5P0 (1)
032
034
040
(1) Bulletin 2163R only.
(2) Bulletin 2162R requires 1.0 space factor adder and Bulletin 2163R requires 0.5 space factor adder.
(3) Bulletin 2162R only.
Multiple option numbers are separated by a dash and added to the base catalog number in ascending order.
Table 231 - Bulletins 2162…2163 VFD Grounding, Control Wiring, and Miscellaneous Options
PowerFlex 70, 520,
700, and 750 Series
Drives
Option 2162Q 2163Q Delivery
Option Description 2162R 2163R
Number Program
2162U 2163U
2162V 2163V
2162W 2163W
2162X 2163X
Grounded Unit Hinge mounted ground strap mounted on hinge of unit door. Unit door grounding strap for
-79GD
Door(1) IEC requirements.
Specify on plug-in units for sections with unplated vertical unit load
-79L Unplated copper
Unit Load ground bus.
Connector Specify on plug-in units for sections with tin plated vertical unit load
-79LT(2) ground bus. Tin plated cooper
— Copper alloy
Specify on plug-in units for sections with vertical plug-in ground bus.
Unit Ground Stab -79U Unplated copper unit ground stab can also be used with steel vertical Unplated copper
ground bus.
-79UT(2) Tin plated cooper
Normally Open—One N.O. mounted on operating mechanism (operates with movement of
-98(3) external handle only)
Normally Closed—One N.C. mounted on operating mechanism (operates with movement of
-99(3) external handle only)
Auxiliary Contacts -790K(4) One Form C Aux mounted internally in Circuit Breaker SC
-790L(4) Two Form C Aux mounted internally in Circuit Breaker
-790A(4) One Form C Aux, One Form C Alarm mounted internally in Circuit Breaker
-790T(4) One Form C Alarm mounted internally in Circuit Breaker
T-Handle -111 T-Handle latch on unit door. Not available on 2160R units.
-112A(5) Make the unit Device Limited ArcShield compatible.
Arc Resistant
Latches Make the unit 100ms Duration Rated and Device Limited with bus sizes of 1600A and above,
-112B(5) ArcShield compatible.
SecureConnect™
(6) -113 Adds SecureConnect to the unit.
Control Circuit
— Type MTW (TEW) 90°C #16 AWG copper wire, VW1 rated
Wiring(7)
-751D Brady Datab wire markers at each end of the control wires.
Control Wire SC
-751HS Heat shrink type wire markers
Markers (+2 days)
-751S Sleeve type wire marker
Device Markers -751M Mylar Device Markers
Shunt Trip -754 Shunt Trip Relay. Applying potential to the relay trips the breaker. (110…127V AC, 110…125V DC) SC
Undervoltage Undervoltage relay. Loss of potential to the relay trips the breaker. (110…127V AC,
-780
Release 110…125V DC)
Table is continued on the next page.
Table 231 - Bulletins 2162…2163 VFD Grounding, Control Wiring, and Miscellaneous Options (Continued)
PowerFlex 70, 520,
700, and 750 Series
Drives
Option 2162Q 2163Q Delivery
Option Description 2162R 2163R
Number Program
2162U 2163U
2162V 2163V
2162W 2163W
2162X 2163X
French Legend Legend plates printed in French are available on all pilot devices. Specify 860F when pilot
-860F
Plates device options are selected.
Spanish Legend Legend plates printed in Spanish are available on all pilot devices. Specify 860S when pilot
-860S
Plates device options are selected.
Plated steel SC
nameplate screws.
Provided when
Door Nameplate Screws
cardholder or
nameplates are
not selected.
1.125'' x 3.625''
plastic card
Card Holder for Unit Doors
holders with blank
cards
Unit Door
— Acrylic plate
Nameplates(1)
(available in U.S.
only). Nameplate is
white with black
letters or black
1.125" x 3.625" engraved 3-line nameplate or 4-line nameplate with white letters. SC-II
Phenolic plate.
Nameplate is
white with black
letters or black
with white letters.
Stainless Steel
Nameplate — Stainless steel nameplate screws for unit nameplates (2 per unit)
Screws(1)
Container is skid mounted and packaged in clear plastic. Packing is not watertight or
Export Packing SC (+2
— waterproof. Extended storage can require space heater and other considerations. For
Below Deck days)
sections, see Table 17 on page 31.
(1) Also available on Bulletin 2160R units.
(2) Unit Load Ground Connector and Unit Ground Stab plating must match, horizontal and vertical ground bus plating.
(3) The maximum number of auxiliary contacts that can be supplied internally is two, in any combination. Contacts actuate with movement of unit handle to ON or OFF position only.
Contacts are not designed to actuate as a result of a circuit breaker trip. For such applications, auxiliary contacts -790K (G, H, and J) and -790A (all other frames) mounted internally
must be selected. Auxiliary contacts are supplied unwired.
(4) These are form C contacts. Each form C contact includes one N.O. and one N.C. contact. Internal auxiliary contacts -790K (G, H, and J) and -790A (all other frames) are wired to a 3-
point unmounted terminal block.
(5) Device Limited ArcShield is available for systems between 600…3000 A. 100 ms Duration Rated ArcShield is available for systems between 1200…3000 A (below 1200 A is available
on the ENG program).
(6) Available with plug-in units only. Not available with 0.5 S.F. units. Automatic shutters are required.
(7) Options for factory wiring of control circuits. Device and component internal wiring, wiring outside of unit (for example 24V Ethernet wiring and Ethernet cabling), and wiring that
could affect operation or certification (for example, insulation temperature class, EMC shielding requirements, communication requirements, UL, C-UL, CSA, CE) are not included.
Notes:
Unit Features
Unit Options
• Processor cards (all memory upgrade options).
• Communication cards (Ethernet, ControlNet, DeviceNet, Remote I/O DH+).
• Power supply (10.0 A)
Catalog Number Explanation - Bulletin 2180, 2182 and 2183 Programmable Control I/O Chassis Units
• NEMA Enclosure Type 1, Type 1 with gasket and Type 12
• Type A Wiring
Table 232 - Catalog Number Explanation - Bulletin 2180, 2182 and 2183 Programmable Control I/O Chassis Units
2180L - A K XWD - - **
2182L - A K B - - **
2183L - A K B - 30THM - **
Trip Current and Circuit Breaker
Bulletin Number Number of I/O Chassis and Slots NEMA Enclosure Type Line Voltage Options
Type
Code Type Code NEMA Enclosure Type Code Line Voltage Code Option
Bulletin 1756 ControlLogix NEMA Type 1 or Type 1 P 220 - 230V See Options section
K
Programmable Controller (PLC) I/O with gasket A 240V beginning on page 249.
2180L Chassis without Disconnecting J NEMA Type 12 N 380V
Means(1) KN 400V
Bulletin 1756 ControlLogix I 415V
2182L Programmable Controller (PLC) I/O
B 480V
Chassis with Fusible Disconnect(1)
C 600V
Bulletin 1756 ControlLogix
Programmable Controller (PLC) I/O XWD 120V
2183L
Chassis with Circuit Breaker(1) Does not include
transformer or power bus
(1) 2180LB, 2182LB and 2183LB indicate bottom stabs.
mounting on section.
Table 235 - Circuit Breaker Options and Adders (for combination short circuit ratings, see page 285) (1)
Circuit Breaker
Suffix
Frame Type
G6C3 TGM
H6C3 THM
J15C3 TJU
(1) Refer to the CENTERLINE Motor Control Centers Thermal
Magnetic Circuit Breakers, publication 2100-TD032 , for
more information.
Notes:
Multiple option numbers are separated by a dash and added to the base catalog number in ascending order.
Table 236 - Communication, Door, Ground Stab, and Contact Options
Bulletin 1756
Option ControlLogix Chassis Delivery
Option Description
Number Program
2180L 2182L 2183L
Power Supply (1) -12PA72 Bulletin 1756-PA72, 10.0A power supply for 4- and 7-slot ControlLogix chassis SC
Hinge mounted ground strap mounted on hinge of unit door. (Unit door grounding strap for
Grounded Unit Door -79GD SC
IEC requirements.)
— Copper alloy
Select on plug-in units for sections with vertical plug-in ground bus.
Unit -79U Unplated copper
Unplated copper unit ground stab can also be used with steel vertical
Ground Stab ground bus.
-79UT(2) Tin plate copper
Normally Open—One N.O. mounted on operating mechanism (operates Disconnects
-98 (3) with movement of external handle only) Circuit Breakers
Normally Closed—One N.C. mounted on operating mechanism Disconnects
-99 (3) (operates with movement of external handle only) Circuit Breakers
Auxiliary Contacts -790K(4) One Form C Aux mounted internally in Circuit Breaker SC
-790L(4) Two Form C Aux mounted internally in Circuit Breaker
-790A(4) One Form C Aux, One Form C Alarm mounted internally in Circuit Breaker
-790T(4) One Form C Alarm mounted internally in Circuit Breaker
-790B(4) Two Form C Aux, One Form C Alarm mounted internally in Circuit Breaker
(1) Power supply options are mutually exclusive. See table on page 291 for supplied control circuit transformer.
(2) Unit Load Ground Connector and Unit Ground Stab plating must match, horizontal and vertical ground bus plating
(3) The maximum number of auxiliary contacts that can be supplied is two in any combination. Contacts actuate with movement of unit handle to ON or OFF position only. Contacts
are not designed to actuate as a result of a circuit breaker trip. For such applications, auxiliary contacts -790K (G, H, and J) and -790A (all other frames) mounted internally must
be selected. Auxiliary contacts are supplied unwired.
(4) These are form C contacts. Each form C contact includes one N.O. and one N.C. contact. Internal auxiliary contacts -790K (G, H, and J) and -790A (all other frames) are wired to a
3-point unmounted terminal block.
Multiple option numbers are separated by a dash and added to the base catalog number in ascending order.
Table 237 - T-Handle, Wire Marker, and Nameplate Options
Bulletin 1756
Option ControlLogix Chassis Delivery
Option Description
Number Program
2180L 2182L 2183L
T-Handle -111 T-Handle latches on unit door SC
-751D Adhesive Brady Datab type markers at each end of control wire. SC
Control Wire SC
Markers -751HS Heat shrink type wire marker (+2 days)
-751S Sleeve type wire marker
SC
Device Markers -751M Mylar Device Markers
Plated steel nameplate screws.
Door Nameplate Screws Provided when cardholder or SC
nameplates are not selected.
1.125'' x 3.625'' plastic card holders with
Card Holder for Unit Doors
Unit Door blank cards
—
Nameplates Acrylic plate (available in U.S. only).
1.125” x 3.625” engraved 3-line nameplate or Lettering is white with black letters or
4-line nameplate black with white letters. SC-II
Phenolic plate. Lettering is white with
black letters or black with white letters.
Stainless Steel
Nameplate Screws — Stainless steel nameplate screws for unit nameplate (2 per unit)
Export Packing Container is skid mounted and packaged in clear plastic. Packing is not watertight or SC
—
Below Deck waterproof. Take considerations if extended storage is expected. (+2 days)
Table 238 - Control Voltage Type for Bulletins 2102L, 2103L, 2106, 2107, 2112, 2113, 2122, and 2123
Control Voltage Code
Control Type
208V 240V 380V 400V 415V 480V 600V
H A — — — B C 120V, 60 Hz, Transformer Control (1)
HD AD — — — BD CD 120V, 60 Hz, Separate Control (2)
— — N — I — — 110V, 50 Hz, Transformer Control (1),(3)
— — NS — IS — — 110V, 50 Hz, Separate Control (2)
— — — KN — — — 115V, 50 Hz, Transformer Control (1),(3)
— — — KNS — — — 115V, 50 Hz, Separate Control (2)
— — NP — — — — 220V, 50 Hz, Transformer Control (1),(3)
— — NP — — — — 220V, 50 Hz, Separate Control (2)
— — — KNP — — — 230V, 50 Hz, Transformer Control (1),(3)
— — — KNP — — — 230V, 50 Hz, Separate Control (2)
— — — — IT — — 240V, 50 Hz, Transformer Control (1),(3)
— — — — IT — — 240V, 50 Hz, Separate Control (2)
— — NLP — — — — 220V, 50 Hz, Line to Neutral Control, (Separate Control) (4),(5)
— — — KNLP — — — 230V, 50 Hz, Line to Neutral Control, (Separate Control) (4),(5)
— — — — ILT — — 240V, 50 Hz, Line to Neutral Control, (Separate Control) (4),(5)
H A — — — B C Common Control (6),(7)
(1) Select a control circuit transformer. See Options section.
(2) Control circuit fusing (option 21) and/or disconnect interlock (option 98) can be required to comply with NEC. See Options section.
(3) Incorporates primary taps for future conversion to new global IEC voltage standards (for example, 400V/115V/230V). Allows conversion without the need to replace transformers or
coils.
(4) Requires horizontal neutral bus and vertical neutral bus in 9” vertical wireway. Refer to Section Modifications to select.
(5) Select control circuit fusing (see option 21 in Options section).
(6) Select control circuit fusing (see option 22 in Options section). Required to comply with NEC.
(7) Common control not available for Bulletins 2112 and 2113 vacuum contactor starter units.
Table 239 - Control Voltage Type for Space Saving NEMA Bulletins 2106, 2107, 2112, and 2113
Control Voltage Code
Control Type
480V 600V
B C 120V, 60 Hz, Transformer Control (1)
BD CD 120V, 60 Hz, Separate Control (2)
(1) Select a control circuit transformer. See Options section.
(2) Control circuit fusing (option 21) and/or disconnect interlock (option 98) may be required to comply with NEC. See Options section.
Table 240 - Primary Voltage Code for Bulletins 2195, 2196, 2196Z, 2197, and 2197Z
240V 380V 400V 415V 480V 600V
A N KN I B C
Table 241 - Control Voltage Type for Bulletins 2154 and 2155
Control Voltage Code
Control Type
220V (1) 230V (1) 240V 380V (1) 400V (1) 415V (1) 480V 600V
P — — N — I — — 110V, 50 Hz Transformer Control
— P — — KN — — — 115V, 50 Hz Transformer Control
— — A — — — B C 120V, 60 Hz Transformer Control
(1) Units at these voltages are not UL listed, C-UL listed, or CSA certified.
Table 242 - Control Voltage Type for Bulletins 2162 and 2163
Line Voltage Voltage Code
220/230 P (1)
240 A
380 N (1)
400 KN (1)
415 I (1)
480 B
600 C
(1) Units at these voltages are not UL listed or CSA certified.
Table 244 - kW Ratings for Bulletins 2154, 2155, 2162, and 2163 (1)
kW Number kW Number
0.25 32K 37 47K
0.37 33K 45 48K
0.55 34K 55 49K
0.75 35K 75 50K
1.1 36K 90 51K
1.5 37K 110 52K
2.2 38K 132 53K
3.7 39K 150 54K
5.5 40K 160 55K
7.5 41K 185 56K
11 42K 200 57K
15 43K 220 58K
18.5 44K 250 59K
22 45K
30 46K
(1) kW rated units are not UL listed, C-UL listed, or CSA certified.
Table 245 - Fuse Clip Designator Selection and Power Fuse Selection for Bulletins 2106, 2112, and 2122
To select Power Fuses,
To select Fuse Clip Designator, select power fuse manufacturer code from these
select code from one of these two columns.
columns (1) (2).
When power fuses are selected, Power Fuse Manufacturer Code (5)
Fuse Clip select fuse clip designator from
Rating Fuse Clip Type this column (1) (2).
(Amperes) When NO power fuses are The ’20’ portion of your Fuse Clip
selected, select fuse clip Designator (for example, 20J) Typical (T) Accel. Long (L) Accel. Fuse Class(2)
designator from this column. means that the fuse clip size and Time Time (per set)
power fuse is selected <5s >5s
automatically based on load
horsepower. (3) (4)
30 CC 24C 20C LT LL CC
J 24J 20J J
30 R 24R 20R GT or BT GL or BL R
(1) 24 — —
H
J 25J 20J J
60 R 25R 20R GT or BT GL or BL R
H (1) 25 — —
J 26J 20J J
100 R 26R 20R GT or BT GL or BL R
H (1) 26 — —
J 27J 20J J
200 R 27R 20R GT or BT GL or BL R
H (1) 27 — —
J 28J 20J J
400 R 28R 20R GT or BT GL or BL R
H (1) 28 — —
J 29J 20J J
600 GT or BT GL or BL
R 29R 20R R
800 L 24L 20L GT or BT GL or BL L
(1) Power fuse option not available for Class H fuse clips or Space Saving NEMA starter units.
(2) Available on 480V and 600V applications only.
• To select power fuses for Bulletins 2106, 2112, and 2122:
• Then select power fuse manufacturer code and add to catalog string number (for example, 2106B-BABD-31GT-20J). Only use power fuse code when selecting power fuses.
(3) For Bulletins 2100D, 2102L, 2192F, and 2192M, see table on page 254. For Bulletin 2196, see page 256.
(4) Refer to the CENTERLINE Motor Control Centers Power Fuses, publication 2100-TD003, for more information.
(5) Select power fuse manufacturer code by indicating choice of power fuse manufacturer—LT or LL = LittelFuse, GT or GL = Mersen, and BT or BL = Bussmann. When selecting
Bussmann or LittelFuse, delivery program changes to PE. The Mersen Class J fuse incorporates blown fuse indication for fuses above 8 A.
Table 246 - Fuse Clip Designator Selection and Power Fuse Selection for Bulletins 2100D, 2102L, 2192F and 2192M (1) (2)
Use this information to select a fuse clip designator. Use this information to select power fuses. (3) (4)
Fuse Clip Rating Fuse Clip Power Fuse Rating Power Fuse Power Fuse
Fuse Clip Class Fuse Class
(Amperes) Designator (Amperes) Rating Code Manufacturer (5)
1 600
3 601
6 602
10 603
CC 24C L (7) CC
15 604
20 605
25 606
30 607
30(6)
1 600
3 601
6 602
J 24J 10 603 J
R 24R R
H (3) 24 15 604 —
20 605
25 606
30 607
35 608
J 25J 40 609 J
60(6) R 25R 45 610 R
H (3) 25 50 611 —
60 612
70 613 G or B (7)
J 26J 80 614 J
100 R 26R R
H (3) 26 90 615 —
100 616
110 617
J 27J 125 618 J
200 R 27R 150 619 R
H (3) 27 175 620 —
200 621
225 622
J 28J 250 623 J
400 R 28R 300 624 R
H (3) 28 350 625 —
400 626
Table is continued on the next page.
Table 246 - Fuse Clip Designator Selection and Power Fuse Selection for Bulletins 2100D, 2102L, 2192F and 2192M (1) (2) (Continued)
Use this information to select a fuse clip designator. Use this information to select power fuses. (3) (4)
Fuse Clip Rating Fuse Clip Power Fuse Rating Power Fuse Power Fuse
Fuse Clip Class Fuse Class
(Amperes) Designator (Amperes) Rating Code Manufacturer (5)
J 29J 450 627 J
R 29R 500 628 R
600
H (3) 29 600 629 —
L 23L (8) 601 630 L
601 630
800 L 24L 700 631 G or B (7) L
800 632
1000 633
1200 L 25L L
1200 634
1600 L 26L 1600 637 L
2000 L 27L 2000 639 L
(1) For Bulletins 2106, 2112, 2122, and 2154, see table on page 253. For Bulletin 2196, see page 256.
(2) Refer to the CENTERLINE Motor Control Centers Power Fuses, publication 2100-TD003, for more information.
(3) Power fuse option is not available for Class H fuse clips.
(4) Available on 480V and 600V applications only. To select power fuses for Bulletins 2100D, 2102L, 2192F, and 2192M, combine power fuse rating code and power fuse
manufacturer code and add to catalog string number (for example, 2102LB-BKBD-24J-607G). Only use power fuse code when selecting power fuses. Dual 2192F units require
two sets of fuses. The fuse size code must correspond to the respective fuse clip designator code; the first fuse size code designates the fuse for the left side of the dual unit,
the second code is for the right side of the dual unit. The fuse manufacturer for both fuses must be the same (for example, 2192F-CAC-2524J-609602G).
(5) L = Littelfuse, G = Mersen, B = Bussmann. The Mersen Class J fuse incorporates blown fuse indication for fuses above 8 A.
(6) Not available for Fusible Disconnect Switch Main (2192M).
(7) When selecting Bussmann or Littelfuse power fuses, delivery program changes to PE. Littelfuse power fuses are available only in Class CC fuses with blown fuse
indicators.
(8) Available: G = Mersen, 601A only.
Table 247 - Fuse Clip Designator for Bulletin 2196 and 2196Z (1) (2)
(3)
Fuse Clip Size Fuse Clip Class Fuse Clip Designator Fuse Manufacturer Code
(Select G or B)
J 24J
R 24R G=Mersen
30 B=Bussmann
H (4) 24
J 25J
R 25R G=Mersen
60 B=Bussmann
H (4) 25
J 26J
R 26R G=Mersen
100 B=Bussmann
H (4) 26
J 27J
R 27R G=Mersen
200 B=Bussmann
H (4) 27
(1) Only 24J option available for 2196Z units.
(2) See Appendix for short circuit current ratings. For fuse rating based upon kVA of transformer, see publication 2100-TD003. Selecting
Bussmann or Littelfuse power fuse changes delivery program to PE. Power fuses are not available for Class H fuse clip. Power fuses are
available on 480V and 600V only.
(3) The Mersen Class J fuse incorporates blown fuse indication for fuses above 8 A.
(4) Power fuse option not available for Class H fuse clip.
Table 250 - Circuit Breaker Type—Inverse Time (Thermal Magnetic) Circuit Breaker Options for Bulletin 2103L(1) (2)
Extra High Interrupting Capacity
High Interrupting Capacity 100 kA at 480V Ultra High Interrupting Capacity
Rating 100 kA at 240V 35 kA at 600V (H…J Frame) 100 kA at 600V
(Amperes) 65 kA at 480V 65 kA at 600V (K Frame)
Suffix Default Frame Suffix Optional Frame Suffix Default Frame Suffix Frame
30 (0.5 SF) TGM G6C3 THM H6C3 THX H0C3
30…70 TGM G6C3 THM H6C3 THX H0C3
100 TGM G6C3 THM H6F3 THX H0C3
200 TJM J6F3 -------- TJX J0F3
300 TKM K6F3 -------- TKX K0F3 TKU K15F3
(1) Refer to Appendix for short circuit current rating.
(2) Refer to the CENTERLINE Motor Control Centers Thermal Magnetic Circuit Breakers, publication 2100-TD032, for more information.
Table 251 - Inverse Time (Thermal Mag or Solid State) Circuit Breakers
High Interrupting Capacity Extra High Interrupting Capacity Ultra High Interrupting Capacity
Rating 100 kA at 240V 100 kA at 480V 100 kA at 600V
(Amperes) 100 kA at 480V 35 kA at 600V
Suffix Default Frame Suffix Default Frame Suffix Default Frame
200 VB TJM J6F3 TJX J0F3
400 VC TKM K6H3 TKX K0H3 TKU K15H3
600 VD TMM M6H3 TMX M0H3 ----- ------
Table 252 - Circuit Breaker Type for Bulletins 2107, 2113, and 2123(1)
MCP (Instantaneous) Inverse Time (Thermal Mag or Solid State) Circuit Breakers
Extra High
High Interrupting Capacity High Interrupting Capacity Interrupting Ultra High Interrupting Capacity 100 kA at
100 kA at 240V 100 kA at 240V Capacity 100 kA at
NEMA 100 kA at 480V 600V
65 kA at 480V 480V
Size 35 kA at 600V
Suffix Suffix Suffix Suffix Suffix Suffix Suffix
Frame Frame Default Frame Optional Frame Default Frame Frame Frame
Default Optional Default Optional
1 TGA(2) MCP THA(3) (4) MCP TGM G6C3 THM H6C3 THX H0C3 THUL(5) H15H3 TJU(6) J15H3
2 TGA MCP (4) MCP TGM G6C3 THM H6C3 THX H0C3 THUL(5) H15H3 TJU(6) J15H3
THA
3 TGA MCP THA(4) MCP TGM G6C3 THM H6C3 THX H0C3 THUL(5) H15H3 TJU(6) J15H3
4 TJA(4) MCP ----- ------ TJM J6F3 ----- ------ TJX J0F3 TKU K15H3 ------ ------
5 TKA(5) MCP ----- ------ TKM K6H3 ----- ------ TKX(5) K0H3 TKU K15H3 ------ ------
6 TMA MCP ----- ------ TMM M6H3 ----- ------ TMX M0H3 ----- ------ ------ ------
(1) Refer to CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Circuit Protection, publication 2100-TD032, for more information.
(2) 65 kA for 0…2 HP at 480V or less
(3) 42 kA for 0…3 HP at 600V
(4) 50 kA for 5…100 HP at 600V
(5) 65 kA at 600V.
(6) 100 kA at 600V.
Table 253 - Circuit Breaker Type for Space Saving NEMA Bulletins 2107 and 2113
MCP (Instantaneous) Inverse Time (Thermal Mag or Solid State) Circuit Breakers
Extra High
High Interrupting Capacity High Interrupting Capacity Interrupting Capacity
65 kA at 480V 65 kA at 480V 65 kA at 480V
NEMA Size 35 kA at 600V 35 kA at 600V
Suffix Suffix Suffix Suffix Suffix
Frame Frame Frame Frame Frame
Default Optional Default Optional Default
1 TGA MCP THA MCP TGM G6C3 THM H6C3 THX H0C3
2 TGA MCP THA MCP TGM G6C3 THM H6C3 THX H0C3
3 THA MCP ----- ------ THM H6F3 ----- ------ THX H0F3
4 TJA MCP ----- ------ TJM J6F3 ----- ------ TJX J0F3
Table 254 - Inverse Time (Thermal Magnetic) Circuit Breaker Options for Bulletin 2197
High Interrupting Capacity Extra High Interrupting Capacity Ultra High Interrupting Capacity
Rating 100 kA at 240V 100 kA at 480V 100 kA at 600V
(Amperes) 65 kA at 480V 35 kA at 600V
Suffix Default Frame Suffix Optional Frame Suffix Default Frame Suffix Default Frame
15…70 TGM G6C THM H6C THX H0C TJU J15C
80…125 TGM G6C THM H6F THX H0F TJU J15F
150 TJM J6F ----------- ----------- TJX J0F TJU J15F
200 TJM J6F ----------- ----------- TJX J0F TJU J15F
Table 255 - Circuit Breaker Type for Horsepower and kW Rated Units for Bulletins 2155H and 2155J
High Interrupting Capacity Extra High Interrupting Capacity
Ultra High Interrupting Capacity
100 kA at 240V(1) 100 kA at 480V(1)
Rating 100 kA at 600V(1)
65 kA at 480V(1) 35 kA at 600V(1)
Suffix Default Frame Suffix Optional Frame Suffix Default Frame Suffix Default Frame
3…60 TGM G6C3 THM H6C3 THX H0C3 TJU J15F3
85 THM H6F3 ----- ------ THX H0C3 TJU J15F3
108 THM H6F3 ----- ------ THX H0F3 TJU J15F3
135 TJM J6F3 ----- ------ TJX J0F3 TKU K15H3
201 TJM J6F3 ----- ------ TJX J0F3 TKU K15H3
251 TKM K6H3 ----- ------ TKX K0H3 TKU K15H3
361 TKM K6H3 ----- ------ TKX K0H3 ----- ------
480 TMM M6H3 ----- ------ TMX M0H3 ----- ------
(1) For the unit combination Short Circuit Current Ratings and for more information, refer to publication 2100-TD032.
Table 256 - Circuit Breaker Type for Bulletins 2163Q, 2163R, 2163U, 2163V, 2163W, and 2163X(1)
High Interrupting Capacity Extra High Interrupting Capacity Ultra High Interrupting
Load
Duty 100 kA at 240V 100 kA at 480V Capacity 100 kA at
Rating
Bulletin Voltage 65 kA at 480V 35 kA at 600V 600V
Frame/ TGM THM TJM TKM THX TJX TKX TJU TKU
Suffix
380…415 Normal KW 0.37…30 0.37…37 0.37…37
480 Normal Hp 0.5…40 0.5…60 0.5 …60
2163Q 480 Heavy Hp 0.5…40 0.5…50 0.5…50
600 Normal Hp 1…60
600 Heavy Hp 1…50 (2)
380…415 Normal KW 0.37…30 0.37…37 45…90 0.37…37 45…90
480 Normal Hp 0.5…40 0.5…60 60…150 125…200 0.5…60 60…150 125…200
2163R 480 Heavy Hp 0.5…40 0.5…60 60…200 150…200 0.5…60 60…200 150…200
600 Normal Hp 60…150 100…150 1…60 60…150 100…150
600 Heavy Hp 75…200 150 1…60 75…200 150
480 Normal Hp 10…50 10…50 60…150 125…200 10…50 60…150 125…200
480 Heavy Hp 1…50 1…50 60…150 125…150 1…50 60…150 125…150
2163U
600 Normal Hp 1…50 60…150 125…150
600 Heavy Hp 0.5…50 60…125 125 (3)
480 Normal Hp 10…50 10…50 60…150 125…200 10…50 60…150 125…200
480 Heavy Hp 1…50 1…50 60…150 125…150 1…50 60…150 125…150
2163V
600 Normal Hp 1…50 60…150 125…150
600 Heavy Hp 0.5…50 60…125 125
480 Normal Hp 0.5…20 0.5…20 0.5…20
2163W
600 Normal Hp 0.5…20 (2)
480 Normal Hp 0.5…20 0.5…20 0.5…20
2163X
600 Normal Hp 0.5…20
(1) Refer to the CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Circuit Protection Technical Data, publication 2100-TD032, for more information.
(2) Fusing is required, so T_U is not needed.
(3) This drive is not yet rated for 600V usage, therefore, there is no need to use T_U breakers.
(1) Kits come with three plates: one flat plate and two with formed edges.
(2) Cannot be air shipped.
Bus Kits, Splices, and Bus Isolation Hardware for Field Installation
Table 258 - Bus Kits, Splices and Bus Isolation Hardware
Catalog Delivery
Description Number Program
For use on vertical sections series C or later, with or without a vertical wireway. Includes five vertical
Vertical Wireway Tie Bar wireway tie bars. Mounts on right-hand sidesheet for sections with vertical wireway. Mounts on right-hand 2100H-WWTB
and/or left-hand sidesheets for sections without vertical wireway.
Wiring Diagram Holder For a central location of all wiring diagrams. Includes wiring diagram clip, clip location identification label for
2100H-WDH
Kit outside of section and mounting instructions.
Touch-Up Paint (1) ANSI 49 medium light gray, 12 oz. spray can (cannot be used for NEMA Type 3R enclosures) 2100H-NP1
Contains vertical ground bus, hardware, and installation Zinc plated steel 2100H-GS1
instructions
Vertical Ground Bus Kit
Contains vertical ground bus, six unit plug-in stabs, Unplated copper 2100H-N79U
hardware, and installation instructions Tin plated copper 2100H-N79UT
Vertical Unit Load Contains vertical ground bus, six unit load connectors, Unplated copper 2100H-N79L
Ground Bus Kit hardware, and installation instructions Tin plated copper 2100H-N79LT
Hardware for connecting unit load ground wires to horizontal ground bus. Kit consists of two, #14 AWG to #4
Unit Load Ground Kit AWG, lugs and hardware. Horizontal ground bus can accommodate 2100H-UG1
up to six 2100H-UG1 kits.
For 600 A aluminum, tin plated bus 2100H-NAT06
For 800 A aluminum, tin plated bus 2100H-NAT08
Splice bars, hardware, and installation instructions for 3- For 600 A copper, tin plated bus 2100H-NCT06
phase splicing of NEMA Enclosure Type 1, Type 1 with
gasket and Type 12 sections. One kit required per shipping For 800 A copper, tin plated bus 2100H-NCT08 SC
split on front mounted lineups, two for back-to-back. For 1200 A copper, tin plated bus 2100H-NCT12
For 1600 A copper, tin plated bus 2100H-NCT16
Horizontal Power Bus For 2000 A copper, tin plated bus 2100H-NCT20
Splice Kit For 600 A aluminum, tin plated bus 2100H-ZAT06
For 800 A aluminum, tin plated bus 2100H-ZAT08
Splice bars, hardware and installation instructions for For 600 A copper, tin plated bus 2100H-ZCT06
3-phase splicing of NEMA Type I, Type I with gasket and
Type 12 sections. One of the sections has horizontal power For 800 A copper, tin plated bus 2100H-ZCT08
bus 5” deeper then normal (Bumped-back Bus) For 1200 A copper, tin plated bus 2100H-ZCT12
For 1600 A copper, tin plated bus 2100H-ZCT16
For 2000 A copper, tin plated bus 2100H-ZCT20
For 0.25'' x 1'' unplated copper bus 2100H-NC1
One splice bar per kit, complete with hardware and
Horizontal Ground Bus installation instructions. One kit required per shipping split For 0.25'' x 2'' unplated copper bus 2100H-NC2
Splice Kit For 0.25'' x 1'' tin plated copper bus 2100H-NTC1
on front mounted lineups, two for back-to-back.
For 0.25'' x 2'' tin plated copper bus 2100H-NTC2
1-pint can 2100H-N18
NO-OX-ID(1) NO-OX-ID compound for bus bars and plug-in stabs
1-ounce tube 2100H-N18T
Table is continued on the next page.
Table 258 - Bus Kits, Splices and Bus Isolation Hardware (Continued)
Catalog Delivery
Description Number Program
Insulated from and mounted on top of 2100H-NPC1
horizontal wireway pan.
0.25'' x 2'' x 12'' copper tin plated bus plate with #6-250 Insulated from and mounted to unit support
pan for blank unit space. Blank door not 2100H-NPC2
kcmil lug (280 A capacity) included. Select on page 122.
Insulated from and mounted on bottom 2100H-NPC3
NeutralConnectionPlate horizontal wireway pan
Kit (2) Insulated from and mounted on top of 2100H-NPS1
horizontal wireway pan
0.25'' x 2'' x 12'' copper silver plated bus plate with #6-250 Insulated from and mounted to unit support
pan for blank unit space. Blank door not 2100H-NPS2 SC
kcmil lug (280 A capacity) included. Select on page 122.
Insulated from and mounted on bottom 2100H-NPS3
horizontal wireway pan
Protective caps—for unused plug-in stab openings. 36 per package. 2100H-N1
Manual shutters—for isolation of plug-in stab openings. 12 per package. 2100H-SM1
Bus Stab Isolation Kit Available for use on vertical sections, series G through current series.
Automatic shutters—for isolation of plug-in stab openings. 12 per package. 2100H-SA1
Available for use on vertical sections, series G through current series.
Unit Isolating Barriers For closing the wire opening between unit and vertical wireway. 6 per package. Series K and later 2100H-N2K
structures.
(1) Cannot be air shipped.
(2) A neutral connection plate can be used only in sections with a vertical wireway. Not for use in sections with full width frame mounted units, including all mains.
(1) The lugs can only be used if the Bulletin 2192 400 A or Bulletin 2193 unit has been ordered with a factory installed lug pad assembly, for example, option code -82B500
All 6.0 space factor units are frame mounted and do not have a vertical wireway.
Front Front
Rear
Rear
IMPORTANT Optional external mounting channels add 1.5” to height. See page 260 for mounting channels.
"A"
(L1)
"A"
(L2)
"A"
(L3)
1.12
7.50 [191]
[28]
1.25
10.00 [254]
[32]
B
Front POWER
A
WIRES
Bottom View
Rear
Table 270 - 25” Wide Section with 9” Wireway (90” High) Table 271 - 10” Incoming Line Section
Section Section
Depth Depth
Dimensions Dimensions
15” Deep 20” Deep 15” Deep 20” Deep
inch (mm) inch (mm) inch (mm) inch (mm)
A 9.13 (232) 14.13 (359) A 12.75 (324) 17.75 (451)
B 11.56 (294) 16.56 (421) B 14.75 (375) 19.75 (502)
C 15.00 (381) 20.00 (508)
IMPORTANT Optional external mounting channels add 1.5” to height. Refer to page 260 for mounting channels.
NEMA Type 3R and Type 4 Section (90” high) Corner Section (90” high)
92.50"
(2350 m)
Top View
Front
Table 272 - NEMA Type 3R and Type 4 Section (90” high) Table 273 - Corner Section (90” high)
Interior Section Width Section Depth
Floor Plan 20” 25” 30” Dimension 15” Deep 20” Deep
Dimensions
inch (mm) inch (mm) inch (mm) inch (mm) inch (mm)
A 25.00 (635) 30.00 (762) 35.00 (889) A 25.13 (638) 30.13 (765)
B 13.75 (349) 16.25 (413) 18.75 (476) B 12.63 (321) 15.13 (384)
C 11.25 (286) 13.75 (349) 16.25 (413) C 16.81 (427) 21.81 (554)
D 8.87 (225) 11.37 (289) 13.87 (352) NOTE: Optional external mounting channels add 1.5” to height. Refer to
NOTE: Optional non-removable lifting angle add 3.63” to height. page 260 for mounting channels.
NOTE: Cross-hatched
areas (3) are not
available when
horizontal power bus or
disconnecting means
are specified.
Front
Bottom
View
Rear
IMPORTANT Optional external mounting channels add 1.5” to height. Refer to page 260 for mounting channels.
71" high column with neutral bus shown in both upper and lower positions
20" 20"
(508 mm) (508 mm)
2.50" 2.50"
A (64 mm) (64 mm)
70.48" 70.48"
(1790.19 mm) (1790.19 mm)
MCC Finish
Table 279 - NEMA Type Finishes
NEMA Type Finish
1, 1G, 12 ANSI 49, Medium Light Grey
3R High Gloss White (inside only)
IMPORTANT Use the motor nameplate full-load current to determine the rating of the devices used for motor running overcurrent
protection.
IMPORTANT Use the motor nameplate full-load current to determine the rating of the devices used for motor running overcurrent
protection.
Inverse Time Thermal Magnetic Trip or Electronic Trip Circuit Breaker Short Circuit Current
Ratings
Table 284 - Inverse Time Thermal Magnetic Trip or Electronic Trip Circuit Breaker Short Circuit Current Ratings
Circuit Breaker Breaker Trip Type Short Circuit Current Ratings (rms symmetrical Amperes)
Circuit Breaker Code Frame Suffix 208V, 230V, 240V 380…415V, 480V 600V(1)
Inverse Time (Thermal
G6C3 G-Frame (125 A) TGM 100 kA 65 kA —
Magnetic)
H-Frame (125 A) up Inverse Time (Thermal
H6C3 THM 100 kA 65 kA —
to 70 A Magnetic)
H-Frame (125 A) Inverse Time (Thermal
H6F3 THM 100 kA 65 kA —
above 70 A Magnetic)
H6H3 H-Frame (125 A) THML Inverse Time (Electronic) 100 kA 65 kA —
H-Frame (125 A) up Inverse Time (Thermal
H0C3 THX — 100 kA —
to 70 A Magnetic)
H-Frame (125 A) Inverse Time (Thermal
H0F3 THX — 100 kA 35 kA
above 70 A Magnetic)
H0H3 H-Frame (125 A) THXL Inverse Time (Electronic) — 100 kA 35 kA
H15H3 H-Frame (125 A) THUL Inverse Time (Electronic) — — 42 kA
Inverse Time (Thermal
J6F3 J-Frame (250 A) TJM 100 kA 65 kA —
Magnetic)
J-Frame Inverse Time (Thermal
J15C3 (160 A) up to 70 A TJU — — 100 kA
Magnetic)
J-Frame (160 A) TJU Inverse Time (Thermal
J15F3 — — 100 kA
above 70 A Magnetic)
Inverse Time (Thermal
J0F3 J-Frame (250 A) TJX — 100 kA 35 kA
Magnetic)
K6H3 K-Frame (400 A) TKM Inverse Time (Electronic) 100 kA 65 kA —
K15H3 K-Frame (400 A) TKU Inverse Time (Electronic) — — 100 kA
K0H3 K-Frame (400 A) TKX Inverse Time (Electronic) — 100 kA 65 kA
K15H3 K-Frame (400 A) TKU Inverse Time (Electronic) — — 100 kA
M6H3 M-Frame (800 A) TMM Inverse Time (Electronic) 100 kA 65 kA —
M0H3 M-Frame (800 A) TMX Inverse Time (Electronic) — 100 kA 42 kA
N6H3 N-Frame (1200 A) TNM Inverse Time (Electronic) 100 kA 65 kA —
N0H3 N-Frame (1200 A) TNX Inverse Time (Electronic) — 100 kA 65 kA
R15I3 R-Frame (3000 A) TRUG Inverse Time (Electronic) 100 kA 100 kA 100 kA
(1) For Bulletin 2107, 2113, and 2123 short circuit current rating is 65 kA at 600 V.
3-Pole Inverse Time Circuit Breaker Characteristics for Bulletin 2193F and 2193M Units
Table 285 - 3-Pole Inverse Time Circuit Breaker Characteristics for Bulletin 2193F and 2193M Units
Rating Thermal Mag Trip Unit Electronic Trip Units (with interchangeable rating plugs)(1)
CB Frame
(Amperes) Interchangeable Non-interchangeable LSI LSIG
125 G — STD — —
125 H STD 50…125 A STD up to 40 A Optional 25 A, 60 A, 100 A, 125 A Optional 25 A, 60 A, 100 A, 125 A(2)
Optional 40 A, 60 A, 100 A, 150 A, Optional 40 A, 60 A, 100 A, 150 A, 250
250 J STD 80…250 A STD up to 70 A 250 A A(2)
400 K STD — STD Optional(2)
800(3) M STD — STD Optional
1200 N STD — STD Optional
3000 R STD — — STD
(1) Definitions are as follows:
LSI: optional trip unit that provides additional flat response short time delay adjustments with an instantaneous setting.
LSIG: optional LSI unit with ground fault protection and adjustable pickup current and time delay.
(2) This unit is engineered.
(3) Sealed to be suitable for reverse-fed applications. Trip units are not interchangeable. Rating plugs are interchangeable.
Trip units are provided with test points for functional field testing with a portable electronic test set. These trip units incorporate a powered thermal memory that recalls near trip conditions
and automatically imposes a shorter time delay, thereby preventing system damage from cumulative overheating. These units also incorporate an unpowered thermal memory feature that
remembers a trip has occurred and will protect against repeated overload conditions if the CB is re-closed before a sufficient cool down period has elapsed.
UL/C-UL/CSA Short Circuit Ratings for Combination Soft Starter Units (SMCs)
Table 287 - Combination Fusible Disconnect Soft Starter Units for Bulletin 2154H and 2154J
Short Circuit Current Ratings (Amperes rms Symmetrical)
Bulletin Number SMC Device Rating Fuse Class
240V 480V 600V
3…85 A 100 kA 100 kA 100 kA
2154H
108…135 A 65 kA 65 kA 65 kA
5…85 A J 100 kA 100 kA 100 kA
108 …201 A 100 kA 100 kA 100 kA
2154J
251…361A 65 kA 65 kA 65 kA
480 A L 65 kA 65 kA 65 kA
Table 288 - Combination Circuit Breaker Soft Starter Units for Bulletin 2155H and 2155J
SCCR
Bulletin Number SMC Device FRAME 208V, 230V,
Rating 380…415V 480V 600V
240V
G6C (TGM) H6C (THM) 100 kA 65 kA N/A
3…43 A
H0C (THX) 100 kA 100 kA 100 kA
2155H w/ G6C (TGM) H6F (THM) 100 kA 65 kA N/A
Required 13HIC 60 A and 85 A
H0F (THX) 100 kA 100 kA 100 kA
J6F (TJM) 100 kA 65 kA N/A
108 A and 135 A
J0F (TJX) 100 kA 100 kA 100 kA
G6C (TGM) H6C (THM) 100 kA 65 kA N/A
5…85 A
H0C (THX) 100 kA 100 kA 100 kA
J6F (TJM) 100 kA 65 kA N/A
108 A and 135 A
J0F (TJX) 100 kA 100 kA 100 kA
2155J w/ J6F (TJM) 100 kA 65 kA N/A
Required 13HIC 201 A
J0F (TJX) 100 kA 100 kA 100 kA
K6H (TKM) 65 kA 65 kA N/A
251 A
K0H (TKX) 65 kA 65 kA 65 kA
M6H (TMM) 65 kA 65 kA N/A
317…480 A
M0H (TMX) 65 kA 65 kA 65 kA
UL/C-UL/CSA Short Circuit Ratings for Combination Variable Frequency AC Motor Drive Units
Table 289 - AC Drive Combination Fusible Disconnect Units for Bulletins 2162Q, 2162R, 2162U, 2162V, 2162W, and 2162X
Short Circuit Current Rating
Bulletin (amperes rms symmetrical)
Fuse Class Horsepower
Number
480V 600V
CC, J 2162W, 2162X All ratings 100 kA 100 kA
J 2162Q, 2162R All ratings 100 kA 100 kA
J 2162U, 2162V All ratings 100 kA 100 kA
Table 290 - AC Drive Combination Circuit Breaker Units for Bulletins 2163Q, 2163R, 2163U, 2163V, 2163W, and 2163X
With Drive Short Circuit Current Ratings
Frame (catalog Drive Input (amperes rms symmetrical)
Bulletin Number Input Fuse Horsepower
code suffix) Fuses? Class 480V 600V
2163Q T_M Yes J All Ratings 100 kA 100 kA
2163R T_M Yes J All Ratings 100 kA 100 kA
2163U, V T_M Yes J All Ratings 100 kA 100 kA
2163U, V T_X Yes J All Ratings 100 kA 100 kA
2163U, V T_M No — All Ratings 65 kA N/A
2163U, V T_X No — All Ratings 100 kA N/A
2163W, X T_M Yes CC 0.5…10 HP 100 kA 100 kA
2163W, X T_M Yes J 15…20 HP 100 kA 100 kA
2163W, X T_X Yes CC 15…20 HP 100 kA 100 kA
2163W, X T_X Yes J 0.5…10 HP 100 kA 100 kA
Table 295 lists suggested capacitor ratings for U-frame NEMA Design B induction motors when the capacitor and motor are switched as a
unit. It is based on normal starting current and torque.
Table 294 - Recommended Capacitor Sizes T-frame NEMA Table 295 - Recommended Capacitor Sizes U-frame NEMA
Design B Induction Motors, 480V and 600V Design B Induction Motors, 480V and 600V
Horsepower 3600 RPM 1800 RPM 1200 RPM 900 RPM Horsepower 3600 RPM 1800 RPM 1200 RPM 900 RPM
5 2 kVAR 2.5 kVAR 3 kVAR 4 kVAR 5 2 kVAR 2 kVAR 2 kVAR 3 kVAR
7.5 2.5 kVAR 3 kVAR 4 kVAR 5 kVAR 7.5 2.5 kVAR 2.5 kVAR 3 kVAR 4 kVAR
10 4 kVAR 4 kVAR 5 kVAR 6 kVAR 10 3 kVAR 3 kVAR 3 kVAR 5 kVAR
15 5 kVAR 5 kVAR 6 kVAR 7.5 kVAR 15 4 kVAR 4 kVAR 5 kVAR 6 kVAR
20 6 kVAR 6 kVAR 7.5 kVAR 9 kVAR 20 5 kVAR 5 kVAR 6 kVAR 7.5 kVAR
25 7.5 kVAR 7.5 kVAR 8 kVAR 10 kVAR 25 6 kVAR 6 kVAR 7.5 kVAR 9 kVAR
30 8 kVAR 8 kVAR 10 kVAR 15 kVAR 30 7 kVAR 7 kVAR 9 kVAR 10 kVAR
40 12.5 kVAR 15 kVAR 15 kVAR 17.5 kVAR 40 9 kVAR 9 kVAR 10 kVAR 12.5 kVAR
50 15 kVAR 17.5 kVAR 20 kVAR 22.5 kVAR 50 12.5 kVAR 10 kVAR 12.5 kVAR 15 kVAR
60 17.5 kVAR 20 kVAR 22.5 kVAR 25 kVAR 60 15 kVAR 15 kVAR 15 kVAR 17.5 kVAR
75 20 kVAR 25 kVAR 25 kVAR 30 kVAR 75 17.5 kVAR 17.5 kVAR 17.5 kVAR 20 kVAR
100 22.5 kVAR 30 kVAR 30 kVAR 35 kVAR 100 22.5 kVAR 20 kVAR 25 kVAR 27.5 kVAR
125 25 kVAR 35 kVAR 35 kVAR 40 kVAR 125 27.5 kVAR 25 kVAR 30 kVAR 30 kVAR
150 30 kVAR 40 kVAR 40 kVAR 50 kVAR 150 30 kVAR 30 kVAR 35 kVAR 37.5 kVAR
200 35 kVAR 50 kVAR 50 kVAR 70 kVAR 200 40 kVAR 37.5 kVAR 40 kVAR 50 kVAR
250 40 kVAR 60 kVAR 60 kVAR 80 kVAR 250 50 kVAR 45 kVAR 50 kVAR 60 kVAR
300 45 kVAR 70 kVAR 75 kVAR 100 kVAR 300 60 kVAR 50 kVAR 60 kVAR 60 kVAR
350 50 kVAR 75 kVAR 90 kVAR 120 kVAR 350 60 kVAR 60 kVAR 75 kVAR 75 kVAR
400 75 kVAR 80 kVAR 100 kVAR 130 kVAR 400 75 kVAR 60 kVAR 75 kVAR 85 kVAR
450 80 kVAR 90 kVAR 120 kVAR 140 kVAR 450 75 kVAR 75 kVAR 80 kVAR 90 kVAR
500 100 kVAR 120 kVAR 150 kVAR 160 kVAR 500 75 kVAR 75 kVAR 85 kVAR 100 kVAR
Horsepower Ratings for Bulletin 2192F, Fusible Disconnect Feeder Switch (FDS) Units
Table 296 - Horsepower Ratings for Bulletin 2192F, Fusible Disconnect Feeder Switch (FDS) Units
Horsepower at Rated Motor Voltage
Switch Ratings (Amperes)
200V 230V 380-415V 460V 575V
30 0.125…7.5 0.125…7.5 0.125…15 0.125…15 0.125…20
60 10…15 10…15 20…30 20…30 25…40
100 20…25 20…30 40…50 40…50 50
200 30…50 40…60 60…100 60…125 60…150
400 60…100 75…125 125…250 150…250 175…350
600 125…150 150…200 300…350 300…400 400
Fans and Ventilation in Bulletins 2162Q, 2162R, 2163Q, 2163R, 2162U, 2163U, 2162V, and 2163V
Table 300 - Fans and Ventilation in Bulletins 2162Q, 2162R, 2163Q, 2163R, 2162U, 2163U, 2162V, and 2163V
NEMA -112B Venting/Door
System Internal Door Mounted
Bulletin Enclosure Rating Code Venting Mounted Exhaust
Voltage Circulating Fans Exhaust Fans
Type Fans
1P3 - 5P0 Yes None Yes N/A
1, 1G
8P7 - 072 Yes None Yes N/A
1P3 - 022 None Yes None N/A
380…
415V Yes (filtered and
030 None Yes (filtered and gasketed) N/A
12 gasketed)
Yes (filtered and
037 - 072 Yes Yes (filtered and gasketed) N/A
gasketed)
1P1 - 3P4 Yes None None None(1)
5P0 Yes None Yes (2) None(1)
1, 1G
8P0 - 022 Yes None Yes None(1)
2162Q and 027-065 Yes None Yes N/A
2163Q 480V 1P1 - 2P1 None None None None
3P4 - 022 None Yes None None
12 Yes (filtered and
027 None Yes (filtered and gasketed) N/A
gasketed)
Yes (filtered and
034 - 065 Yes Yes (filtered and gasketed) N/A
gasketed)
0P9 - 2P7 Yes None None N/A
1, 1G
3P9 - 052 Yes None Yes (2) N/A
600V 0P9 - 1P7 None None None N/A
2P7 - 017 None Yes None N/A
12
Yes (filtered and
022 - 052 None Yes (filtered and gasketed) N/A
gasketed)
Table 300 - Fans and Ventilation in Bulletins 2162Q, 2162R, 2163Q, 2163R, 2162U, 2163U, 2162V, and 2163V (Continued)
NEMA -112B Venting/Door
System Internal Door Mounted
Bulletin Enclosure Rating Code Venting Mounted Exhaust
Voltage Circulating Fans Exhaust Fans
Type Fans
1P3 - 5P0 Yes None None N/A
8P7 - 030 Yes None Yes N/A
1, 1G
037 - 056 Yes None Yes N/A
072 - 300 Yes None Yes N/A
380…415V 1P3 - 043 None Yes None N/A
Yes (filtered and
056 - 072 Yes Yes (filtered and gasketed) N/A
12 gasketed)
Yes (filtered and
105 - 170 None Yes (filtered and gasketed) N/A
gasketed)
1P1 - 5P0 Yes None None N/A
1, 1G
8P0 - 300 Yes None Yes N/A
1P1 - 034 None Yes None N/A
2162R and 040 (without reactor) None Yes None N/A
2163R 480V Yes (filtered and
040 (with reactor) Yes Yes (filtered and gasketed) N/A
gasketed)
12
Yes (filtered and
052 - 065 Yes Yes (filtered and gasketed) N/A
gasketed)
Yes (filtered and
096 - 180 None Yes (filtered and gasketed) N/A
gasketed)
1P7 - 3P9 Yes None None N/A
1, 1G
6P1 - 144 Yes None Yes N/A
1P7 - 027 None Yes None N/A
600 032 (without reactor) None Yes None N/A
12 Yes (filtered and
032 (with reactor) Yes Yes (filtered and gasketed) N/A
gasketed)
Yes (filtered and
041 - 144 None Yes (filtered and gasketed) N/A
gasketed)
2P1F1 - 5P0F1 Yes None Yes(3) N/A
8P0F1 - 014F1 Yes None Yes(3) N/A
2P1 - 5P0 None None None None
1, 1G
8P0 - 022 Yes None Yes None(1)
480V 027 - 065
Yes None Yes N/A
077 - 248
2P1 - 022 Yes None Yes N/A
Yes (filtered and
12 027 - 186 Yes Yes (filtered and gasketed) N/A
2162U and gasketed)
2163U 2162V 248 Not Available
and 2163V
1P7 - 6P1 None None None N/A
9P0 - 017
1, 1G
022 - 052 Yes None Yes N/A
063 - 144
600V 1P7 - 6P1 None None None N/A
9P0 - 011 None Yes None N/A
12 Yes (filtered and
017 - 125 Yes Yes (filtered and gasketed) N/A
gasketed)
144 Not Available
(1) For 100 ms Duration Rated and Device Limited with bus ratings of 1600A and above, ArcShield (option -112B), NEMA 1/1G units use the NEMA 12 design to eliminate external door fans
and venting.
(2) If -14RLX or -14RXL is zfnspecified for the 3.9 A at 600V or 5.0 A at 480V unit, the unit door will be supplied with input and exhaust venting.
(3) Door mounted exhaust box fans.
Control Circuit Transformer Rating Chart for Bulletins 2182E, 2182L, 2183E and 2183L
Table 302 - Control Circuit Transformer Rating Chart for Bulletins 2182E, 2182L, 2183E and 2183L
Power Supply Type
Rack Size Space Factor None, 12P4S1, 12P4S2, 12P2 12P7 12P4R3 or 12P4R4
12P4R2 or 12PA72
1.5 250VA — — —
(1) 4-slot 2.0 250VA — — —
3.0 250VA 250VA — —
(1) 7-slot 2.0 250VA — — —
2.5 250VA — — —
(1) 8-slot
3.0 250VA 250VA — —
(1) 8-slot 6.0, 25” W (1) 250VA (1) 250VA (1) 500VA —
(2) 8-slot 6.0, 25” W (2) 250VA (2) 250VA (2) 500VA —
(1) 16-slot 6.0, 35” W 250VA 250VA 500VA 500VA
(2) 16-slot 6.0, 35” W (2) 250VA (2) 250VA (2) 500VA (2) 500VA
(1) 16-slot 6.0, 40” W 250VA — 500VA 500VA
(2) 16-slot 6.0, 40” W 500VA — 1 kVA 1 kVA
Cable Sizes
Table 303 - Cable Sizes for Contactor and Starter Units
Unit Type NEMA Size Space Factor Wiring Type Cables per Phase Cable/Wire Size Range
1 0.5 All 1 #14 AWG…#6 AWG
B 1 #14 AWG…#4 AWG
1, 2 1.0, 1.5
A or option -106 1 #14 AWG…#6 AWG
B 1 #14 AWG…2/0 AWG
3 All
A or option -106 1 #12 AWG…#1 AWG
4 All All 1 #6 AWG…4/0 AWG
2112, 2113
5 All All 1 #4 AWG…500 kcmil
6 All All 2 1/0 AWG…500 kcmil
200A Vacuum All All 1 #6 AWG…250 kcmil
3.5, 4.0, 4.5 All 1 #4 AWG…500 kcmil
400A Vacuum
6.0 All 2 #6 AWG…300 kcmil
600A Vacuum All All 2 #2 AWG…600 kcmil
B 1 #14 AWG…#4 AWG
1, 2 All
A or option -106 1 #14 AWG…#6 AWG
B 1 #14 AWG…2/0 AWG
2106, 2107 3 All
A or option -106 1 #12 AWG…#1 AWG
4 All All 1 #6 AWG…4/0 AWG
5 All All 1 #4 AWG…500 kcmil
2106, 2107, 2112, 2113 1, 2 All All 1 #14 AWG…#6 AWG
Space Saving Starters 3 All All 1 #12 AWG…#1 AWG
B 1 #14 AWG…#4 AWG
1, 2 All
A or option -106 1 #14 AWG…#6 AWG
2122, 2123
B 1 #14 AWG…2/0 AWG
3 All
A or option -106 1 #12 AWG…#1 AWG
Table 307 - Cable Sizes for Full Section Blank Mounting Plates and Empty Unit Inserts
Unit Type CB Frame Rating CB Trip Rating (Amps) Cables per Phase Cable/Wire Size Range
G, H All 1 #14 AWG…1/0 AWG
2100M
J All 1 #10 AWG…250 kcmil
G, H All 1 #14 AWG…1/0 AWG
J All 1 #10 AWG…250 kcmil
2100-G (1)
300 A 1 250 kcmil…500 kcmil
K
400 A 2 2/0 AWG…250 kcmil
(1) For units without horizontal bus (-120 option), power connections pertain to both line and load side of disconnect.
Table 308 - Cable Sizes for Full Section Blank Mounting Plates and Empty Unit Inserts
Unit Type Fuse Clip Rating Cables per Phase Cable/Wire Size Range
24, 24R, 24J 1 #14 AWG…#8 AWG
24C 1 #18 AWG…#10 AWG
2100D 25, 25R, 25J 1 #14 AWG…#4 AWG
26, 26R, 26J 1 #8 AWG…1/0 AWG
27, 27R, 27J 1 #6 AWG…4/0 AWG
24, 24R, 24J 1 #14 AWG…#8 AWG
2100-F(1) 25, 25R, 25J 1 #14 AWG…#4 AWG
26, 26R, 26J 1 #8 AWG…1/0 AWG
#14 AWG…#2 AWG (CU)
24, 24R, 24J 1 #12 AWG…#2 AWG (AL)
#14 AWG…#2 AWG (CU)
2100-F(2) 25, 25R, 25J 1 #12 AWG…#2 AWG (AL)
#14 AWG…1/0 AWG (CU)
26, 26R, 26J 1 #12 AWG…1/0 AWG (AL)
27, 27R, 27J 1 #6 AWG…4/0 AWG
2100-F (3)
28, 28R, 28J 2 1/0 AWG…250 kcmil
(1) Load side of disconnect.
(2) Line Side of disconnect for units without horizontal bus (-120).
(3) For units without horizontal bus (-120 option), power connections pertain to both line and load side of disconnect.
For 3-phase, 3-wire, ‘corner’ grounded, Delta systems, 3-phase, 4-wire, center-tap-grounded, ‘high-leg’, Delta systems rated 240V, and any other
power systems not listed above, the MCC is processed on the Engineered delivery program to help ensure proper product configuration.
For more information regarding MCC selection criteria related to power system configurations, see the Power System
Considerations for Selection of CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers, publication 2100-AT003.
Neutral bus and options are only available for 3-phase, 4-wire WYE connected power systems with the neutral solidly grounded. Neutral bus
options cannot be selected for any ungrounded system or for any system that is impedance grounded.
Option 88NPC is available for 2191M rated 300 A, 2192M rated 400 A or less, and 2193M with 400 A frame or less.
For 2191M rated 600 A or larger, 2192M rated 600 A or larger, and 2193M with 600 A frame or larger, horizontal neutral bus and incoming option -
88HN or -88FN must be selected.
IMPORTANT If complete horizontal neutral is not required, horizontal neutral bus is allowed to be specified for only the section
containing the Bulletin 2191M, 2192M, or 2193M main unit and up to three additional adjacent sections. However, the
sections with the neutral bus need to be in their own shipping splits. If neutral loads are present, then access to the
horizontal neutral bus for neutral load cables is required. At least one neutral connection plate in the horizontal wireway
or one vertical neutral in a 9" vertical wireway is required.
For 4-wire system with neutral loads greater than 280 A, horizontal neutral bus and incoming option -88HN or -88FN must be selected. In addition,
at least one neutral connection plate in the horizontal wireway or one vertical neutral in a 9" vertical wireway is required.
IMPORTANT If any single neutral load is greater than 280 A, the MCC needs to be processed on the Engineered delivery program to
provide an appropriate neutral connection point for the neutral load cable.
Notes:
Numerics Bulletin
2100D Empty Unit Insert with Disconnect
100% Rating of Main Disconnect Switch or
Switch 120
Circuit Breaker 144 2100M Empty Unit Insert with Circuit Breaker
2163U Combination PowerFlex 753 Variable 120
Frequency AC Drive (VFD) Units with 2100N Empty Unit Insert without power stabs
Circuit Breaker, 480V AC and 600V AC 120
2102L,FullVoltageLightingContactorUnitwith
203 Fusible Disconnect Switch (FVLC)
71" High Section 24 43
8A Round DeviceNet Cable 280 2103L,FullVoltageLightingContactorUnitwith
Circuit Breaker (FVLC) 45
2106, Full Voltage Reversing Starter Unit with
A Fusible Disconnect Switch (FVR) 47
2106, Space Saving NEMA Full Voltage
ABS 9
Reversing Starter Unit with Fused
Additional Unit Space on Contactors and Disconnect Switch (FVR) 50
Starters, Metering, Mains and 2107, Full Voltage Reversing Starter Unit with
Feeders, Lighting and Power Panels, Circuit Breaker (FVR) 48
and Transformer Units 135 2107, Space Saving NEMA Full Voltage
Reversing Starter Unit with Circuit
Appendix 281
Breaker (FVR) 50
ArcShield 35 2112, Full Voltage Non-Reversing Starter Units
Automatic Shutters 29 with Fusible Disconnect Switch
Auxiliary Contacts on Combination Soft Starter (FVNR) 52
Controller Units 168 2112, Space Saving NEMA Full Voltage Non-
Reversing Starter Unit with Fused
Auxiliary Contacts on Contactors and Starters,
Disconnect Switch (FVNR) 57
Metering, Mains and Feeders, 2113, Full Voltage Non-Reversing Starter Unit
Lighting and Power Panels, and with Circuit Breaker (FVNR) 54
Transformer Units 141, 151 2113, Space Saving NEMA Full Voltage Non-
Auxiliary Contacts on Marshalling Panels and Reversing Starter Unit with Circuit
Breaker (FVNR) 57
Programmable Controllers 259 2122E, 2-speed 2-Winding Starter Unit with
Fusible Disconnect Switch (TS2W)
59
B 2122F, 2-speed 1-winding Starter Unit with
Back-to-Back Section 24 Fusible Disconnect Switch (TS1W)
Blank Unit Door 120 60
2123E, 2-speed 2-winding Starter Unit with
Bolt-on Inverse Time (Thermal Magnetic)
Circuit Breaker (TS2W) 61
Branch Breakers for Lighting Panels 2123F, 2-speed 1-winding Starter Unit with
278 Circuit Breaker (TS1W) 62
Bottom Closing Plate 24, 270
E G
Elapsed Time Meter on Contactors and Starters, Gasketing Kit 270
Metering, Mains and Feeders, Ground Detection Lights on Contactors and
Lighting and Power Panels, and Starters, Metering, Mains and
Transformer Units 137 Feeders, Lighting and Power Panels,
electrically isolated 37 and Transformer Units 137
Embedded System 30 Ground Fault Protection on Contactors and
Empty Unit Insert 120 Starters, Metering, Mains and
Empty Unit Insert with Disconnecting Means 120 Feeders, Lighting and Power Panels,
End Closing Plate 270 and Transformer Units 137
Ethernet to DeviceNet Linking Device 123 Ground Lug, Outgoing 29
Export Packing Below Deck on Combination Soft Grounded Unit Door on Combination Soft Starter
Starter Controller Units 169 Controller Units 168
Export Packing Below Deck on Contactors and Grounded Unit Door on Contactors and Starters,
Starters, Metering, Mains and Metering, Mains and Feeders,
Feeders, Lighting and Power Panels, Lighting and Power Panels, and
and Transformer Units 146 Transformer Units 137
Export Packing Below Deck on Marshalling Grounded Unit Door on Marshalling Panels and
Panels and Programmable Programmable Controllers 259
Controllers 260
Extended Reset Button Kit 276
External Auxiliary Contact 276 H
External Auxiliary Contact Adapter Kits 276, 277 Hardware and Kits
External Auxiliary Contact Kits 277 8A Round DeviceNet Cable 280
External DeviceNet Connector Unit 123 Bolt-on Inverse Time (Thermal Magnetic)
Branch Breakers for Lighting
External DeviceNet Connector with 120VAC Panels 278
Receptacle on Contactors and Bottom Closing Plate 270
Starters, Metering, Mains and Bus Stab Isolation Kit 272
Feeders, Lighting and Power Panels, Cardholder for Unit Doors 274
and Transformer Units 145 Control Station Housing 274
Control Station Mounting Plate 274
External Mounting Channel Kits 270 DeviceNet Connection Cover Kit 280
DeviceNet Field Support Kit 280
DeviceNet Scanner Modules 280
F DeviceNet Terminating Resistors 280
Fan(s) and Ventilation DeviceNet Trunk Line Cable 280
in Bulletins 2154H, 2154J, 2155H, and 2155J 299 DeviceNet Unit Cable 280
in Bulletins 2162Q, 2162R, 2163Q, and 2163R 299 Door Hardware Kit 274
Fans and Ventilation Door Hinge Kit 274
Drip Hood 269
in Bulletins 2162T and 2163T 301 End Closing Plate 270
in Bulletins 2162W and 2163W 301 Extended Reset Button Kit 276
Field-Mounted Equipment Units 120 External Auxiliary Contact 276
Filters for Door Vents on Contactors and External Auxiliary Contact Adapter Kits 276,
Starters, Metering, Mains and 277
Feeders, Lighting and Power Panels, External Auxiliary Contact Kits 277
and Transformer Units 135 External Mounting Channel Kits 270
Gasketing Kit 270
French Legend Plates on Combination Soft Horizontal Ground Bus Splice Kit 271
Starter Controller Units 169 Horizontal Power Bus Splice Kit 271
French Legend Plates on Contactors and Horizontal Wireway Cover 269
Starters, Metering, Mains and Incoming Line Lug Barriers 273
Feeders, Lighting and Power Panels, Inverse Time (Thermal Magnetic) Branch
Breakers for Panel Board Plug-In
and Transformer Units 145 Unit 278
Full Load Currents 290, 291
Fuse Clip Designator Selection and Power Fuse
Selection
for Bulletins 2100D, 2102L, 2192F, and 2192M
264
for Bulletins 2106, 2112, and 2122 263
Options for Combination Soft Starter Controller Options for Contactors and Starters, Metering,
Units Mains and Feeders, Lighting and
Add Isolation Contactor 167 Power Panels, and Transformer Units
arc resistant latches 169 100% Rating of Main Disconnect Switch or
Auxiliary Contacts 168 Circuit Breaker 144
Communication Module 166 Additional Unit Space 135
Control Circuit Ring Lugs 169 Auxiliary Contacts 141
Control Circuit Spade Lugs 169 Control Circuit Fuse 136
Control Circuit Wiring 169 Control Circuit Lugs 144
Control Station Housing 163 Control Circuit Transformer 130
Control Wire Markers 169 Control Circuit Wiring 144
DeviceNet Communication Module 166 Control Station Housing 127
Export Packing Below Deck 169 Control Terminal Block 143
French Legend Plates 169 Control Wire Markers 144, 260
Ground Fault Current Transformer 166 Current Sensors 143
Grounded Unit Door 168 Current Transducers 143
High Interrupting Capacity Fuses 166 Elapsed Time Meter 137
Human Interface Module (HIM) 166 Export Packing Below Deck 146
Pilot Lights 164 External DeviceNet Connector with 120VAC
Protective Modules 165 Receptacle 145
Push Buttons 163 Filters for Door Vents 135
Quick-Wire 168 French Legend Plates 145
Selector Switch 163 Ground Detection Lights 137
Shunt Trip 169 Ground Fault Protection 137
Spanish Legend Plates 169 Grounded Unit Door 137
Stainless Steel Nameplate Screws 169 Incoming Neutral Bus 138
Surge Suppressor 168 Incoming Neutral Connection Plate 139
T-Handle 169 Interposing Relay 139
Unit Door Nameplates 169 Key-interlock Mounting Provision 143
Unit Ground Stab 168 O/L Contact on Left Side of Circuit 135
Unit Load Connector 168 Omission of Circuit Breaker 144
Omission of Power Terminal Blocks 143
Omit Wiring 136
Push Buttons 127
Push Buttons and Selector Switch 127
Selector Switch 127
Shunt Trip 144
Spanish Legend Plates 145
Stainless Steel Nameplate Screws 146
Surge Suppressor 135
T-Handle 143
Thermistor Protection Relay 137
Unit Ammeter 137
Unit Door Nameplates 146
Unit Ground Stab 137
Unit Load Connector 137
Unwired Control Relay 140
Unwired Pull-Apart Terminal Blocks 145
Unwired Timer Auxiliary 137
Options for Marshalling Panels and
Programmable Controllers
Auxiliary Contacts 259
Export Packing Below Deck 260
Grounded Unit Door 259
Power Supply 259
Stainless Steel Nameplate Screws 260
T-Handle 260
Unit Door Nameplates 260
Unit Ground Stab 259
Options for Space Saving NEMA Starter Units Push Buttons on Contactors and Starters,
Additional Unit Space 150 Metering, Mains and Feeders,
Auxiliary Contacts 151 Lighting and Power Panels, and
Control Circuit Fuse 150 Transformer Units 127
Control Circuit Transformer 149
Control Wire Markers 151
E1 Plus Electronic Overload Relay 149
Elapsed Time Meter 150 R
Export Packing Below Deck 151 Round DeviceNet Cable with Connectors 280
French Legend Plates 151
Grounded Unit Door 150
Pilot Lights 148 S
Push Buttons 148
Push Buttons and Selector Switch 148 Section Modification
Quick-Wire 150 SC-II and PE-II 24, 26, 28, 29
Selector Switch 148 Section Nameplate Data 18
Spanish Legend Plates 151 SecureConnect technology 37, 41
Stainless Steel Nameplate Screws 151 Seismic Applications 12
Surge Suppressor 150 Selector Switch on Combination Soft Starter
T-Handles 151
Unit Door Nameplate 151 Controller Units 163
Unit Ground Stab 150 Selector Switch on Contactors and Starters,
Unit Load Connector 150 Metering, Mains and Feeders,
Unwired Control Relay 150 Lighting and Power Panels, and
Outgoing Lug Compartments 68 Transformer Units 127
Serial Number Information 16
P series letter changes 19
Series Letter Information 16
Parts Illustrations
Service Conditions 8
Typical 15" Deep Section Construction 23
Pilot Lights on Combination Soft Starter Short Circuit Current Ratings for Combination
Controller Units 164 Fusible Disconnect Units 293
Pilot Lights on Contactors and Starters, Short Circuit Current Ratings for Combination
Metering, Mains and Feeders, Soft Starter Controller Units (SMCs)
Lighting and Power Panels, and 294
Transformer Units 148 Short Circuit Current Ratings for Combination
Plug-In Unit Retrofit Kit 276 Variable Frequency AC Motor Drive
Power Supply on Marshalling Panels and Units 294
Programmable Controllers 259 Short Circuit Current Ratings for Programmable
Power System 304 Controllers 295
Power Terminal Blocks on Contactors and Shunt Trip on Combination Soft Starter
Starters, Metering, Mains and Controller Units 169
Feeders, Lighting and Power Panels, Shunt Trip on Contactors and Starters,
and Transformer Units 143 Metering, Mains and Feeders,
Primary Voltage Code for Bulletins 2195, 2196, Lighting and Power Panels, and
and 2197 261 Transformer Units 144
Protective Caps 29 Shutters 29
Protective Modules on Combination Soft Starter Soft Starter Controller (SMC) Units 153
Controller Units 165 Software, IntelliCENTER 33
Publication Overview 7 Space Heater Factory Installed in MCC 29
Pull-Apart Terminal Bocks 276 Space Heater Kit 270
Pullbox 269 Space Saving NEMA Bulletin 2106 and 2107, Full
Push Buttons and Selector Switch on Voltage Reversing Starters (FVR) 49
Contactors and Starters, Metering, Space Saving NEMA Bulletin 2112 and 2113, Full
Mains and Feeders, Lighting and Voltage Non-Reversing Starters
Power Panels, and Transformer Units (FVNR) 56
127 Stainless Steel Nameplate Screws 275
Push Buttons on Combination Soft Starter Stainless Steel Nameplate Screws on
Controller Units 163 Combination Soft Starter Controller
Units 169
Stainless Steel Nameplate Screws on Unit Ground Stab on Contactors and Starters,
Contactors and Starters, Metering, Metering, Mains and Feeders,
Mains and Feeders, Lighting and Lighting and Power Panels, and
Power Panels, and Transformer Units Transformer Units 137
146 Unit Ground Stab on Marshalling Panels and
Stainless Steel Nameplate Screws on Programmable Controllers 259
Marshalling Panels and Unit Insert Extension Kit 276
Programmable Controllers 260 Unit Insert, Empty 120
Storage Conditions 8 Unit Isolating Barriers 29, 272
Suffix Letter Designation unit label 18
Circuit Breaker 22 Unit Load Connector on Combination Soft
Surge Protective Device Unit 126 Starter Controller Units 168
Surge Suppressor on Combination Soft Starter Unit Load Connector on Contactors and
Controller Units 168 Starters, Metering, Mains and
Surge Suppressor on Contactors and Starters, Feeders, Lighting and Power Panels,
Metering, Mains and Feeders, and Transformer Units 137
Lighting and Power Panels, and Unit Operating Handle Extender 270
Transformer Units 135 Unit Support Pan 275
Units and Sections
Series Lettering 21
T Unwired Control Relay on Contactors and
T-Handle 29 Starters, Metering, Mains and
T-Handle on Combination Soft Starter Controller Feeders, Lighting and Power Panels,
Units 169 and Transformer Units 140
T-Handle on Contactors and Starters, Metering, Unwired Pull-Apart Terminal Blocks on
Mains and Feeders, Lighting and Contactors and Starters, Metering,
Power Panels, and Transformer Units Mains and Feeders, Lighting and
143 Power Panels, and Transformer Units
T-Handle on Marshalling Panels and 145
Programmable Controllers 260 Unwired Timer Auxiliary on Contactors and
Thermistor Protection Relay on Contactors and Starters, Metering, Mains and
Starters, Metering, Mains and Feeders, Lighting and Power Panels,
Feeders, Lighting and Power Panels, and Transformer Units 137
and Transformer Units 137
time duration arc fault containment 35
Top Horizontal Wireway Pan 269 V
Touch-Up Paint 271 Vertical Ground Bus 27
Trip Current for Bulletin 2103L 266 Vertical Ground Bus Kit 271
Type 2 Protection 13 Vertical Sections 23
Vertical Unit Load Ground Bus 27
Vertical Unit Load Ground Bus Kit 271
U Vertical Wireway Tie Bar 271
UL/cUL/CSA Marking 8
Unit Ammeter on Contactors and Starters,
Metering, Mains and Feeders, W
Lighting and Power Panels, and Weights of CENTERLINE Motor Control Center
Transformer Units 137 Sections 288
Unit Door Grounding Kit 276 Wire Markers, Control 144, 260
Unit Door Nameplates 275 Wiring Class 9
Unit Door Nameplates on Combination Soft Wiring Diagram Holder Kit 271
Starter Controller Units 169 Wiring on Combination Soft Starter Controller
Unit Door Nameplates on Contactors and Units 168
Starters, Metering, Mains and Wiring on Contactors and Starters, Metering,
Feeders, Lighting and Power Panels, Mains and Feeders, Lighting and
and Transformer Units 146 Power Panels, and Transformer Units
Unit Door Nameplates on Marshalling Panels 136
and Programmable Controllers 260 Wiring Type 9
Unit Ground Stab on Combination Soft Starter
Controller Units 168
Notes:
Technical Support Center Find help with how-to videos, FAQs, chat, user forums, Knowledgebase, and product notification updates. rok.auto/support
Local Technical Support Phone Numbers Locate the telephone number for your country. rok.auto/phonesupport
Technical Documentation Center Quickly access and download technical specifications, installation instructions, and user manuals. rok.auto/techdocs
Literature Library Find installation instructions, manuals, brochures, and technical data publications. rok.auto/literature
Product Compatibility and Download Center (PCDC) Download firmware, associated files (such as AOP, EDS, and DTM), and access product release notes. rok.auto/pcdc
Documentation Feedback
Your comments help us serve your documentation needs better. If you have any suggestions on how to improve our content, complete the form at rok.auto/docfeedback.
At the end of life, this equipment should be collected separately from any unsorted municipal waste.
Rockwell Automation maintains current product environmental compliance information on its website at rok.auto/pec.
Rockwell Otomasyon Ticaret A.Ş. Kar Plaza İş Merkezi E Blok Kat:6 34752 İçerenköy, İstanbul, Tel: +90 (216) 5698400 EEE Yönetmeliğine Uygundur
Accu-Stop, Allen-Bradley, ArcShield, CENTERLINE, ControlLogix, E1 Plus, E300, expanding human possibility, IntelliCENTER, PlantPAx, PowerControl Builder,
PowerFlex, PowerMonitor,
Rockwell Automation, RSNetworx, RSView, SecureConnect, SMC, SMC-2, SMC-3, SMC Flex, and Stratix are trademarks of Rockwell Automation, Inc.
ControlNet, DeviceNet, and EtherNet/IP are trademarks of ODVA, Inc.
Trademarks not belonging to Rockwell Automation are property of their respective companies